VOLUME  4

Line Procedures

 

 

COMMUNICATIONS

 

105. DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM.

105.10 RESTRICTED USE OF DEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. The Departmental communications system consists of the Emergency Command Control Communications System (ECCCS) Division, radio, microwave, closed-circuit television, telephone, gamewell, mail, computer, and messenger service.

The Department's communication system shall be used only for official police communications. Employees shall not use the system for transmitting messages of a personal nature, disseminating commercial advertising, or for the purpose of promoting any commercial or business interests.

105.15 AUTHORIZED USE OF ELECTRONIC MAIL (E-MAIL). The use of E-mail involves the creation or receipt of electronic communications over the Department's Wide Area Computer Network (WAN). E-mail is available to Department employees to facilitate communication and assist them in their work-related duties.  It is offered as a tool to enable employees to work more efficiently in advancing the Department's mission.

Employees shall use E-mail only for official police communication.  E-mail shall not be used for transmitting messages of a personal nature, for playing computer games, or for unprofessional communications such as disseminating material or messages which are defamatory, sexually oriented, threatening, hateful or bigoted, or for the purpose of promoting any political, religious, or non-Departmental business interest. Employees shall not attempt to gain unauthorized access to another person's E-mail, copy the E-mail of other employees, or send E-mail masquerading as another employee. The Department reserves the right to monitor E-mail correspondence to prevent abuse. The Department also reserves all rights to read, copy, or remove files from any drive or directory, or to revoke, suspend, or limit an employee's access to the WAN.

Internal Audits and Inspections Division (IAID) Responsibility. Internal Audits and Inspections Division shall be responsible for auditing activity on the electronic mail (E-mail) network Department-wide.

105.20 MONITORING DEPARTMENT RADIO FREQUENCIES. Communications Division shall monitor Department radio frequencies and shall publish a quarterly report on radio frequency abuse. Specific violations shall be brought to the attention of concerned commanding officers.

Note: Administrative Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division, shall also monitor tactical frequencies and shall report any frequency abuse to the Commanding Officer, Communications Division.

110. RADIO UNIT DESIGNATIONS.

110.10 STAFF UNIT DESIGNATIONS. Staff radio designations are not reflective of staff succession of command. Staff units shall be identified as follows:

 Executive 1  Mayor
 Executive Security 1  Mayor's Security Detail
 Executive 1A  Deputy Mayor
 Executive 1B  Executive Assistant to the Mayor
 Executive 2  City Attorney
 Executive Security 2  City Attorney's Security Detail
 Commissioner 1

 President, Board of Police Commissioners

 Commissioner 2

 Vice President, Board of Police Commissioners

 Commissioner 3,4, or 5

 Members, Board of Police Commissioners

 Commission Staff 1

 Executive Director, Police Commission

 Commission Staff 2

 Inspector General, Police Commission

 Staff 1  Chief of Police
 Staff Security 1A  Chief's Security Detail
 Staff Security 1B  Chief's Security Detail
 Staff Security 1C  Chief's Security Detail (Alternate)
 Staff 1A  Chief of Staff

 Staff 1E

 Commanding Officer, Media Relations and Community Affairs Group

 Staff 1F

 Employee Relations Administrator

 Staff 1G

 Commanding Officer, Professional Standards Bureau

 Staff 1I                                 

 Commanding Officer, Internal Affairs Group

 Staff 1L

 Special Assistant for Constitutional Policing

 Staff 1M  Department Risk Manager

 Staff 2

 Director, Office of Operations

 Staff 2A

 Assistant to the Director, Office of Operations

 Staff 3

 Director, Office of Administrative Services

 Staff 3A

 Assistant to the Director, Office of Administrative Services

 Staff 3C

 Commanding Officer,

 Administrative Services Bureau

 Staff 3D

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

 Administrative Services Bureau

 Staff 3E

 Commanding Officer,

 Information Technology Bureau

 Staff 3F

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

 Information Technology Bureau

 Staff 3G

 Commanding Officer, Personnel Group

 Staff 3I

 Commanding Officer, Police Training and Education

 Staff 3J

 Commanding Officer, Behavioral Science Services

 Staff 3K

 Personnel and Training Bureau

 Staff 3L

 Assistant Commanding Officer, Personnel and Training Bureau

 Staff 4

 Commanding Officer, Operations-Central Bureau

 Staff 4A

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

Operations-Central Bureau

 Staff 5

 Commanding Officer, Operations-South Bureau

 Staff 5A

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

 Operations-South Bureau

 Staff 6

 Commanding Officer, Operations‑West Bureau

 Staff 6A

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

 Operations‑West Bureau

 Staff 7

 Commanding Officer, Operations‑Valley Bureau

 Staff 7A

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

 Operations‑Valley Bureau

Staff 7B

 Assistant Commanding Officer,

 Operations-Valley Bureau

Staff 8  Director, Office of Special Operations
Staff 8A

 Assistant to the Director,

 Office of Special Operations

Staff 8B  Commanding Officer, Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau
Staff 8C  Assistant Commanding Officer, Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau
Staff 8D  Chief of Detectives, Detective Bureau
Staff 8E  Assistant Commanding Officer, Detective Bureau
Staff 8F  Assistant Commanding Officer, Detective Bureau
Staff 8H  Assistant Commanding Officer, Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau

 

110.20 NONGEOGRAPHIC DIVISION UNIT DESIGNATIONS. Division commanding officer units will be identified by the word “Commander” followed by the number and/or letter(s) of the respective Area/division.  All other personnel will be identified by the number and/or letter(s) of their respective Area/division followed by the numerical designation assigned by the Commanding Officer.

*Chief of Police

  • 24I:            Personnel Assigned to Chief of Police

 *Police Commission

  • 1PC:            Commission Investigation Division

*Chief of Staff

  •   8D:        Personnel assigned to Chief of Staff

  • 17H:        Employee Relations Group

  •    9I:         Media Relations Section

  •    2I:         Public Communications Section        

  •  13I:         Community Relations Section

  • 29H:         RACR/COMPSTAT

 *Detective Bureau

  • 5D:            Investigative Analysis Section/Detective Bureau Administrative Staff

  • 8K:            Juvenile Division

  • 1K:            Detective Support and Vice Division

  • 4K:            Robbery-Homicide Division

  • 2H:            Scientific Investigation Division

  • 70D:          Gang and Narcotics Division

  • 7Y:            Narcotics Division

  • 8Y:            Narcotics Division

  • 9Y:            Narcotics Division

  • 4I:              Vice Division

  • 5I:              Vice Division

  • 2K:            Commercial Crimes Division

 *Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau

  • R:               Metropolitan Division

  • 2D:            Air Support Division

  • 6D:            Emergency Operations Division

  • 3D:            Emergency Services Division

  • 3DK9:       LAX Explosives Detection Canine (K-9) Unit

  • 6K:            Major Crimes Division

  • 10Y:          Personnel Assigned to Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau

* Special Assistant for Constitutional Policing 

  •  7I:             Planning and Research Division

  • 10I:            Internal Audits and Inspections Division

  • 37H:          Personnel assigned to the Department Risk Manager

  • 15H:          Legal Affairs Division

  • 23I:           Personnel assigned to SACP including Governmental Liaison Section

* Office of Administrative Services 

  •  7H:          Use of Force Review Division

  • 16I:           Employee Assistance Unit

  • 18I:           Ombuds Office

  •  8H:          Fiscal Operations Division

  •  6I:            Personnel Assigned to the Office of Administrative Services

  • 21I:           Personnel Assigned to the Assistant to the Director, Office of Administrative Services

  • 22H:         Officer Representation Unit

  • 32H:         Behavioral Science Services

 *Personnel and Training Bureau

  • 33H:          Personnel Assigned to Police Training and Education

  •  5H:           Personnel Division

  • 18H:          Training Division

  • 13H:          Recruit Training

  • 20H:          Personnel Assigned to Personnel Group

  • 31H:          Recruitment and Employment Division

 *Information Technology Bureau

  • 29I:          Application Development and Support Division

  • 3H:            Information Technology Division

  • 30I:           Personnel Assigned to Information Technology Bureau

  • 16H:          Radio Planning Section

*Administrative Services Bureau

  •  4H:           Motor Transport Division

  • 10H:          Communication Division

  • 11H:          Facilities Management Division

  • 12H:          Records and Identification Division

  • 27H:          Personnel Assigned to Administrative Services Bureau

 *Professional Standards Bureau

  • 15I:            Personnel Assigned to Professional Standards Bureau

  •   3I:            Personnel Assigned to Internal Affairs Group

  •   7D:          Force Investigation Division

*Office of Operations

  • 25W:         Criminal Gang and Homicide Division   

  • 2O:            Personnel Assigned to Office of Operations

 *Office of Special Operations 

  •  1H:           Jail Division

  •  9H:           Property Division

  • 30H:          Personnel Assigned to the Office of Special Operations

  • 36H:          Security Services Division

110.30 GEOGRAPHIC COMMANDING OFFICER UNIT DESIGNATIONS.

Commands Within Geographic Areas. Commanding officers within geographic Areas shall be identified by the word "Commander" followed by the number of the Area and the letter "A" "B" or “C.” The letter "A" shall indicate Area Commanding Officer, "B" shall indicate the Patrol Division Commanding Officer, and “C” shall indicate the Area Detective Division Commanding Officer.

Note:  The Commanding Officer, LAX Field Services Division shall be identified as "Commander 14D"

Geographic Bureaus.

 

OSB Criminal Gang/Homicide Group. The Radio Unit Designation for OSB Criminal Gang/Homicide Group shall be 25W.
 

Sexual Assault Detail. Personnel assigned to the Sexual Assault Detail at the geographic bureaus shall be identified by the following designations:

  • 20W:   Operations-Central Bureau Sexual Assault Detail

  • 21W:   Operations-South Bureau Sexual assault Detail

  • 22W:   Operations-West Bureau Sexual assault Detail

  • 23W:   Operations-Valley Bureau Sexual assault Detail

Traffic Divisions. Line traffic division commanding officer units shall be identified by the word "Commander" followed by the number and/or letters of their respective divisions of assignment:

  • 24T:    Central Traffic Division

  • 25T:    South Traffic Division

  • 27T:    West Traffic Division

  • 26T:    Valley Traffic Division

110.40 FIELD UNIT DESIGNATIONS. Unit designations shall be stated by all units at the beginning of each transmission:

  • Patrol Unit Designations. Patrol units shall be identified by the number of the community police station with the applicable service letter (Manual Section 4/110.50), and a unit number corresponding to one of the numbered reporting districts associated with the command.

  • Traffic Unit Designations. Traffic units shall be identified by the number of the traffic division of assignment with the applicable service letter (Manual Section 4/110.50), and unit numbers assigned in consecutive order beginning with the number "1."

  • Non-geographic Division Unit Designations. Non-geographic division units shall be identified by the number and/or letter of the division (Manual Section 4/110.20) and the unit numbers assigned by the concerned commanding officer.

  • Watch Commanders. Watch commanders shall be assigned the unit number "10."

  • Community Relations Officer. The community police station community relations officer shall be assigned the unit number "80."

  • Air Support Unit Designations. Regular air flights shall be designated by the word "Air," followed by the corresponding community police station number to which the flight is primarily committed (e.g., Air 3 would be assigned to an air flight with primary commitment in Southwest Area).

Special air flights will be designated "Air 20" through "Air 100" by the Commanding Officer, Air Support Division.

Note: The Air Support Division station wagon, when assigned to a command post, shall be designated "2D100."

  • Metropolitan Division Units. Metropolitan Division units shall be identified by the letter "R" and unit numbers assigned in consecutive order beginning with the number "1."

  • Base Stations. Base stations shall be identified by the number of the division or community police station, the applicable service letter (Manual Section 4/110.50), a team number, if applicable, and the unit number "90."

Exception: Pacific Community Police Station airport substation shall be known as "Airport Base."

  • Portable Radio Unit Designations. Officers using portable radio equipment shall use a designation consistent with their division of assignment unless other designations are authorized by the commanding officer.

  • Supervisors. Supervisors, other than those assigned to a community police station, shall be assigned a unit number ending in "zero" exclusive of the numbers "10" and "90."

  • Watch Supervisor. Watch supervisory units shall be identified by the number of the respective community police station, the letter "L," and a two digit number ending in "zero." The number "10" shall designate the Watch Commander.

  • Detective Units. Detective units shall be identified by the number of the community police station/division, the letter "W," and the unit's numerical designation. Detective Division supervisory units shall be assigned numbers ending in "zero."

110.50 SERVICE IDENTIFICATION LETTERS. The following letters indicate the type of service to which mobile radio units are assigned:

 A

 Basic Car unit

 Air

 Air patrol unit

 B

 Two‑Officer patrol wagon

 C

 Bicycle detail

 E

 Traffic enforcement automobile unit

 F

 Special unit
 G  Bureau Gang Coordinator or Area Gang Impact Team, Gang Enforcement Detail
 FB  Uniformed foot‑beat patrol

 J

 Juvenile unit

 JW

 Juvenile female police officer unit

 L

 One‑Officer unit. ( "X" or "T" units shall use the letter "L" following the regular V service letter when applicable.)

 Also used as the geographic field services division base station designation

 M

 Traffic enforcement motorcycle unit

 N

 Unit assigned to Commission Investigation Division

 OP

 Observation post assignment during special event or unusual occurrence

 Q

 Special event or unusual occurrence unit

 Note: The activation of the designation and the coordination of assigning specific identification numbers shall be through Communications Division.

 R

 Metropolitan Division unit

 RA

 Fire Department rescue ambulance unit

 T

 Collision investigation unit

 U

 Report‑taking unit

 V

 Area vice unit

 W

 Geographic detective unit

 X

 Additional patrol unit in an assignment district

 Y

 A unit assigned to a division in the Counter Terrorism and Special Operations Bureau

 Z 

 Geographic uniformed unit assigned to a special detail, or a Career Criminal Detail

110.60 MOBILE COMMAND FLEET UNIT DESIGNATIONS. The mobile command fleet shall be identified as follows:

 Mobile One

 Command post truck

 Mobile Two

 Logistics vehicle
 Mobile Three

 Communications unit

 Mobile Four

 Personnel and field transportation office

 Mobile Five

 Has generator for electrical power and a trailer to serve as the command point at the field command post location

 Mobile Seven

 Tactical operations center

 Sound One

 Truck with high‑volume public address system

 Sound Two

 Same as Sound 1

 Light One

 High‑intensity illumination truck

 Light Two

 Same as Light 1
 Mobile Canteen  Used to prepare and serve food to officers at the command post

110.70 COMMAND POST DESIGNATIONS.

Department Operations Center. The Department Operations Center, or any other location or facility activated for overall Department control during an emergency, shall be identified as Department Command.

Field Command Post. A field command post shall be identified as "Command Post." If more than one post is needed, the numerical designations shall be established by "Department Command."

110.80 OUTSIDE AGENCY UNIT DESIGNATIONS. Units operated by outside agencies shall be identified as follows:

Federal Bureau of Investigation Units. Numbers in the "400" and "500" series.

University of California at Los Angeles Campus Units. "8UC" and unit numbers in the "50" series.

California State University, Northridge Police (CSUN PD) Radio Unit Designations.

  • CSUN PD Chief of Police will use "17 University Commander."

  • CSUN PD Watch Commander will use "17 University 90."

  • CSUN PD Supervisors will use "17 University 10, 20, 30."

  • CSUN PD Detectives will use "17 University 21, 22."

  • CSUN PD Radio Cars will use "17 University 1, 3, 5, 7."

Military Police Units. "Special Agent 51" and "Special Agent 52."

Traffic Signal Repair Units. "TSR" and unit numbers assigned in consecutive order beginning with the number "1."

120. RADIO TERMINOLOGY, CODES AND CRIME BROADCASTS.

120.10 RADIO CALL LETTERS. The call letters, "KJC-625," shall be used by the Department's fixed radio stations.

120.20 USE OF RADIO CALL LETTERS.

By All Radio Operators. Radio operators shall not call either a fixed station or a mobile unit by its’ call letters. The unit designation shall be used when addressing a fixed station.

By Controls. All controls shall broadcast the station‑call letters once each fifteen minutes. They need not do so at the end of each transmission.

120.30 ASSOCIATION OF PUBLIC SAFETY COMMUNICATION OFFICERS (APCO) CODE WORD LIST. The following code words shall be used, when applicable, in local radio transmissions:

 A   Adam    H   Henry    O   Ocean    V   Victor
 B   Boy  I     Ida  P    Paul  W  William
 C   Charles  J    John  Q  Queen  X    X-ray
 D   David  K   King    R   Robert  Y   Young
 E    Edward  L    Lincoln     S    Sam  Z    Zebra
 F    Frank  M  Mary  T    Tom  
 G   George  N   Nora  U   Union  

120.40 RADIO CODES AND PROCEDURES. The following codes and phrases shall be used, when applicable, in local radio transmissions:

  • Emergency Call.  A radio call accompanied by a “Code Three” designation is an emergency call.  It shall be answered immediately, but in a manner that will enable the unit to reach the scene as quickly and safely as possible.  A specific unit shall be dispatched “Code Three” and ALL additional responding units may also respond “Code Three.”

  • Officer Needs Help.   This emergency call shall be broadcast when an officer requires immediate aid for a life-threatening incident or an incident that requires immediate aid because of serious bodily injury, death, or a serious threat to public safety is imminent.  The officer requesting shall include the location, followed if possible, by the unit identification and all other pertinent information.  A specific unit shall be dispatched “Code Three” and all additional responding units may also respond “Code Three.”

  • Firefighter Needs Help. This emergency call shall be broadcast when immediate police assistance is required because firefighters are being attacked, attack is imminent, or other emergency exists. A specific unit shall be dispatched "Code Three" and all additional responding units may also respond “Code Three.”

  • Firefighter Needs Assistance. This emergency call shall be broadcast when police assistance is required due to hostile crowd action or other incident. A specific unit shall be dispatched "Code Three" and all additional responding units may also respond “Code Three.”

  • Back‑up Unit Request. This emergency call shall be broadcast when an officer requires additional units immediately, but the situation does not rise to the level where serious bodily injury, death or serious threat to public safety is imminent..

Example: Active perimeter, foot pursuit, 415 group, a crime-in-progress, etc.

The officer requesting shall include the location, followed by the unit designation and all other pertinent information, including the reason for the request. A specific unit shall be dispatched “Code Three,” and all additional responding units may also respond “Code Three.”

  • Additional Unit Request.  An “Additional Unit” broadcast is when an officer requires an additional unit for a non-emergency situation.  The officer requesting shall include the location, followed by the unit identification and all other pertinent information.  An “additional unit” request is not an emergency call and responding officers shall obey all traffic laws when responding.

Examples:  “Code 6 George” with no indication of violence toward the officers, L-Unit involved in a traffic stop, follow up for a criminal investigation, etc.

  • "Pursuit" Procedure. A unit announcing a "Pursuit" shall begin the message by stating that the unit is in "Pursuit" and giving the location, followed, if possible, by the unit identification, description of pursued vehicle, and/or suspects, direction taken, and reason for pursuit. The pursuing unit shall give frequent and comprehensive progress reports as conditions permit. Any unit having information regarding the "Pursuit" may transmit. Communications Division will broadcast advisory information concerning pursuits by the CHP within the City. Department personnel shall not become involved in CHP pursuits on the freeways unless for serious felonies committed within the City of Los Angeles.

    • Officers engaged in a pursuit should request a back-up unit; and,

    • Responding back-up units may respond “Code Three.”  However, once all authorized units have joined the pursuit, all other units shall discontinue their “Code Three” response.

  • Code One. When the control operator fails to receive an acknowledgment of a communication, a "Code One" shall be given. The unit to which a "Code One" is directed shall acknowledge immediately upon hearing a "Code One."

  • Code Two. A radio call accompanied by a "Code Two" designation is an urgent call and shall be answered immediately. The red light and siren shall not be used, and all traffic laws shall be observed.

Note. Officers responding to a "Code Two" radio call shall only interrupt the Code Two call to perform police work of major importance (Manual Section 0/030).

Officer's Responsibility. Officers who interrupt their response to a Code Two call due to police work of major importance, delay, or other exigent circumstances shall immediately notify Communications Division. Officers who interrupt their response to a Code Two call for more than a brief delay to evaluate the comparative urgency of an intervening incident shall also request Communications Division to reassign the call and shall immediately notify a concerned Department supervisor. No notification is required when a Code Two call is interrupted at the direction of either Communications Division or a Department supervisor. Officers shall document the reason for the interruption with an appropriate log entry on their Daily Field Activities Report (DFAR), Form 15.52.00 or 15.52.01.

Note: Officers should consider notification via the Department's Mobile Data Computer so as not to interfere with any emergency radio broadcast.

Supervisor's Responsibility. Concerned supervisors shall ensure that each interrupted response which resulted in reassignment of a Code Two call is evaluated for appropriateness. In making this evaluation, the concerned supervisor should consider monitoring the divisional radio frequency, reviewing relevant log entries, responding to the scene of the interruption, or other appropriate action.

  • Code Three. A radio call accompanied by a "Code Three" designation is an emergency call. It shall be answered immediately, but in a manner which will enable the unit to reach the scene as quickly as possible with safety. Exemption from provisions of the California Vehicle Code (Division 11), section 21055, is granted only when officers sound a siren as reasonably necessary and the officers’ vehicle displays a lighted red lamp visible from the front.

OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY.  An officer may initiate a “Code Three” response to any emergency.  An emergency exists when one or more of the following elements are present:

o    A serious public hazard;

o    An immediate pursuit;

o    The preservation of life;

o    A serious crime in progress;

o    The prevention of a serious crime; and,

o    Officer requests another unit “Code Three.”

 

Officers responding “Code Three” should notify Communications Division of their “Code Three” response and their starting point.  The notification should be given, if feasible, with consideration to radio congestion or other factors that occur during emergency situations. 

Should the vehicle operator decide not to initiate a “Code Three” response, he/she shall obey all traffic laws.

 

SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITY. Supervisors are obligated to assess the appropriateness of officers’ requests and to manage the “Code Three” response of other units.  Supervisors shall immediately intervene when necessary to coordinate the response of sufficient units, minimize the risk to officers and the public, and ensure that the patrol force is not unnecessarily depleted.  Feedback, training, counseling or a complaint investigation should be provided/initiated, as appropriate. 

 

Upon the broadcast of a “Code Four,” supervisors shall evaluate continued “Code Three” responses for appropriateness.  In addition, supervisors shall direct units back into service as applicable to ensure response to “Code Two” and non-coded calls.

 

“CODE THREE” RESPONSES DURING MOBILE FIELD FORCE SITUATIONS.  The policy and procedures as outlined in the Department Manual concerning “Code Three” responses during mobile field force operations remains unchanged.   

 

DUE REGARD FOR SAFETY.  The “Code Three” response policy does not relieve the driver of an authorized emergency vehicle from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all persons using the highway and other responding officers.  Officers who unreasonably engage in an arbitrary exercise of the “Code Three” response policy may be subject to disciplinary action, personal civil liability, and criminal prosecution.

 

COMMANDING OFFICERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES.  Commanding officers shall ensure the following:

  • Ensure employees are aware of the revisions to the “Code Three” Response Policy. 

  • Maintain a signed Acknowledgement of Receipt of this Special Order regarding "Code Three" Response Policy - Revised.

Exception: Whenever officers activate their Code Three equipment in conjunction with mobile field tactics at the scene of a riotous incident, a "Code Three" notification to Communications Division is not required.

Note: Officers traveling to the scene of a riotous incident in a mobile field force configuration with their Code Three equipment activated shall still notify Communications Division that they are traveling Code Three.

When the "Code Three" has been terminated, the officer shall notify Communications Division as soon as practicable.

When more than one unit is "Code Three" in the same general area, they shall be notified by Communications Division that other units are "Code Three" in the vicinity.

  • Code Four. When additional assistance is not needed at the scene of an "All Units" call, a "Code Four," followed by the location of the call, shall be broadcast. Radio units which are not assigned to the call and which are not at the scene shall return to their assigned patrol area when a "Code Four" is broadcast. Officers shall use discretion and downgrade their responses based on the arrival of other units at the requesting officer’s location or if a “Code Four” is broadcast.

  • Code Four Adam. When additional assistance is not needed at the scene of an "All Units," call but the suspect is still in the vicinity, a "Code Four Adam," followed by the location of the call, shall be broadcast. This should then be followed by a description of the suspect. Radio units which are not assigned to the call but which are on the way to the scene shall, when a "Code Four Adam" is broadcast, patrol or post themselves at strategic locations near the scene.

  • Code Five. A unit intending to "stakeout" shall notify the control operator of the location and request a "Code Five." The control operator, upon receipt of the message, shall immediately broadcast that there is a "Code Five" at the particular location. All units shall avoid the vicinity except in an emergency or in response to a call.

  • Clearing Code Five. When the need for a "Code Five" no longer exists, the originating unit, or the last unit to leave the scene, shall request the control operator to clear the "Code Five" at the particular location.

  • Code Five Edward. A "Code Five Edward" shall be used to notify Air Support Division (ASD) personnel of an explosive hazard to low-altitude aircraft.  All units shall avoid the vicinity except in an emergency or in a response to a call for service.

Officer's Responsibility. An officer determining that an explosive hazard exists to low-altitude aircraft shall immediately notify Communications Division of a "Code Five Edward" via telephone or radio.

Note: Radio or Mobil Data Terminal (MDT) communications may detonate an explosive device. All radio or MDT communications should be made approximately one block (500 feet) away from the "Code Five Edward" location.

The officer shall inform Communications Division of the "Code Five Edward" location, and the area of the established perimeter (as measured in feet) around the bomb device/explosive hazard.

Note: If personnel from the Hazardous Devices Section, Emergency Services Division, determine that the established perimeter is insufficient for the potential hazard rendered from a suspected explosive device, they shall immediately notify Communications Division of the expanded perimeter as measured in feet.

A "Code Five Edward" notification shall be made in addition to all the other Department requirements for investigations involving explosives (Manual Section 4/212.50), when the following circumstances exist:

  • Incident involving an explosive device which is in an exposed (open air) area or will be moved to an exposed area;

  • Incident where the Hazardous Devices Section intends to "render-safe" any explosive item in an exposed area; and,

  • Incidents involving any explosives (indoors or outdoors) where the explosion could result in blast pressures that may be hazardous to aircraft operations.

Supervisor's Responsibility. The concerned supervisor shall ensure that Communications Division is notified of any perimeter adjustment.  When the need for a "Code Five Edward" no longer exists, the concerned supervisor shall ensure that Communications Division is notified to clear the "Code Five Edward."

Communication Division's Responsibility. Upon receiving notification of a "Code Five Edward," the Radio Telephone Operator (RTO) shall immediately broadcast the "Code Five Edward" notification and the location.

The Watch Commander, Communications Division, shall ensure that the Watch Commander, ASD, is notified of the "Code Five Edward" broadcast and any adjusted perimeter throughout the incident.

Watch Commander, ASD's Responsibility. Upon notification of the "Code Five Edward" location, the Watch commander, ASD, shall ensure that deployed Department aircraft are notified of the "Code Five Edward" location and any adjusted perimeter throughout the incident.  The Watch Commander, ASD, shall further ensure that similar broadcasts are provided to media aircraft in the area.

Note: Department pilots shall determine a safe altitude for any Department aircraft responding to a "Code Five Edward" location upon notification of any perimeter adjustment.

  • Code Six. When a unit is conducting a field investigation and no assistance is anticipated, a "Code Six,” followed by the location, shall be broadcast. A unit shall not go "Code Six" until it arrives at the scene of a call.

Units on "Code Six" status shall remain available for reassignment to priority calls by monitoring their radio frequencies. A unit on "Code Six" status may indicate to the dispatcher additional circumstances which will make the unit unavailable for assignment to a priority call. These circumstances may include:

  • Suspect in custody;

  • Primary unit at a crime scene; and/or,

  • Required at a back‑up, assistance, or help location.

Note: The unit shall notify the dispatcher as soon as it is again available for radio calls.

  • Code Six Adam. When an officer may need assistance in conducting an investigation, the officer should broadcast "Code Six Adam" with his or her location. Other radio units in the vicinity should then patrol in the general direction of the given location. Officers should not ordinarily leave their assigned districts but should deploy to an advantageous position in the event that assistance is later requested. When a unit broadcasts "Code Six Adam" and later finds that assistance will not be needed, a "Code Four" and the location shall be given without delay.

  • Code Six Charles. When a one‑officer unit receives a "Code Six Charles" in answer to a request for information on a suspect, the officer shall place himself or herself in a position of advantage over the suspect while awaiting arrival of assistance. When control is obtained, the one‑officer unit may request and receive the want/warrant information from the Radio Telephone Operator (RTO). When a "Code Six Charles" is received by a two‑officer unit, the officers shall immediately place themselves in positions of advantage over the suspect. When control is obtained, the unit shall request the want/warrant information from the RTO.

  • Code Six George. When an officer may need assistance in conducting an investigation concerning possible gang activity, the officer should broadcast "Code Six George" and the location. An available Gang Enforcement Detail Unit should respond, while other radio units in the vicinity should then patrol in the general direction of the location given. Officers should not ordinarily leave their assigned districts but should deploy to an advantageous position in the event that assistance is later requested. When a unit broadcasts "Code Six George" and later finds that assistance will not be needed, a "Code Four" and the location shall be given without delay.

  • Code Six Mary. When an officer may need assistance in conducting an investigation concerning possible militant activity, he/she should broadcast "Code Six Mary" with his or her location. Other radio units in the vicinity should then patrol in the general direction of the given location. Officers should not ordinarily leave their assigned districts but should deploy to an advantageous position in the event that assistance is later requested. When a unit broadcasts "Code Six Mary" and later finds that assistance will not be needed, a "Code Four" and the location shall be given without delay.

  • Code Seven. When a unit desires to go out of service for free time, a request for "Code Seven," accompanied by the location his/her assigned vehicle will be parked, shall be transmitted to the control. The control operator shall instruct the unit to "Stand By" until it can be determined whether the request can be immediately granted. If the request cannot be granted, the control operator shall instruct the unit to "Continue Patrol." If the request is granted, the control operator shall inform the unit "OK for Seven."

  • Code Eight. This call is broadcast for general information when a fire has been reported at a specific location where there is a high fire hazard or a threat of personal danger to firefighters from hostile groups. Units in the vicinity should respond to the call but remain on the air available for calls unless it is necessary to assist or investigate. "Code Six" shall be used when it is necessary to go off the air.

  • Code Eight Adam. This call is broadcast when Communications Division has received notification from the Fire Department confirming an active, verified fire at a specific location and the senior officer at the scene has requested additional fire units. A specific police unit shall be assigned the call to assist with traffic or crowd control.

  • Code Ten. This call is broadcast when a clear frequency is required to check a suspect for wants and/or warrants. When an officer desires a clear frequency to check a suspect for wants and/or warrants, he/she shall:

    • Determine that the frequency is not in use;

    • Identify himself/herself with his or her unit number;

    • Request "Code Ten," and state the number of suspects to be checked; and,

    • Indicate whether suspects are juveniles.

Note: A "Code Ten" designation shall not be used to request a clear frequency for crime information broadcasts or any other information, except as specified above.

  • Code Twelve. An officer who responds to a "Code Thirty," "Code Thirty Adam," "Code Thirty‑Ringer," "Code Thirty Victor," or a 211 silent, and determines that there is no evidence of a burglary or robbery, and it appears that the false alarm was caused by equipment malfunction or subscriber error, shall broadcast "Code Twelve," the address, and firm name, if any.

Note: A "Code Twelve" shall be broadcast, in addition to any crime information, when a 211 silent alarm is used to summon the police for reasons other than a robbery.

  • Code Twenty. When a traffic collision or other event being investigated is of such a spectacular nature or is sufficiently unusual that accounts of it would stimulate general public interest, the phrase "Code Twenty," accompanied by the location of the accident or event, shall be transmitted to the control.

  • Code Thirty. This call is broadcast for general information when a silent burglar alarm has been reported by an alarm company or by an automatic tape message. Units in the vicinity should respond to the call but remain available for calls unless it is necessary to go "Code Six" for the purpose of assistance or investigation.

Note: Watch Commanders and supervisors should encourage officers to respond to unverified burglar alarm calls in their Basic Car Area whenever possible, or when an available unit is in the area of an unverified burglar alarm call.

  • Code Thirty Adam. This call is broadcast when a silent burglar alarm has been reported by an alarm company and the location is being monitored audibly. Units in the vicinity should respond to the call but remain available for calls unless it is necessary to go "Code Six" for the purpose of assistance or investigation.

Note: If the location appears to be secure, officers shall ascertain, via Communications, whether the alarm company is monitoring any activity within the location.

  • Code Thirty‑Ringer. This call is broadcast when a Communications dispatcher receives information that a ringing burglar alarm has been activated. Units in the vicinity should respond to the call but remain available for calls unless it is necessary to go "Code Six" for the purpose of assistance or investigation.

  • Code Thirty Victor. This call is broadcast when a visual verification alarm has been activated. Upon receipt of the alarm activation and the display of photographs depicting an intruder, the alarm company will notify Communications Division.  A unit shall be dispatched to respond to the call immediately. Officers responding shall only be interrupted to perform police work of major importance or to respond to a higher priority radio call.

Note: If the location appears to be secure, officers shall ascertain, via Communications, whether the alarm company is monitoring any activity within the location.

  • Code Thirty‑Seven. Communications Division Radio Telephone Operators running want/warrant information for field personnel shall broadcast a "Code Thirty‑Seven" when stolen vehicle information is returned on vehicle license numbers. Field personnel shall employ appropriate defensive tactics and/or report pertinent information such as location, direction of travel, vehicle description, until control is assured.

When the suspect(s) are under the complete control of SWORN PERSONNEL or additional assistance is not required, field employees shall broadcast a "Code Four" in response to a "Code Thirty Seven."

Note: Communications Division shall continue to broadcast "Code Six Charles" in cases of vehicle license numbers connected with high risk suspects or vehicles, such as armed and dangerous, felony want or warrant. For example, if a vehicle license number is associated with a stolen vehicle used in connection with an armed robbery, a "Code Six Charles" will be broadcast, NOT "Code Thirty Seven."

  • Code Robert-Rifle. When an employee needs a Police Rifle or the employee shall broadcast the unit designation, location, and “Code Robert-Rifle”.

  • Code Robert-Slug. When an employee needs an Slug Ammunition the employee shall broadcast the unit designation, location, and “Code Robert-Slug

  • Code Tom. When an employee needs a TASER, the employee shall broadcast the unit designation, location and "Code Tom."

  • Code 100. This code shall be broadcast by a field unit to notify other units that a possible escape route of a suspect from a crime scene is under temporary surveillance. The term "Code 100" shall be broadcast in the following sequence: Unit identification; "Code 100;" and, the location.

 Radio Communication Terms

 AC  Aircraft crash
 FB  Fallen Balloon
 QT  Secrecy required regarding location
 211  Robbery
 311  Indecent exposure
 390  Drunk male
 390W  Drunk female
 415  Disturbance
 459  Burglary
 484  Theft
 484PS  Purse Snatching
 502  Under‑the‑influence driver
 507  Minor disturbance
 507FC  Firecrackers
 586  Illegal parking
 586E  Car parked in driveway
 Roger  Message received; will comply
 Come In  You are being called
 Stand By  Wait until a suitable answer is determined-or do not transmit
 Go Ahead  Proceed with your message
 Repeat  Repeat your message
 Out

 Out of service; not available for call

 (used when no other specific code applies and shall be followed by the reason)

 Clear  No calls outstanding against unit; available for call

 

Note: When reporting on‑duty, units equipped with two‑way radios and engaged in either uniformed or plainclothes patrol shall report “Clear” and indicate the watch to which they are assigned.

 

 Want  Determine whether a vehicle is wanted or is to be held
 No Want  No want or hold on subject or vehicle of inquiry
 Warrant  Vehicle warrant information
 DMV  Information regarding vehicle registration
 Juvenile Check

 Determine whether there is want, hold, or criminal record for juvenile subject

 End of Watch  Unit has completed tour of duty

 

Note: When a unit goes off‑duty, the control operator shall be notified of the location and that the unit is "End of Watch." When a unit has worked beyond the normal tour of duty, the watch to which the unit is assigned shall also be reported.

120.41 INITIAL BROADCASTS OF CRIME DESCRIPTION. The first officers to arrive at the scene of a crime shall conduct a brief interview with the victim or witnesses. Information, when applicable, shall be transmitted in the following sequence to the communications operator, without delay:

  • Type of Crime;

  • Occurred ______  Minutes Ago;

  • Location;

  • Vehicle Used (or left on foot);

  • Direction Taken;

  • Number, Sex, Descent of Suspects;

  • Outstanding Features;

  • Weapon; and,

  • General Type of Property taken.

120.42 SUPPLEMENTAL BROADCAST OF CRIME DESCRIPTION. As soon as practicable after the initial brief information concerning the occurrence of a crime has been relayed to a communications operator for broadcast (Manual Section 4/120.41), supplemental information, including a detailed description of the suspect, shall be relayed to the operator. These suspects' descriptions shall follow the sequence as outlined in the related crime report.

120.60 REPORTING OUT OF SERVICE. When it is necessary for a unit to go out of service for any reason, except in response to an assignment given to them by a control operator, the reason and the location shall be transmitted to the control operator.

Note: If practicable, a unit remaining out of service shall notify the control operator of the reason and the location (once each hour) that it is out of service. This shall be done even though the unit may be working beyond the normal tour of duty.

120.70 AVAILABILITY WHILE ON NON‑PRIORITY CALLS. Field units assigned non‑priority calls, as well as units on "Code Six" status, shall remain available for reassignment to priority calls by monitoring their radio frequencies.

Units reassigned to a priority call shall be responsible for the completion of their non‑priority call(s). Officers shall explain their change in status to the reporting person. Communications Division shall be notified when officers are prepared to resume the handling of their non‑priority call(s). Officers unable to resume the handling of their non-priority call(s) shall notify Communications Division.

If officers assigned to a non‑priority call determine that additional circumstances exist which preclude their reassignment to a priority call, they shall broadcast a "Code Six" indicating the circumstances.

Note: A priority call is a call for service which is of an emergency or urgent nature causing a unit to respond "Code 3" or "Code 2," respectively. Non‑priority calls are all other calls for routine service.

120.75 ASSIGNMENT OF PRIORITY CALLS-NO AVAILABLE UNITS. Communications Division shall handle priority calls in the following manner whenever there are no units available in the Area of occurrence:

  • The call shall be broadcast for "any available unit," with the nature of the call, the address, and the code;

  • If no units respond to the "any available unit" broadcast, the dispatcher shall broadcast one long electronic tone signal on the concerned Area's radio frequency. The tone signal alerts units assigned non‑priority calls to stand by for possible reassignment to a priority call; and,

  • The dispatcher shall assign the priority call to the appropriate unit.

120.77 INCIDENTS MOTIVATED BY HATRED OR PREJUDICE. Communications Division shall dispatch a unit whenever a call for service involves any incident motivated by hatred or prejudice.

120.79 ASSIGNMENT OF UNITS TO ALARM CALLS. Communications Division personnel who receive a call from an alarm company or private person, generated by the activation of a robbery or burglary alarm, shall:

  • Determine the type of alarm being reported;

  • Request the Board of Police Commissioners (BOPC) permit number from the caller; and,

  • Dispatch a unit to the alarm location.

Note: If the caller was unable to provide a valid BOPC permit number, Communications Division shall notify Commission Investigation Division.

120.80 REQUESTING BICYCLE INFORMATION. When requesting information about a bicycle, the following information, when known, shall be given:

  • Frame number of bicycle;

  • License number;

  • Expiration date of license; and,

  • Make of bicycle.

130. RADIO MESSAGE PRIORITY.

Emergency Radio Messages. This classification has priority over all other messages and consists of requests for "Help," information regarding "Pursuits," and messages necessary for the preservation of life.

Special Radio Messages. This classification has priority over "Routine" radio messages and consists of:

  • Immediate field broadcasts of descriptions of suspects and/or vehicles involved in crimes when the time element is important;

  • Reporting fires;

  • Requesting ambulances; and/or,

  • Any other message requiring immediate attention.

A unit with a "Special" message shall begin transmission by notifying the control operator that the unit has a "Special" message. The unit may precede the message with a request for a clear frequency for a "Special" message. When the concerned frequency is on "Stand By" for a "Special" message, only broadcasts regarding the "Special" message shall be transmitted, except an "Emergency" message or another "Special" message.

Note: Upon receiving a “Special” message, the control operator shall immediately place the concerned frequencies on "Stand By," when necessary, and handle the messages in the order of their priority. The control operator shall immediately clear concerned frequencies when the “Special” message is completed.

"Routine" Message Procedures. A unit with a "Routine" message may broadcast only when the concerned frequency is clear. This classification consists of normal radio messages and has no priority.

130.30 CLEAR FREQUENCY PROCEDURE. Before transmitting a lengthy message, such as a report of a major crime, a unit shall contact the control, request a clear frequency, and state the reason for the request.

Exception: When an officer desires a clear frequency to check a suspect for wants and/or warrants, he/she shall request "Code Ten."

The control operator, upon receipt of the request, shall advise all other units on the same frequency to "Stand By" and instruct the concerned unit to "Go Ahead." Upon completion of the message, the control operator shall announce to all units that the frequency is clear. Units advised to "Stand By" shall not attempt to transmit unless their message is of higher priority than the message being transmitted (Manual Section 4/130).

Note: A clear frequency shall not be requested in order to obtain a "Want" or a "DMV" on a vehicle.

150. TELETYPES - GENERAL.

150.05 REQUESTS FOR TELETYPE MESSAGES. A request for a teletype message shall indicate the coverage desired by including the specific point(s) for a directed message or the specific section for a broadcast bulletin.

When proper names are included in teletype messages, they shall be transmitted as follows:

"SURNAME, FIRST NAME, (and) MIDDLE NAME (or) INITIAL."

150.08 CANCELLATIONS, CORRECTIONS, OR SUPPLEMENTS TO BROADCASTS. When cancellation, correction, or supplement to broadcast is requested, the message request given to the teletype operator shall include the following:

  • Date, time, message number, and call letter of the original and all subsequent related messages;

  • Title of the original message;

  • Names of persons who were the subject of the original message;

  • All available reference numbers;

  • Any "special attentions" included in previous related broadcasts; and,

  • The property or vehicles mentioned in previous messages, with a brief description and current status.

150.10 CLASSIFICATION. Teletype messages shall be classified as:

  • Directed Messages. Directed messages are those addressed to one or more specific points throughout the State network (CLETS) or nationally (NLETS) through the California Department of Justice.

  • Broadcast Bulletins. Broadcast bulletins are messages addressed to one of the following specific sections within the network facilities available to the Department:

    • Local (Citywide);

    • Local and Sheriff's Local (Countywide);

    • Area (directed to either one or more of the six broadcast areas into which California is divided); and,

    • All Points Bulletin (directed to all participating enforcement agencies in California). Extended coverage to all other states, except Alaska and Hawaii, is accomplished by direction of the originating agency.

150.12 ALL POINTS BULLETINS - ACCEPTANCE OF MESSAGES. Prior to requesting the transmittal of an All Points Bulletin (APB) broadcast via NECS, officers shall verify that the agencies which the messages are addressed to are participants of the APB system. Area/division records units shall maintain a list of current APB system subscribers. For broadcasts within Los Angeles County to non‑subscribing agencies, a message should be directed to the Los Angeles County Sheriff's local broadcast system. Out‑of‑county messages to a non‑subscribing agency should be sent directly to that agency.

To qualify for rebroadcast on the State Teletype System, a message must meet the following requirements:

Robbery Teletypes.

  • Suspects used or simulated a gun; OR,

  • There is reason to believe the suspects are operating in more than one county; OR,

  • The modus operandi is distinctive or similar to that previously reported in other jurisdictions; OR,

  • The property taken is valued in excess of $5,000.

Burglary Teletypes.

  • A large amount of distinctive property which could connect a suspect with the crime is stolen. (Do not itemize. Give only the general type of property taken and the note "is/is not" identifiable); OR,

  • A safe is attacked; OR,

  • The modus operandi is distinctive or similar to that previously reported in other jurisdictions, AND there is reason to believe the suspect may be operating in more than one county; OR,

  • A large amount of property is taken, part or all of which is identifiable: (Do not itemize. Give only the general type of property taken and the note "is identifiable.")

Felony Suspect Wanted Teletypes.

  • There is reason to believe the suspect may be traveling outside the local area; AND a felony warrant has been issued for his/her arrest, excluding violation of parole or probation unless wanted for an additional felony; OR,

  • There is reasonable cause to believe the suspect committed a felony.

Note: Unless a warrant has been issued, the teletype must contain sufficient information to establish in the mind of the receiving officer reasonable cause to believe the suspect committed a felony.

In Custody Teletypes.

  • The suspect has been operating for a long period of time, AND there is reason to believe the suspect committed a crime outside the local jurisdiction.

Property Under Observation Teletypes.

  • A large amount of identifiable property has been located, AND there is reason to believe it has been stolen outside the local jurisdiction.

Crime Warning Teletypes.

  • When circumstances are such that it may be possible to prevent crime by alerting agencies outside the local jurisdiction; OR,

  • When checks or check writers have been stolen, AND it is probable that an attempt will be made to cash the checks outside the local jurisdiction.

Missing Person Teletype.

  • When the circumstances indicate that the missing person, either adult or juvenile, is the victim of a serious crime or emergency conditions exist, such as senility, suspected foul play, or when the missing person is at a very young age.

Note: Teletyping of a missing person area broadcast does not fulfill the two‑hour notification requirement to the National Crime Information Center (NCIC) when a person under 21 years of age is reported missing or the missing person is the subject of exceptional circumstances (e.g., missing under suspicious circumstances, or persons mentally or physically handicapped).

155. TELETYPES - VEHICLE REGISTRATION AND DRIVER'S LICENSE INFORMATION.

155.05 REQUESTS FOR VEHICLE REGISTRATION INFORMATION. A teletype requesting vehicle registration information from DMV shall be sent in the following form:

  • IV; and,

  • Information code, vehicle license number or vehicle identification number.

A request for out-of-state vehicle information shall include:

  • Motor Vehicle Bureau (city and state);

  • Year for which the information is desired;

  • Complete record request (including registered owner and legal owner); and,

  • License number (including all dashes, as it appears on the plate)

Note: All other vehicle teletypes shall be prepared and sent by the concerned Area records unit.

155.15 REQUESTS FOR DRIVER LICENSE INFORMATION. A teletype requesting driver license information from DMV may be sent, using either the driver license number or the full name of the licensee. When using the driver license number, the teletype shall be sent in the following form:

  • ID; and,

  • Information code, driver license number.

When using the licensee's name only, the teletype shall be sent in the following form:

  • IN; and,

  • Information code, name (last, first, middle).

Note: A separate teletype shall be sent for each person.

155.20 TELETYPES-BICYCLE INFORMATION. A teletype requesting information from the Automated Property System (APS) shall be sent as provided in the CJIS Manual.

165. TELETYPES - JAIL PROCEDURES.

165.02 ARREST BOOKING INFORMATION. The following procedures shall be used in the transmission of arrest booking information:

All Areas/divisions shall teletype juvenile arrest booking information to the Juvenile Records Unit, Records and Identification Division, Detective Support and Vice Division, and the responsible investigative unit within thirty minutes after obtaining the booking numbers, when DABIS processing is not used to book a juvenile or a person 18 years of age or older arrested and booked for a crime committed when the arrestee was a juvenile. The information contained in the first nine lines of the Booking and Identification Records, Form 05.01.00, shall be used as a format for the teletype.

In addition, all Areas/divisions shall include the following additional information on the juvenile arrest booking information teletype:

  • Juvenile's parents and/or legal guardian;

  • J number; and,

  • DR number.

The last line of the teletype shall contain the information in the box labeled "Juvenile Detained At."

Note: When a juvenile arrested for an offense which will be investigated by Gang and Narcotics Division is to be released immediately after booking, the arresting officer shall cause the date and time the subject is to be cited to return for further investigation and disposition to be included in the booking teletype.

Booking Areas/divisions with Livescan Network capability shall send adult and juvenile arrest booking information to Records and Identification Division within thirty minutes after obtaining booking numbers, when DABIS processing is not used to book a juvenile or a person 18 years of age or older arrested and booked for a crime committed when the arrestee was a juvenile.

Booking divisions shall transmit required booking documents to the Inmate Reception Center, County Central Jail.

165.03 ARRESTEES BOOKED INTO COUNTY CUSTODY. Teletype abstracts containing booking information shall not be sent on adult arrestees booked directly into Los Angeles County jail facilities.

Exception: Teletype abstracts containing the booking information contained in the first nine lines of the Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.00, shall be sent on adult arrestees booked directly into the Jail Ward of the Los Angeles County-USC Medical Center.

An officer booking an adult arrestee directly into a Los Angeles County jail facility shall complete the Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.00, in the normal manner. In addition, the booking officer shall:

  • Telephonically obtain an LAPD generated booking number from Records and Identification Division; AND,

  • Request to be transferred to the Supervisor of the Booking Records Update Unit, Records and Identification Division; AND,

  • Give the booking information contained in the first nine lines of the Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.00, to the supervisor. Record that person's name, and title in the narrative portion of the arrest report.

Note: The above notification to the supervisor of the Criminal Information Unit, Records and Identification Division, is not necessary when booking arrestees directly into Los Angeles County Jail.

165.04 SUPPLEMENTAL CHARGE TELETYPES. A Supplemental Charge Teletype shall be sent without delay to Los Angeles County Jail when the arrestee is an adult female, in the following sequence:

  • Prisoner's booking number and name, original charge, SUPP CHG, and date charge placed; and,

  • NEW CHG: List supplemental charge. When the supplemental charge is a warrant, the information shall include the System ID number, warrant number, court, and bail including penalty assessment.

Note: When a felony complaint against an arrestee is rejected and a related misdemeanor warrant is obtained, the words "Reduction Booking" shall be placed in the heading of the teletype.

When the supplemental charge is placed as the result of a court order for the delay of a felony arraignment (Manual Section 4/750.20), the following information shall be included:

  • The warrant information;

  • The date and time of the court order;

  • The court issuing the order;

  • The concerned investigative unit; and,

  • The statement, "Court ordered prisoner held until his physical condition permits his arraignment."

165.06 SUPPLEMENTAL CHARGE AUTHORIZATION TELETYPES-VIOLATION OF PROBATION OR PAROLE. A teletype abstract authorizing a supplemental charge for violation of probation or parole against a person in the custody of the Department shall be sent to the division of custody in the following sequence:

  • ATTN JAILER OR LASD;

  • State parole charge authority and date;

  • Booking number, name, and prison number;

  • "THIS IS AUTHORIZATION FOR DETAINING AGENCY LASD AND ANY PEACE OFFICER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO ARREST AND BOOK PER (charge) AND TRANSPORT TO LOS ANGELES MAIN COUNTY JAIL;" and,

  • AUTH: Name and title of officer authorizing the supplemental charge.

165.15 REQUEST FOR BAIL INFORMATION TELETYPE. A Request for Bail Information Teletype is used to request information regarding the release on bail of a misdemeanor prisoner in the custody of the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department. The teletype shall be sent to the custodial detention officer and shall contain the prisoner's booking number, name, and "REQ. FOR BAIL INFO."

165.20 BAIL INFORMATION TELETYPE. Information regarding a prisoner eligible for release on bail shall be sent by the custodial detention officer in the following sequence:

  • Prisoner's booking number, name, and BAIL INFO;

  • Each charge (code section and title), listed separately, followed by the amount of bail, plus penalty assessment;

Note: Name on each additional charge, if different than original booking name, shall precede the charge or warrant number.

  • Each warrant number or court case number, if any, and issuing court, listed separately, followed by the amount of bail, plus penalty assessment;

  • Time, day of week, date, court, and street address of court appearance for each charge; and,

  • Arrest location, arresting agency, division and unit, and arresting officer's name and serial number.

165.26 FELONY BOOKING DISPOSITION AND SUPPLEMENTAL CHARGE TELETYPE. A Felony Booking Disposition and Supplemental Charge Teletype directing a custodial detention officer to record the release of a charge against a prisoner and to place a supplemental charge shall be sent in the following sequence:

  • Prisoner's booking number, name, FEL DISPO/ SUPP CHG, and date of felony disposition;

  • Charge released and AUTH: Felony booking disposition as indicated in the Investigator's Final Report, Form 05.10.00;

  • NEW CHG: Supplemental charge. When the supplemental charge is a warrant, an abstract of the warrant shall be included in the teletype;

  • Prisoner's name on supplemental charge if different from that on the original booking; and,

  • Division, name, and serial number of authorizing officer.

Note: When the prisoner is in a Los Angeles County jail facility, other than Los Angeles County Jail, a Felony Booking Disposition and Supplemental Charge Teletype shall also be sent to the Sheriff's Warrant Detainer Section.

165.30 ORDER TO RELEASE PRISONER TELETYPE. An Order to Release Prisoner Teletype is used to direct a custodial detention officer to release a prisoner from the custody of the Department, or to direct another agency to release from custody a prisoner detained for this Department. This teletype shall be sent in the following sequence:

  • ATTN JAILER;

  • Prisoner's booking number and name, and ORDER TO RELEASE; and,

  • The charge released and AUTH: Reason for release.

Note: Name on each additional charge, if different than original booking name, shall precede the charge or warrant number.

  • Details:

    • When the charge released is a felony, include the booking disposition indicated on the Investigator's Final Report, Form 05.10.00;

    • When the reason for release is bail posted, include the amount of cash bail posted or an identification of the surety bond;

    • The time, day of week, date, and street address of court appearance for each charge; and,

Note:  When the arrestee was intoxicated at the time of arrest, a teletype directing an O.R. release shall include "O.R. when able to care for self."

  • Division, name, and serial number of officer ordering release.

165.31 ORDER TO RELEASE JUVENILE TELETYPE. An Order to Release Juvenile Teletype is used to direct a custodial detention officer to release a detained juvenile from the custody of the Department. This teletype shall be sent in the following sequence:

  • Juvenile's booking number and name, and ORDER TO RELEASE;

  • Charge released and AUTH: Reason for release (i.e., Exonerated, Court Order, 602‑626 WIC, etc.);

  • Release to: (Relationship and full name);

  • Location detained; and,

  • Division, name, and serial number of officer ordering the release.

165.32 NOTIFICATION OF PRISONER RELEASE TELETYPE. A computer generated message reporting the release of a prisoner from LAPD custody shall be sent immediately to the Automated Justice Information System (AJIS) via the Network Communication System (NECS) RL13 format. The message, when appropriate, shall also be directed to:

  • The concerned division or Sheriff's station when the release is the result of an Order to Release Prisoner Teletype; and,

  • Detective Support and Vice Division and the concerned investigating officer when either an adult arrestee was booked on a felony charge or the arrestee is a juvenile.

Notification of Prisoner Release messages sent to locations other than AJIS shall contain the following information:

  • Prisoner's booking number;

  • Prisoner's last name, first name, middle initial;

  • Date of birth;

  • Booking location;

  • Reason for release;

  • Originating agency;

  • Name of officer releasing prisoner; and,

  • Serial number of officer releasing prisoner.

Note: When a prisoner is released to the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Department's transportation unit, a notification to AJIS shall be sent via the Network Communication System (NECS).

165.33 NOTIFICATION OF WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS OR FIXED ‑ BAIL RELEASE OF FELONY PRISONER TELETYPE. A teletype announcing the release of a felony prisoner when fixed‑bail is posted or on a Writ of Habeas Corpus shall, in addition to a teletype to the AJIS file, be sent to:

  • Detective Support and Vice Division; and,

  • The concerned probable investigating unit listed on the Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.00.

Notification of Writ of Habeas Corpus or Fixed‑Bail Release of Felony Prisoner Teletype shall be sent in the following sequence:

  • Release information as sent to AJIS (i.e., booking number, last name, first name, middle initial, birth date, numerical code of booking location);

  • Date released;

  • Booking charge;

  • Amount of cash bail posted or an identification of the surety bond;

  • Citing instructions for court appearance; and,

  • Division, name, and serial number of officer releasing the prisoner.

165.34 NOTIFICATION OF AVAILABILITY FOR RELEASE TELETYPE. When an arrestee is booked on a foreign California adult misdemeanor warrant and is not wanted on a local charge, the custodial detention officer shall send a Notification of Availability for Release Teletype to the demanding jurisdiction in the following sequence:

  • ATTENTION WARRANT DETAIL;

  • Name of arrestee (first, middle, last) and booking number;

  • ARRESTED (date arrested) ON YOUR WARRANT (warrant number, issuing court charge, and code). ADVISE BY RETURN TELETYPE DATE AND TIME YOU WILL ACCEPT CUSTODY. NOTIFICATION WILL BE MADE OF ANY CHANGE IN CUSTODY STATUS; AND,

  • Division of detention, address, officer's name, and serial number.

165.35 NOTIFICATION OF FORWARDED WARRANT TELETYPES. When warrants or warrant information teletypes have been forwarded with a prisoner to other than the originating agency, the City jail facility having custody of the arrestee shall send a teletype notification to the originating agency in the following sequence:

  • ATTENTION: Agency, warrant number, and charge;

  • Name of prisoner (first name first) and booking number;

  • RELEASED TO (Agency prisoner released to), date, and time; and,

  • YOUR WARRANTS (or warrant information teletypes) HAVE BEEN FORWARDED WITH PRISONER. CONTACT agency DIRECTLY FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

Note: When warrants or warrant information teletypes from two or more agencies are forwarded, a joint teletype format shall be used.

165.60 PRISONER ESCAPE TELETYPES. A Prisoner Escape Teletype shall be sent as LOCAL BC AND SHERIFF'S LOCAL in the following sequence:

  • NOTICE OF PRISONER ESCAPE;

  • Name of escapee;

  • Booking number, charge, and LA number;

  • Description of suspect and clothing;

  • Location of escape; and,

  • Fingerprint classification (available at Records and Identification Division).

Note: Supplemental teletypes may be sent at the discretion of investigating officers responsible for apprehension.

165.70 ORDER TO PICK‑UP. Regular Order to Pick‑Up Teletypes shall be sent on each court day not later than:

  • 0430 hours for morning court; and,

  • 0900 hours for afternoon court.

Teletypes shall be sent to the Los Angeles Sheriff's Department, Bureau of Transportation as in the following examples:

  • Hollywood has four male and one female arrestees for Division 59, and two female arrestees for Division 51; and,

  • Harbor Area has two male and three female arrestees for Division 61.

165.80 IMPERATIVE RELEASE MESSAGE TELETYPE. The Imperative Release Message is a daily teletype notification generated by the Automated Justice Information System (AJIS) to all Areas of the Department and Metropolitan Jail Section, 77th Street Jail Section, Van Nuys Jail Section, and Operations Jail Section with the names of those persons who must soon be arraigned or released from Department custody in accordance with 825 P.C.

170. TELETYPES - INVESTIGATIVE PROCEDURES.

170.04 TELETYPE NOTIFICATION OF "SHOW ‑ UP" APPEARANCE. A teletype notification regarding a suspect appearing in a "show‑up" shall be sent in the following form:

FOLLOWING SUSPECT WILL BE IN SHOW‑UP: (location); (date and time); (name and description of suspect); (modus operandi, including any information which may aid in connecting suspect with a crime); (name, serial number, and detail of investigating officer)

170.08 TELETYPE NOTIFICATION OF "SHOW ‑ UP" RESULTS.

Suspect Identified. A teletype regarding identification of a suspect in a "show‑up" shall be sent in the following sequence:

  • "Show‑up" number of identified suspect;

  • Name of suspect identified;

  • Offense for which suspect was booked;

  • Crime with which suspect was identified;

  • Name of person who made identification;

  • DR number of report of crime with which suspect was identified;

  • Name of the concerned law enforcement agency and the case number, when suspect identified with a crime committed in another jurisdiction;

  • Names of victims and witnesses attending the "show‑up;"

  • Names of suspect's defense attorneys and deputy district attorneys attending the "show‑up;"

  • Name and serial number of the officer who selected the participants for the "show-up;"

  • Unusual actions which the investigating officer requested the suspect to perform during the "show‑up;" and,

  • Name, serial number, and detail of officer conducting the "show‑up."

Suspect Not Identified. When no suspects are identified in a "show‑up," the teletype notification shall contain the following:

  • NO SUSPECTS IDENTIFIED;

  • (Names of victims and witnesses attending the "show‑up"); and,

  • (Name, serial number, and detail of officer conducting the "show‑up".)

170.45 PROPERTY RELEASE TELETYPES. A teletype authorizing release of property shall be sent in the following form:

  • THIS IS YOUR AUTHORITY TO RELEASE THE BELOW LISTED PROPERTY BOOKED UNDER DR (number) TO (name of person to whom property is booked) ON (date of booking) TO (name and address of person to whom property is to be released). (List of property, including item numbers). RELEASE AUTHORIZED BY (name and serial number of authorizing officer), (date and time release authorization).

170.55 REQUEST FOR CERTIFIED COPY OF LASD FINGERPRINT CARDS TELETYPE. The following format shall be used to obtain certified copies of Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department fingerprint cards from the Bureau of Identification:

  • BI;

  • SUPERVISOR, FINGERPRINT SECTION;

  • REQUEST CERTIFIED COPY OF THE FINGERPRINT CARD OF:

  • NAME AND ANY AKA USED AT TIME OF BOOKING;

  • DATE OF BIRTH;

  • CII NO.;

  • LA NO. AND LASD NO.;

  • DATE OF ARREST;

  • CHARGE; and,

  • DIRECT REPLY TO LAPD_________DIVISION_________ ATTN:__________

175. TELETYPES-SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES.

175.10 SUBPOENA TELETYPES. A teletype notifying an officer of the existence of a subpoena shall be sent in the following form:

  • WATCH COMMANDER, (division/Area of assignment). THE FOLLOWING OFFICERS ARE SUBPOENAED: (officer's name), (serial number), DIVISION OR DEPARTMENT (number), (place of address), (date), (time), (defendant's full name), DR (number).

175.14 DECLARATION FOR CONTINUANCE TELETYPES. A Declaration for Continuance teletype shall be sent in the following form:

  • DECLARATION FOR CONTINUANCE: (defendant's last name), (court division number), (case number), (Officer's name and serial number), (date of trial), (to what officer can testify), (reason for inability to appear), (date officer will be able to appear).

175.70 WEATHER FORECAST TELETYPES. A teletype regarding the weather forecast shall be sent in the following sequence:

  •  METROPOLITAN-COAST AREA-temperature, precipitation

  •  VALLEY AREA-temperature, precipitation.

180. MESSENGER SERVICE AND MAILING INSTRUCTIONS.

180.10 DEPARTMENT MAIL TO BE FORWARDED BY MESSENGER SERVICES. Mail to be forwarded to Department offices, all City offices, and all Los Angeles County offices by messenger service shall be enclosed in Multi‑use Interoffice Correspondence Envelopes, Form General 100B. When the Form General 100B is used to forward mail to a City office other than a Police Department office, the address shall include the correspondence "stop" number for the concerned office.

Exception: When the use of the Multi‑use Interoffice Correspondence Envelope is inappropriate to the subject matter to be forwarded or the material to be forwarded is of a confidential nature, the correspondence shall be enclosed in a plain manila envelope.

180.20 UNITED STATES MAIL DELIVERY. All correspondence to be delivered by United States mail shall be placed in appropriate containers. When practicable, white envelopes shall be used. The Department's return address, "Box 30158, Los Angeles, 90030," shall be typed or printed in the upper left corner. The correspondence reference number shall be included with the return address. The sender's name may be substituted when necessary for security reasons. When mail is to be registered or certified, "Los Angeles Police Department" shall be included with the return address and correspondence reference number.

When reference is made regarding the return address of the Department within any correspondence to other government agencies or the general public, the above return address shall be shown.

180.30 DELIVERY OF PERSONAL MAIL. The address of the Department or any of its offices shall not be used by employees for the purpose of receiving personal mail or merchandise.

190. TELEPHONES, USE OF DEPARTMENT.

190.10 ANSWERING DEPARTMENT TELEPHONES An employee answering a public Department telephone (usually those connected to the City Centrex System) will state the following:

  • "Good morning," "Good afternoon" or "Good evening," as applicable;

  • His/her office, group, bureau, division, section, unit or, Community Outreach Center or if the location is a community police station, the name of the geographic command followed by the phrase "Community Police Station," i.e., "Rampart Community Police Station."

  • His/her rank or title, and last name, and,

  • "May I help you?"

When answering other Department telephones (outside, private or non-Centrex), the employee may answer by giving the number of the telephone only. However, an Area/division commanding officer (CO)may authorize some other response for non-public telephones, which are used for undercover operations.

To ensure continuous and quality service to the hearing-impaired community, Area commanding officers will:

  • Ensure that the Area/division NexTalk-Telephone (TTY) application is launched and active on at least one front desk computer;

  • Ensure that sufficient personnel at each Area station are trained in the proper use of the NexTalk TTY application;

  • Cause Area training coordinators to assume responsibility for training of personnel in the use of the NexTalk TTY application; and,

  • Ensure all references to (TDD) are replaced with TTY for hearing-impaired (the telephone numbers remain unchanged), to the next and all subsequent printings of Area/division business cards.

190.15 TELEPHONE CALLS PLACED TO GEOGRAPHIC AREAS/DIVISIONS VIA NEXTALK TTY APPLICATION FOR THE HEARING-IMPAIRED.  The Americans with Disability Act (ADA) prohibits discrimination against qualified individuals with disabilities in all programs, activities and services of public entities.  Thus, individuals with disabilities must be afforded telephonic access to all Area/division stations as is the hearing  community.  The Department utilizes the NexTalk TTY application at Area/division front desks, to receive calls from the hearing-impaired community.

 

OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Officers at each Area/division are responsible for answering, handling and completing calls for service from the hearing-impaired community.  Calls for service received at Areas/divisions via the NexTalk TTY application, which are not answered within the first five rings, will be forwarded to the Communications Division (CD) non-emergency line.  Area/division front desk officers or the Emergency Board Operator (EBO) answering the call will determine whether the call is of an emergency nature, and if so, will dispatch a unit to the scene.  All other telephone calls will be screened by personnel, who must determine the appropriate routing.

 

COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION'S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Personnel assigned to CD will adhere to the following procedure when receiving a call for service from an member of the hearing-impaired community.  Upon receipt of a call, CD personnel will determine the nature of the call.  The majority of calls will fall within the following categories:

 

  • Emergency call for service;

  • Non-emergency call for service;

  • General information;

  •  Telephonic report; or,

  • Attempt to contact Department personnel at the Area/divisional level (e.g., detective, watch commander, Area commanding officer, etc.).

 

In all cases in which CD personnel respond to a call for service from a member of the hearing-impaired community, which requires follow-up action by a Department employee (e.g., radio call, police report, etc.), an incident number must be generated.  An incident number is not required if no further action is required, such as requests for general information.

 

After determining the nature of the call, CD personnel will take the following appropriate action:

 

·         Emergency and non-emergency calls for service from hearing-impaired callers will be handled in the same manner as any other call for service and a radio car will be dispatched to the location.  Specific comments must be included in the incident log that the reporting party is hearing-impaired;

·        General information questions should be answered by the EBO, whenever possible.  When questions are more appropriately directed to the Area/division, the EBO will notify the watch commander and/or a supervisor at the concerned Area/division, and include the notification information in the comments of the incident log, prior to closing out the incident; and,

·         For telephonic reports or calls requiring a response from Area/division personnel, the EBO will notify the watch commander and/or a supervisor at the concerned Area/division, and include the notification information in the comments of the call prior to closing out the incident.

 

WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES.  All personnel assigned as Area/divisional watch commanders must adhere to the following procedures when receiving notification from CD regarding a call from a hearing-impaired caller assigned to them:

 

  • Determine the nature of the call.  Calls from CD will be either non-emergency calls requiring the desk officer to complete a report, or calls for a specific Department member (e.g., detective, watch commander, or Area commanding officer) to contact the hearing- impaired caller via the station's NexTalk TTY application;

  • Ensure incoming calls are logged.  A “Special Investigator Assignment/Control Log,” Form 15.60.00, commonly referred to as a System To Optimize Radio Car Manpower (STORM) log, must be used to record incoming STORM calls.  All calls from CD will have a corresponding incident number and must be logged on the STORM log as either the specific type of report being taken, or as “Other” in the “Type of Call” box, if it requires a specific Department member to contact the hearing-impaired caller;

  • Ensure the hearing-impaired caller is contacted within an hour.  All calls from CD will require that the desk officer or specific Department member contact the initiating caller.  Officers assigned to the front desk may either complete the necessary report via the Area's/division's NexTalk TTY application or, if requested by the hearing-impaired caller, assign an available patrol unit to respond to the caller’s location;

  • Ensure that the incident is updated on the STORM log and that a disposition code and any other pertinent information is entered on the STORM log prior to end of watch; and,

  • Ensure that all problems with Area/division NexTalk TTY application are documented in the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00, and are reported to the Information Technologies Division Help desk, or via self-ticketing.

 

Note:  All calls, regardless of type, must be addressed utilizing the aforementioned guidelines within one hour of the watch commander being contacted by CD.  In the event that a report cannot be completed within an hour or the requested Department personnel are unavailable, the watch commander or his/her designee must contact the hearing-impaired caller and provide them with an estimated time at which they can expect to have their call addressed.

 

190.20 ANSWERING COMPLAINT BOARD OR RECORDS AND IDENTIFICATION DIVISION TELEPHONES. Employees answering complaint board telephones or Records and Identification Division telephones subject to extremely heavy use may answer with an approved shortened identification as directed by the division commanding officer.

190.30 TELEPHONE CALLS - IMMEDIATE SERVICE REQUIRED. Employees who receive a telephonic report which demands immediate police action shall:

  • Obtain the location of occurrence and other pertinent information; and,

  • Relay the information to the concerned unit, if available; or,

  • Relay the information to the complaint board.

Employees relaying the information to the complaint board shall:

  • Give their name and division of assignment;

  • Give the location where service is requested;

  • State the nature of the complaint;

  • Obtain the name and telephone number of the caller;

  • Inform caller that his/her call will be returned, as soon as practicable;

  • Obtain the information desired; and,

  • Return the call.

If the persons are calling from a pay telephone, they shall be advised to remain at that station to await the return call.

190.50 TRANSFERRING TELEPHONE CALLS. When an employee receives a telephone call which should be handled by some other unit, or which has been misdirected, he/she shall:

  • Ascertain the nature of the call;

  • Advise the caller as to the Department unit, or person to whom he/she should speak; and,

  • Transfer the call.

If the caller does not wish to have his/her call transferred, or is calling from within the CENTREX system, he/she shall be given the telephone number and name of the unit to call for service.

190.60 TELEPHONIC REQUESTS FOR REPORT INFORMATION. When an employee receives a telephonic request for information contained in police reports, he/she shall handle the request as prescribed in Manual Sections 3/406, 3/407, 3/408 and 3/410.

190.70 REFERRAL TO THE CALIFORNIA HIGHWAY PATROL.

Metropolitan Area and Harbor, Venice, and West Los Angeles Divisions. Calls for services of an emergency nature within the area of the California Highway Patrol responsibility shall be transferred by land line to the California Highway Patrol dispatcher when practicable. When the line is in use, the employee receiving the call shall obtain the necessary information and relay it to the California Highway Patrol Dispatcher.

San Fernando Valley Area. The employee receiving a call for service of an emergency nature within the area of the California Highway Patrol responsibility shall obtain the necessary information and relay it to the California Highway Patrol Dispatcher.

Note: Persons requesting non‑emergency service or information shall be advised to call the California Highway Patrol.

192. LONG ‑ DISTANCE, LOCAL, AND EXTENDED ‑ AREA TELEPHONE CALLS.

192.10 LONG ‑ DISTANCE CALLS - DEFINED. All calls to any point outside Area Code 213, 310, 323, and 818 are long‑distance calls.

192.20 LOCAL ‑ AREA CALLS - DEFINED. A local call is any call which is not a multi‑message‑unit call.

192.30 EXTENDED ‑ AREA CALLS - DEFINED. All toll calls to any point within Area Code 213 that must be placed through a City Hall operator are extended area calls.

Note: These calls are calls that cannot be dialed using a dial code shown on the Guide For Placing Business Calls (marked with * on the guide).

192.40 LONG ‑ DISTANCE TELEPHONE CALLS, OUT ‑ GOING.

Employee's Responsibility. All City-business long-distance calls shall be placed through the City Long-Distance Communications Facility (TELCODE) System. An employee placing a long-distance call shall:

  • Utilize the five digit confidential authority number issued to each sworn employee and designated civilian employee; and,

  • Place the call following the instructions included with the TELCODE Long-Distance Identity Card.

Note: Employees will be responsible for all calls placed with their assigned TELCODE number. If the TELCODE card is lost or stolen, employees shall report the loss immediately to the Department Telephone Coordinator at Information Technology Bureau.

Commanding Officer's Responsibility. All calls placed through TELCODE will be recorded on a detailed printout which will be provided to commanding officers for review. Calls of long duration and repeated calls to the same number will be subject to a computer scan and subsequent investigation. Commanding officers shall review and audit the TELCODE printouts to ensure that employees conform to City telephone call guidelines.

192.50 LONG ‑ DISTANCE TELEPHONE CALLS, INCOMING. When an employee receives a long‑distance call that is not for the employee, the employee shall:

  • If the call is paid, transfer it to the concerned person or unit; or,

  • If the call is directed to the Department only, or to the Chief of Police, transfer it to Detective Support and Vice Division.

192.60 COLLECT TELEPHONE CALLS, INCOMING. Department employees may accept collect calls for emergency services and for matters of importance to the City of Los Angeles and to the Department. After receiving an incoming, collect telephone call, the person accepting the call shall immediately notify the Administrative Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division and provide the following information:

  • The origin of the call;

  • The name of the caller;

  • The name of the person who accepted the call;

  • The extension on which the call was received; and,

  • The time the call was accepted.

Note: Department employees shall not accept personal, collect telephone calls except in cases of emergency.

192.70 PLACING LOCAL ‑ AREA CALLS. Prior to placing an outside business call, an employee shall determine whether the call is a local call by referring to the City of Los Angeles telephone directory. If the call is local, it may be placed over an outside line. If no outside line is provided, the employee shall use the appropriate City Hall trunk line as shown on the Guide for Placing City Business Calls.

192.80 EXTENDED ‑ AREA TELEPHONE CALLS. An employee placing a call over a Department telephone into the extended area shall:

  • Obtain approval from his/her division commanding officer or watch commander before or after placing a call, as circumstances of the case may dictate; and,

  • Place the call over the appropriate City Hall trunk line.

192.90 TELEPHONIC NOTIFICATION TO FAMILY WHEN WORKING OVERTIME. When a duty assignment requires an employee to work unexpected overtime, the employee may notify his/her family over a Department telephone. Such calls shall be considered police business and shall be made in the same manner as any other business call.

195. RESIDENCE TELEPHONE REQUIREMENT. All sworn personnel and each civilian employee designated by his/her commanding officer as subject to recall during off‑duty hours shall have a telephone at their residence and keep the Department advised of the number.

195.10 INSTALLATION OF RESIDENCE TELEPHONE. When officers or civilian employees subject to recall change their place of residence, they shall apply, without delay, to the telephone company for telephone service. If priority is needed, they should submit an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, to their watch commander, including the following:

  • Extent of delay indicated by the telephone company;

  • Officer's address where telephone service is requested;

  • Name and address of telephone company where service was requested; and,

  • Date service was requested.

This report shall be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Personnel Division, by the requesting officer's commanding officer.

FIELD ACTIVITIES

201. NOTIFICATIONS TO INVESTIGATING OFFICERS.  Back to top 

Officer's Responsibility. The senior officer at the scene shall immediately notify the watch commander of the Area of occurrence of the following:

  • A homicide or suspected homicide;

  • A crime of violence where the victim is likely to die;

  • An extortion or extortion threat;

  • A kidnapping;

  • Any crime which has the potential for attracting major press coverage;

  • Any crime where the facts indicate a connection to a Citywide problem; or,

  • Any information regarding a crime, wanted person, or arrest which requires an immediate follow‑up investigation.

Note: If possible, these notifications shall be made either by telephone or mobile digital terminal.

Watch Commander's Responsibility. When notified of any of the above, the watch commander shall assess the information and immediately make the appropriate notifications as follows:

  • The Commanding Officer, Robbery-Homicide Division, when there is a kidnapping with the potential for serious bodily injury or death;

  • The commanding officer of the concerned Area Detective Division;

  • The commanding officer of the division responsible for investigating the crime; or,

  • Detective Support and Vice Division when the concerned investigating division is closed.

Area Detective Division, Commanding Officer's Responsibility. The Area Detective Division commanding officer, after consulting with the Area commanding officer, shall be responsible for contacting the appropriate specialized detective division commanding officer to discuss responsibility for the investigation of a crime when:

  • The investigation may exceed the personnel resources or expertise available within the division;

  • The crime may attract major press coverage; or,

  • The circumstances indicate a connection to a major Citywide problem.

201.30 IMMEDIATE FOLLOW ‑ UP INVESTIGATION. The concerned investigating division shall be notified immediately if information regarding a crime, wanted person, or arrest requires an immediate follow‑up investigation. When a telephonic notification should be made to an investigative unit and that unit is not available, the notification shall be made to Detective Support and Vice Division.

201.35 ARREST NOTIFICATION. The investigating supervisor advising a felony booking shall, without unnecessary delay, notify the responsible investigative unit of such booking by telephone or teletype unless:

  • The arrest report is completed in the division where the responsible investigative unit is located; OR,

  • The booking is advised by an investigating supervisor assigned to the responsible investigative unit.

201.37 NOTIFICATION TO PAROLE AGENCY AND REQUEST FOR HOLD.

Notification. When a parolee is to be booked on a felony charge, the arrestee's parole officer or, if unavailable, parole agency shall be promptly notified by the watch commander approving the booking.

Note: Notification to California Youth Authority is necessary only when a hold is requested.

When it is discovered after booking that a felony arrestee is on parole, the jail supervisor shall immediately notify the first available officer in the following sequence, who shall be responsible for the notification:

  •  The investigating officer;

  •  The investigating officer's supervisor; and,

  •  The watch commander of the arresting officer's Area/division.

Detective Support and Vice Division shall, when notified by the Los Angeles Sheriff's Department that a prisoner arrested by LAPD is on parole, notify one of the above officers in the proper sequence.

Request for Hold. Any information which would tend to justify the placing of a hold shall be relayed to the parole officer at the time of notification.

Reports. The officer responsible for notification shall cause the parole status, notification, and the hold information to be recorded on the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, or on a Follow‑up Report, Form 03.14.00, if the arrest report has been distributed.

Subsequent Request for Parole Hold. When a request for parole hold is initially denied by the parole agency, additional requests may be made based on additional information. Such requests shall be recorded on a Follow‑up Report, Form 03.14.00.

201.60 DISTRIBUTION OF ARREST AND EVIDENCE REPORTS-NARCOTICS INVOLVED. When an arrest or seizure of evidence resulting from a narcotics-involved investigation is made by officers outside their bureau of assignment, they shall cause a copy of the arrest and/or evidence reports to be delivered to the respective Gang and Narcotics Division, Field Enforcement Section based in the Operations Bureau of their assignment.

201.65 PROPERTY SEIZED SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE.  Officers who seize property for forfeiture in accordance with Section 11470 of the Health and Safety Code must notify the Asset Forfeiture Coordinator, Gang and Narcotics Division (GND).

Currency Appears to be Less Than $10,000 or Personal Property of Any Value.

Officer's Responsibilities.  When an officer seizes narcotics-related currency less than $10,000 or personal property, the officer will:

 

  • Request a supervisor;

  • Contact Asset Forfeiture Investigative Detail (AFID) during office hours.  If AFID is closed, they can be contacted through Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response (RACR) Division;

  • Photograph the currency at the location(s) where the currency was discovered (e.g., inside a kitchen drawer, on a desk inside the master bedroom);
  • Conduct a money count in the presence of a supervisor;
  • Make an effort to determine ownership of the seized asset or currency;
  • Complete a Field Interview Report, Form 15.43.00, on all persons who are present, including minors;
  • If possible, determine how the possessor obtained the seized asset (e.g., holding for a friend, making a purchase)
  • Ensure that a Receipt for Property Taken Into Custody, Form 10.10.00, is issued;
  • Include the name and serial number of the supervisor that responded to the scene on all reports;
  • Include the name and serial number of the AFID employee contacted for advice on all reports;
  • Forward a copy of the entire completed Arrest Report/Property Report (including search warrant if applicable) to AFID by completing the "extra copies" section and write "Asset Forfeiture, GND" on the left margin; and,
  • Complete booking into evidence as advised by the AFID employee.

Note:  With all non-currency seizures, contact AFID prior to moving the seized property.  Vehicles subject to forfeiture require AFID approval and should not be impounded, but transported to an AFID approved secure location.

Supervisor's Responsibilities.  A supervisor will respond when an officer reports narcotics-related currency, and will ensure the following:

 

  • If the currency appears to be less than $10,000, witness the money count;
  • Ensure that currency found in separate locations are not commingled (to preserve trace narcotics evidence); and,
  • Ensure that each found currency location is documented in the completed Arrest Report/Property Report.

Value of Currency Appears to be in Excess of $10,000.

Officer's Responsibility.  Officers seizing narcotics-related currency having value that appears to be in excess of $10,000 will:

  • Not disturb or count the currency;

Note:  Generally, AFID will not respond if the currency has been disturbed or counted.

  • Immediately request a lieutenant to respond to the scene and notify the on-duty watch commander;

Note:  Although the presence of a lieutenant is encouraged, it is understood they are not always available.  At a minimum, the on-duty watch commander (sergeant or lieutenant) should respond to the scene.  Adhering to this practice minimizes the potential for impropriety and serious allegations of misconduct.  If the seizure is made pursuant to a search warrant, the seized assets must not be released, transferred or returned without advice from AFID.

  • Immediately notify AFID who will respond, if necessary, and may take custody of the currency;

  • Ensure a Receipt for Property Taken Into Custody, Form 10.10.00, is issued.

  • Make an effort to determine ownership of the seized asset or currency;

  • Complete a Field Interview Report, Form 15.43.00, on all persons who are present, including minors;

  • Photograph the currency at the location(s) where the currency was discovered (e.g., inside a kitchen drawer, on a desk inside the master bedroom);

  • If possible, determine how the possessor obtained the seized currency (holding for a friend, making a purchase);

  • Include the name and serial number of the responding lieutenant/watch commander on all reports;

  • Include the name and serial number of the notified and/or responding AFID employee on all reports;

  • When AFID employees transport currency to AFID, officers from the investigative entity must accompany them; and,

  • Forward a copy of the entire completed Arrest Report/Property Report (including search warrant if applicable) to AFID by completing the "extra copies" section and write "Asset Forfeiture, GND" on the left margin.

Supervisor's Responsibilities.  A supervisor will respond when an officer reports narcotics-related currency, and will ensure the following:

  • If the value of the currency appears to be in excess of $10,000, ensure the currency is not disturbed or counted; and,
  • Immediately notify a lieutenant or the acting watch commander for their required response to the scene.

Note:  Should the responding supervisor determine it is unsafe to remain at scene, AFID should be contacted and will provide advice on how to minimize the potential for the destruction of evidence.  The supervisor will bulk transport currency to the Area station.  The supervisor must secure the currency in the trunk of his/her vehicle and the investigating officers will escort the supervisor to the station.

Watch Commander's Responsibility.  The watch commander will respond to all scenes involving the seizure of narcotics-related currency which appears to be in excess of $10,000.

201.70 COMPLAINTS MADE AGAINST ARMED FORCES PERSONNEL. A complaint against a member of the Armed Forces shall be reported on an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, except when the complaint results in an arrest or crime report. The Employee's Report shall be forwarded to the Liaison Officer, Detective Support and Vice Division.

201.73 REPORTING THE ATTEMPT SUICIDE, DEATH OR SERIOUS ILLNESS/INJURY OF ARMED FORCES PERSONNEL. When a deceased or seriously ill or injured person requiring hospitalization is identified as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States (Manual Section 4/615.10), or when a member of the Armed Forces of the United States attempts suicide, a telephonic notification shall be made to the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), by the officer reporting. The notification shall, when practicable, include:

  • Division reporting;

  • Reporting officer's name and serial number;

  • Location where reports were made;

  • Name, rank, and serial number of the service member;

  • Branch of service;

  • Name and location of service member's organization;

  • Location, date, and time of death, illness, or injury;

  • Whether wearing civilian clothes or uniform; and,

  • Location to which service member was removed.

The foregoing information shall also be included, when practicable, in the Death Report, Form 03.11.00.

201.75 ARMED FORCES PERSONNEL NOT BOOKED-RELEASED TO ARMED FORCES POLICE UNITS. When officers release Armed Forces personnel directly to Armed Forces police units without making a booking, a telephonic notification shall be made to the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), giving the reason for detention and release, the Armed Forces police unit receiving, and the service member's:

  • Name, rank, and serial number;

  • Branch of service;

  • Organizational unit and location;

  • Dress (uniform or civilian clothes); and,

  • Duty status (on pass, on order, AWOL, deserter).

201.80 LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS VISITING FROM OTHER JURISDICTIONS. Officers of this Department shall telephonically notify the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), when they become aware that a law enforcement officer in one of the below categories is conducting police business within the City:

  • Law enforcement officers assigned to jurisdictions outside the State who are conducting police business within the City; and,

  • Law enforcement officers assigned to jurisdictions within the State, but outside of Los Angeles County, who will be conducting police business within the City in excess of 24 hours.

The following information concerning an officer from another jurisdiction shall be furnished to the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR):

  • Officer's name, agency, and detail;

  • Officer's local address and phone number;

  • Officer's business address and phone number;

  • Los Angeles Police Department officer's name, unit of assignment, and extension;

  • Purpose of officer's visit; and,

  • Estimated date and time of officer's departure.

Note: Recordation of an officer's information, does not fulfill the requirement of out‑of‑jurisdiction officers who request authority to act as peace officers within the City (Manual Section 4/215).

202. FIELD INTERROGATION.

202.01 FIELD INTERVIEWS. When an officer questions a person in the field, he/she may record the details of that interview on a Field Interview Report, Form 15.43.00. Specific facts which tend to indicate criminal activity shall be indicated on the report.

A Field Interview Report shall be completed for all arrested persons.

Exception: When persons are arrested for plain drunk, begging, or a misdemeanor traffic warrant, a Field Interview Report need not be completed, unless there are indications of possible involvement in other criminal activities.

Note: Detailed birthplace information (to include city, county, state, and country) shall be recorded on the Form 15.43.00 prior to booking all arrestees.

202.02 FIELD DATA REPORTS/COMPLETION AND TRACKING.

Officer’s Responsibility. Officers shall complete a Field Data Report (FDR), Form 15.43.01 for every person who meets the required criteria. (See Manual Section 5/15.43.01.) Officers shall also provide the person with an official Department business card in accordance with Manual Section 4/296.01. The business card shall include the date and time of the stop and the last four digits of the related incident number.

Note: Employees who are issued a Department Personal Data Assistant (PDA) shall complete the reports electronically in lieu of completing a written Field Data Report.

Recording FDRs on Field Activity Logs. Officers shall record each stop, the number of persons contacted during the stop and the number of completed FDRs associated with the stop in the Daily Field Activity Report (DFAR), Form 18.31.00, or appropriate log used by specialized divisions to record field activities. Each stop and associated contact and FDR information shall be recorded separately on the log.

Note: Abbreviated notation “C-#” shall be used to record the number of persons contacted during the stop and “F-#” to record the number of FDRs completed. Example, a notation of “C-3/F-2” would indicate that three persons were contacted during the stop but only two met the criteria for completion of an FDR.

Recording FDRs on Arrest/Investigative Reports. Officers who complete an FDR in association with an Arrest or Investigative Report, shall include the FDR number on the face sheet of the report in the box designated “Connecting Reports.”

Recording FDRs on Field Interview Reports. When an FI is completed on a person in association with a stop, which requires the completion of an FDR, the notation “FDR” and its reference number shall be written in the narrative portion of the FI.

Submitting FDRs for Supervisory Review. Completed FDRs shall be attached to the DFAR or other appropriate log and submitted at the end of watch. In instances where a log is not completed, the FDRs shall be submitted daily to a supervisor designated by the commanding officer.

Voiding an FDR. If there is an error on an FDR, the FDR must be voided and a replacement completed. However, if information was omitted and the FDR can be corrected by filling in missing information, no void is necessary. Voided FDRs shall have “VOID” written in uppercase letters across both the original and goldenrod copies. The officer’s initials, serial number and the date shall be placed on the voided form. The original (white copy) of the voided FDR shall be attached to the DFAR or other appropriate log and submitted at the end of watch. The goldenrod copy shall remain in the FDR book.

Note: If a new FDR is completed, the FDR reference number of the new FDR shall be written on the back of the voided FDR, both white copy and goldenrod copy.

Personnel Assigned Entry of Voids. Voided FDR numbers shall be entered into the “STOP” application, via the LAN, by employee(s) within five working days from when they were submitted. When an FDR is submitted as “VOID,” it shall be forwarded, via intradepartmental mail to Information Technology Division (ITD), for filing without a batch cover sheet.

Note: As a reminder, officers shall complete all FDRs, and voids, in blue or black ink. No substance shall be applied to FDRs (i.e., correction fluid or tape).

Correcting Errors. Officers shall check the “STOP” Application for errors on a daily basis. If errors are present, officers shall immediately make the necessary corrections. A Manual entitled “STOP” Application Manual is available to guide employees through the correction process and is available from ITD or on the LAN, located under the “STOP” Application icon.

Returning FDR Books. Completed FDR books shall be submitted to a supervisor for approval. When an officer transfers to another command, all FDR books in his/her possession shall be submitted to a supervisor in the command from which the books were obtained.

Note: Officers shall not share their assigned FDR books with other officers. The FDR books shall be issued, turned-in, and maintained only at the officer’s permanent division of assignment. An officer on loan to a division shall use an FDR book issued from his/her division of assignment.

Supervisor’s Responsibility. Supervisors reviewing completed FDRs shall:

  • Ensure that each FDR is properly completed in accordance with the “STOP” Application Manual;

  • After reviewing the FDR, place his/her serial number in the space provided at the bottom of the form;

Note: Care shall be taken when writing the serial number to not exceed the provided space and interfere with bubbles above.

  • Check completed FDR books and account for the goldenrod copy of each completed FDR;

  • Forward reviewed FDRs and completed FDR books to the FDR Coordinator; and,

  • Ensure that officers check the “STOP” Application on a daily basis and make corrections immediately. 

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. Watch commanders are responsible for ensuring that all employees on their watch adhere to the provisions of the “STOP” Application Manual and shall:

  • Use the supervisor’s reports in the “STOP” Application to monitor the most common mistakes and the time taken to correct them; and,

Note: The “STOP” Application Manual contains instructions for accessing and printing the supervisor’s reports.

  • Conduct accuracy audits for proper completion of FDRs by officers and the appropriate review by supervisors. 

Field Data Report Coordinator. Each geographic Area and each specialized division shall have an employee designated as the Field Data Report Coordinator. Watch commanders or assistant watch commanders shall not be designated as FDR coordinators.

Field Data Report Coordinator Responsibility. The Field Data Report Coordinator shall:

  • Issue FDR books to all officers;

  • Maintain an adequate supply of FDR books;

  • Prepare completed FDR books for records retention and storage per Department Manual Sections 2/332.20 and 5/050.08;

  • Maintain and update the Record of Field Data Report Books, Form 15.43.02;

  • Train new personnel in the proper completion of the FDR form and use of the “STOP” Application;

  • Update the FDR book database in the “STOP” Application by entering the book numbers when books are issued, completed and returned or when reissued;

Note: If any FDRs in the returned books are unused, the number of unused FDRs shall be recorded on the front cover of the book, in brackets, next to the “Supervisor Approving” line, prior to reissue.

  • Record the FDR book number of each FDR book received from the Department of General Services, Distribution Center;

  • Conduct random audits to ensure that FDRs are being properly completed;

  • Count and batch approved FDRs with a cover sheet available in the “STOP” Application;

Note: Care shall be taken that the FDRs are counted correctly when making a batch. There is no minimum number required to make a batch; however, a batch cannot exceed 75 FDRs.

  • Forward FDR batches daily, via interoffice mail, to:

Information Technology Division (ITD)

Attn: Data Entry Section, Field Data Reports

1149 S. Broadway, Basement Level

Los Angeles, CA  90015

Mail Stop 447

Note: When the FDR Coordinator is on regular days off, the batches can be forwarded to ITD upon his/her return. If the absence is in excess of five days, the commanding officer shall appoint another employee to perform the Coordinator’s duties.

Commanding Officer’s Responsibility. Commanding officers are responsible for ensuring that all employees in their command adhere to established guidelines for FDRs, and shall:

  • Appoint an employee as the Area or division FDR Coordinator;

  • Ensure each officer under his/her command is issued an FDR book;

  • Establish appropriate controls for the issuance, maintenance and storage of FDR books; and,

  • Retain completed FDR books in accordance with the Department’s Records Retention Program.

Information Technology Division Responsibility. The ITD shall:

  • Send out batches of FDRs to an outside source for scanning;

  • Track and reconcile the FDRs sent out and those received from the outside source; and,

  • Process and maintain FDR data in an appropriate electronic database.

Commanding Officer, Information Technology Division’s Responsibility. The Commanding Officer, ITD, shall maintain a database of Field Data Report information and ensure that Field Data Reports are processed and maintained in an appropriate file.

202.07 FEDERAL PRIVACY ACT - SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DURING FIELD DETENTION. When the Social Security number is requested in field situations, the following disclosure statement shall be made to the subject:

Federal law requires that you be informed, when asked for your Social Security number, that it must be provided for use in identification. Authority for requiring this information is based upon field interview procedures operational prior to January 1, 1975.

Note: If impractical to give before, this statement may be given after the Social Security number has been obtained.

Exception: In release‑from‑custody (RFC) situations, the statement is not required. (It is preprinted on the arrestee's copy.)

202.10 INTERROGATION OF SUSPECTS - ADMONITION OF MIRANDA RIGHTS. Generally, Department employees should not conduct a custodial interrogation once a suspect in custody unequivocally invokes either the right to silence or the right to an attorney. 

 

Note:  If the suspect only invokes silence, this does not preclude investigators from seeking a waiver at a later time, as allowed by law. 

 

When a major crime is involved, an officer shall not read the Miranda admonition to a suspect or question a suspect prior to consulting with the investigating officer (I/O) conducting the criminal investigation.  Such cases include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·           Homicides;

·           Crimes against persons resulting in injuries that require hospitalization of the victim;

·           Crimes, excluding narcotics, that are the responsibility of a specialized detective division (e.g., bank robbery, arson, child abuse, etc.);

·           Major narcotics cases that require specialized expertise (e.g., methamphetamine labs, etc.);

·           Felony wants/warrants, including fugitives; and,

·           Any crimes that require extensive follow-up investigations.

 

For all other crimes, the arresting officer(s) or other assigned employee(s) should attempt to obtain a statement from an in-custody suspect after providing the Miranda admonition, unless otherwise directed by his/her watch commander or commanding officer. 

 

Interrogating Officers – Responsibilities.  When officers are conducting a custodial interrogation, the following procedures shall be followed:

 

·           Officers shall read the Miranda admonition verbatim as delineated in the Officer’s Notebook, Form 15.03.00;

 

         Note:  Courtroom testimony shall also reflect that the Miranda admonition was read verbatim to the suspect.

 

·           Officers shall document the suspect’s responses to the Miranda admonition in the appropriate report;

·              If the suspect does not unequivocally invoke his/her rights to silence and/or an attorney, the I/O shall conduct a non-coercive interrogation;

·              If the suspect unequivocally invokes his/her rights to silence and/or an attorney at any time during the custodial interrogation, the officer should stop any questioning regarding the crime for which the suspect is in custody; and/or, 

 

Exception:  An I/O may conduct non-coercive questioning on matters related to public safety, e.g., location of a victim during a kidnapping or medical condition, location of a weapon, etc; or, matters unrelated to the crime for which the suspect is in custody, e.g., crimes in the area, local gang activity, etc. 

 

·              Any statements made by the suspect shall be documented in the appropriate report.

 

Note:  Officers are not required to wait for a parent or guardian prior to the questioning of a juvenile.  However, officers shall ensure that proper Gladys R. procedures are followed when interrogating minors under the age of 14.

 

202.20  INTERVIEWING ADULT AND JUVENILE ARRESTEES FOR ADMINISTRATIVE INVESTIGATIONS.  The criminal investigation shall take precedence over the administrative investigation, e.g., use of force, vehicle pursuit, personnel complaint investigation, etc.; nevertheless, a Department employee conducting an administrative investigation should attempt to interview the suspect for administrative investigations. 

 

When conducting a custodial interview of a suspect for an administrative investigation, the following procedures shall be followed:

 

·              When a major crime is involved, as identified in Manual Section 4/202.10, the administrative I/O shall coordinate with the criminal I/O to conduct the administrative interview.  If no major crime is involved, the administrative I/O should proceed, when practical; 

·              Prior to any questioning, the administrative I/O shall determine if the suspect had been read the Miranda admonition and the suspect’s responses;

·              If the suspect had not been read the Miranda admonition, the administrative I/O shall read the Miranda admonition verbatim as delineated in the Officer’s Notebook and document the suspect’s responses to the Miranda admonition in the appropriate report;

·              If the suspect does not unequivocally invoke his/her right to silence and/or an attorney, the I/O shall conduct a non-coercive administrative interview;

·              If the suspect does unequivocally invoke his/her right to silence and/or an attorney, the administrative I/O should advise the

         suspect that the interview is for a Department administrative investigation, ask the suspect if he/she will answer questions for

         the administrative investigation, and conduct a non-coercive administrative interview only if the suspect agrees to be

         interviewed; and,

 

·                 The administrative I/O shall document any statements made by the suspect in the appropriate administrative report or in a Follow-Up Investigation, Form 03.14.00, if the interview occurs after the completion of the initial reports. 

 

Note:  The report shall include the date and time of the interview, the name of the person(s) interviewed and the name of the Department employee who conducted the interview.  The report shall also include when the statements were given, e.g., after the Miranda admonition, after the administrative interview advisement, etc.  This report shall be provided to the criminal I/O and shall list the original crime/arrest Division of Records number as a related report. 

 

202.30  ADVISEMENT OF CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS PER WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE 625 - MINORS

 

When an officer takes a person under the age of 18 (minor) into temporary custody for a 601 or 602 WIC offense and does not intend to interrogate the minor for a 601/602 WIC offense, the officer must advise the minor as follows:

 

·                 You have the right to remain silent;

·                 Anything you say may be used against you in court;

·                 You have the right to the presence of an attorney before and during any questioning;

·                 If you cannot afford an attorney, one will be appointed for you, free of charge, before any

          questioning, if you want.

 

The officer will not ascertain if the minor understands his rights and will not seek a waiver.  The 625 advisement may be given anytime during the period that the minor is in police custody.  Officers should be aware of the Six-Hour Rule when conducting the interrogation of a minor in custody.

 

Note:  Providing the Miranda admonition for interrogation purposes will fulfill the 625 WIC requirement.

 

An advisement per 625 WIC must be given in, but is not limited to, the following situations:

 

·                    Any minor taken into temporary custody/arrested by the Los Angeles Police Department on a 602

            WIC offense where investigative responsibility lies with another division or police agency;

·                    Any minor arrested on a 601/602 WIC warrant or 602 WIC offense, wherein the investigator assigned to that case would be unable to interrogate the minor prior to the expiration of the Six-Hour Rule; and,

·                    Any minor detained on a 601/602 offense who is not booked but is placed in handcuffs, placed in the back of a police vehicle, transported by a police officer, or placed in some other situation that would indicate a restraint on the freedom of movement of such degree associated with a formal arrest.

 

Documentation.  The officer must document in the narrative portion of the arrest report, “The minor was advised per 625 WIC.”  If the minor was detained and issued a (Traffic) Notice-To-Appear, Form 04.50.00, “625 WIC” must be printed on the bottom left-hand corner of the narrative portion of the citation.  If the minor was detained and no formal arrest was made nor a citation was issued, then the 625 WIC admonition may be documented on the Daily Field Activities Report, Form 15.52.00; Sergeant’s Daily Report, Form 15.48.00; Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00; or, in the investigating officer's Detective Case Tracking System (DCTS) notes.

 

GLADYS R. ADMONITION.  When a minor under the age of 14 years is suspected of committing a crime, and the officer plans on interrogating the minor, the minor’s section of the Gladys R. questionnaire shall be completed after the Miranda admonition has been given, but before the questioning begins.  The parent, guardian, or other responsible adult section may be completed anytime prior to filing the case with the District Attorney's office.  The purpose of the Gladys R. questionnaire is to assist the District Attorney’s office in proving that the minor understood the wrongfulness of his/her act.

 

Every effort should be made to locate and interview the parent, guardian or other responsible adult having contact with the minor to complete their section of the Gladys R. questionnaire prior to filing a criminal case with the District Attorney’s office.

 

If a parent or guardian refuses to be interviewed or cooperate, and no other responsible adult having contact with the minor can be located and/or refuses to be interviewed, the word “Refused” should be written next to the parent/guardian name on the form, and the circumstances surrounding the refusal shall be documented on a Follow-up Investigation report.  A copy of the Follow-up Investigation report shall be submitted to the District Attorney’s office at the time of filing.

 

Note:  A Gladys R. questionnaire is not required if the minor is only being admonished per 625 WIC.

 

DOCUMENTATION OF CUSTODIAL AND NON-CUSTODIAL INTERROGATION – ADULTS AND JUVENILES.  Custodial interrogations, or any statement that requires a signature, should be documented on the Investigative Action/Statement Form, Form 3.11.20.  Non-custodial statements should be documented on a Continuation Sheet, Form 15.09.00, or a blank sheet of paper. 

 

Note:  Officers shall refer to the General Reporting Instructions, Field Notebook Divider, Form 18.30.00, for directions on completing Investigative Action/ Statement Forms.

 

202.60 IDENTIFICATION NECESSARY TO OBTAIN RECORDS AND IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION. An officer requesting information from Records and Identification Division by telephone shall identify himself by name and serial number and shall obtain the name of the person to whom he/she speaks.

202.64 WANT, RECORD, AND VEHICLE REGISTRATION INFORMATION. The following words shall be used in requesting information concerning suspects and vehicles:

Want (Suspect):  To determine any want or hold on the suspect.

Record:  To determine any want, hold, or criminal record on the suspect.

Want (Vehicle):  To determine whether a vehicle has been stolen, impounded, or is wanted by the police for any reason.

DMV (Department of Motor Vehicles):  To obtain information regarding the registration of the vehicle.

202.80 DUE DILIGENCE REQUIREMENT.

Arresting Officer's Responsibility. Whenever a suspect is arrested, it shall be the responsibility of the arresting officer, prior to booking, to verify whether the arrestee is the subject of an arrest warrant.

Exception: It shall be the responsibility of the personnel at the concerned jail facility to check arrestees for warrants, subsequent to booking, when an arrestee is:

  • Booked at a field jail unit; or,

  • Transported to Metropolitan Jail Section via a "B" wagon and booked 647f P.C. (Plain Drunk).

Arresting officers shall determine whether the information given to the detention officer by an arrestee is the same information used by the arresting officer who checked the arrestee for warrants. When any discrepancy is noted, the arresting officer shall use the new information to recheck the arrestee for warrants (Manual Section 4/725.09).

203. PRELIMINARY FIELD INVESTIGATION AND REPORTS.

203.05 CRIME SCENE LOG. This form is used to record information regarding all persons entering or assigned to a major crime scene. The form will be initiated by the first unit at the scene and continued by the unit handling the call.

Upon completion, the form shall be given to the concerned investigating officer.

203.10 POLICE CUSTODY ADVICE FOR SERIOUSLY ILL OR INJURED FELONY SUSPECTS WHO ARE HOSPITALIZED AT A LOCATION OTHER THAN LAC ‑ USC MEDICAL CENTER. When a felony suspect is hospitalized and his condition prevents a transfer to the Jail Ward of the LAC‑USC Medical Center, the investigating officers shall immediately conduct a preliminary investigation to determine whether it is imperative that the arrestee be placed in police custody. If police custody is determined to be necessary, the investigative watch commander shall be notified for the purpose of ensuring that such custody is provided. An additional notification to the Department Command Post shall be made for the purpose of completing the 24‑Hour Occurrence Log.

Note: When the investigating officers are not available, the investigative watch commander shall cause the preliminary investigation and determination to be made. (See also Manual Section 4/602.10)

203.12 CITY ATTORNEY DISCLOSURE STATEMENT. Officers shall complete a City Attorney Disclosure Statement, Form 05.02.09, for every adult felony and misdemeanor arrest report completed.

Exception: Officers involved in an investigation resulting in the completion of a juvenile arrest report or a homicide arrest report are exempt from these requirements.  Acceptable exemptions are limited to:

  • Threats or possible danger to the safety of a victim or witness;

  • Possible loss or destruction of evidence; or,

  • Possible compromise of other investigations by law enforcement.

Officers’ Responsibility. Only officers completing felony or misdemeanor arrest reports shall read and sign the City Attorney Disclosure Statement, Form 05.02.09. Other officers involved in the arrest shall be listed under part five of the Form 05.02.09.

Note: Mere presence at the scene of an incident does not require the listing of an officer's name. An involved officer is one who can offer substantive testimony regarding the matters specified in the Disclosure Statement. If there is any doubt as to whether or not an officer or any other witness should be listed, they should always be listed.

The Disclosure Statement shall be attached (not stapled) to the arrest report; however, it shall not be a page of the arrest report.

Officers completing the Disclosure Statement shall not alter or modify the form in any way.

Supervisor’s Responsibility. Supervisors shall ensure that a City Attorney Disclosure Statement is signed and attached (not stapled) to all arrest reports, and that the Disclosure Statement has not been altered or modified in any way.

Detectives’ Responsibility. When detectives receive a felony arrest report, they shall keep the Disclosure Statement in the Detective's Case Envelope, Form 15.15.00, or other appropriate case envelope.

Note: The City Attorney Disclosure Statement shall not be included in reports presented to the District Attorney for felony filings.

If the arrest is for a felony, but at the time of filing the District Attorney refers the case to the City Attorney or the case is otherwise reduced to misdemeanor status, the detective shall remove the Disclosure Statement from the case envelope and submit it with the arrest report to the City Attorney for filing.

203.15 COMBINED REPORTING. An employee conducting a preliminary investigation may combine the following reports, as appropriate:

  • Combined Crime and Arrest Report (Manual Section 4/216.14);

  • Combined Evidence and Arrest Report (Manual Section 4/216.15); and/or,

  • Combined Evidence and Investigative Report when up to three items of evidence are booked, the reporting employee shall:

    • Check the "Combined Evidence" checkbox at the top of the Investigative Report;

    • Complete the "Combined Evidence Report" section on the face of the report;

    • Enter details relating to the evidence in the narrative of the Investigative Report; and,

    • Forward a copy of the Investigative Report face sheet with the evidence.

     

  • Combined Evidence and Investigative Report when a firearm or more than three items of evidence are booked, the reporting employee shall:

    • Check the "Combined Evidence" checkbox at the top of the Investigative Report;

    • Complete the shaded areas of the Property Report, including details and listing of the evidence;

    • Number the Property Report as the last page of the Investigative Report; and,

    • Forward a copy of the Property Report, stapled to the Investigative Report face sheet, with the evidence.

Exceptions: A Combined Evidence and Investigative Report shall not be used when:

  • The Evidence is related to previously booked evidence.

Note: In this case, a separate Property Report shall be completed in its entirety. The original DR number shall be used, and the items shall be numbered starting with the next sequential item number.

  • The evidence is booked to other than the primary victim of the Investigative Report (i.e., the victim listed at the top of the Investigative Report.);

  • Reporting additional license plates.

Note:  One plate, or set of plates, may be reported using the combined procedure. Each additional plate, or set of plates, requires a separate report with a separate DR number. (Manual Section 5/040.56)

  • The booking employee's supervisor determines that the use of a separate complete Property Report would be a more expedient means of booking the evidence under the given circumstances.

203.20 INVESTIGATION BY FIELD UNITS. Field units assigned to calls or discovering incidents requiring reports, except as prescribed in Manual Section 4/203.30, are responsible for the preliminary investigation and the preparation of all necessary reports. The preliminary investigation must include, whenever applicable, canvassing the area for additional witnesses.  Additionally, the canvassing efforts and results must be documented under the “Canvassing” heading in the narrative of the report.  In those instances where concerned investigating officers or specialized units respond to the scene and desire to conduct the preliminary investigation, they will notify the assigned unit that they are taking over at that time and will prepare all necessary reports. The unit thus relieved will then:

  • Give the investigative unit all pertinent evidence or information in their possession;

  • Prepare an Investigative Action/Statement Form and provide it to the primary unit, if required;

  • Assist the investigating officers where necessary or requested;

  • Assist in the preparation of the reports when necessary to maintain continuity of evidence, or, when requested by the investigating officers, to assure complete and accurate reporting;

  • Make appropriate entries on the Daily Field Activities Report, Form 15.52.00, as to the disposition of the call and the identity of the investigative unit relieving them; and,

  • Return to their prior assignment when no further assistance is required by the investigative unit.

Note: If the area has not been canvassed and concerned investigating officers or specialized units respond to the scene and take responsibility for conducting the preliminary investigation then they will be responsible for canvassing the area.

Note:  Dead‑body calls (except traffic) must be handled as prescribed in Manual Sections 4/238.40 and 4/238.83. Abortion investigation‑calls must be handled as prescribed in Manual Section 4/212.12.

203.21 INVESTIGATIVE ACTIONS

Sworn Personnel Responsibilities.  Sworn personnel making separate significant contributions to an investigation (other than primary officer) shall:

  • Document their actions and observations on an Investigative Action/Statement Form, Form 03.11.20; and,

  • Upon completion, provide the Investigative Action/Statement Form to the primary officer, to be included with and numbered as a page of the original report.

Note:  If two partner officers are involved in a situation in which their individual actions / observations that are indistinguishable (e.g., same time, place, etc.), a single form is appropriate.  If additional space is needed, a Continuation Sheet, Form 15.09.00, shall be used.

Exception: If the officer is not responsible for any significant portion of the investigation (i.e., the officer stood a perimeter guard post), no officer statement is needed.  The at-scene supervisor shall have the final decision as to whether a responding officer, regardless of division of assignment, shall complete an Investigative Action / Statement Form.

Primary / Arresting Officer’s Responsibilities.  When documenting the statement of an officer's actions/ observations, it is not necessary to re-write everything contained within the statement.  Any information elemental to the crime and/or arrest shall be briefly paraphrased with a reference to the statement where the detailed information can be found.  The officer completing the report shall ensure that all Investigative Action/Statement Forms are included with and numbered as a page of the original report.

Example:  Officer Smith observed the handgun in the suspect's waistband (See statement of Officer Smith,

page no. 3).

Officers are reminded that, at the time of arrest, arresting officers must have specific knowledge of all elements of the crime for which the suspect has been arrested.  Officers should be able to articulate that knowledge, including how and when it was obtained, and shall document it within the report narrative.

Note:  Investigative Action/Statement Forms completed after distribution of the initial investigative report shall be attached to a Follow-Up Report, Form 03.14.00, and submitted to the concerned Records personnel for distribution to Records and Identification Division.

Exception:  Debriefing of suspects for intelligence purposes (not related to the investigation) shall be documented on a separate Investigative Action/ Statement Form, Form 03.11.20.  The debriefing statement shall be forwarded to the concerned investigative division and shall not be included as a page of the original report.

203.22 CASE SCREENING FACTORS. An employee conducting a preliminary investigation of an incident reportable on a Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00, shall check applicable boxes under the Case Screening Factor Section of the report. If all of the factors are present (all of the boxes are checked), "Short‑Form" reporting applies.

A Short Form Investigative Report may be taken when all of the following conditions exist:

  • Suspect/vehicle was not seen;

  • Prints or other evidence were not present;

  • MO was not distinct;

  • Property lost was less than $5000;

  • There was no serious injury to the victim; and,

  • There was only one victim.

If any of these conditions are not present, the Investigative Report shall be completed in its entirety.

203.23 STATEMENT DOCUMENTATION.  When documenting statements, either within the narrative of the associated report, on the Investigative Action/Statement Form, Form 03.11.20, or CHP Form 556 Supplemental Report, officers shall adhere to the following guidelines:

Verbatim Statements.  Verbatim statements shall be written in the first person and should resemble the wording of the interviewed individual as closely as possible.

Paraphrased Statements.  Paraphrased statements shall be written in the third person.  The interviewing officer may specifically quote words or phrases within a paraphrased statement by enclosing the words or phrases with quotation marks.

Additional Information.  Information not included elsewhere on the form should follow the statement narrative if not already covered in other areas of the report.  This information may include, but not be limited to:  LA, MAIN, CII Nos.  (rap sheets may be attached), description of interviewee's vehicle, gang affiliation, the interviewee's connection with the case, etc.  If additional space is needed, a Continuation Sheet, Form 15.09.00, shall be used.

Signature of Person Providing Statement. Investigating officers should, when appropriate, have the person(non-Departmental personnel) providing a statement sign and date the interview statement.  The following notation shall be included at the end of each statement prior to the signature:

 
"I have read my entire statement and to the best of my knowledge it is correct.  I made this statement freely and voluntarily." 

 

The officer shall have the person providing a statement initial before and after any corrections made to the text of the statement and at  the end of the last sentence on each page used to record the statement.

 

203.25 REPORTING INCIDENTS MOTIVATED BY HATRED OR PREJUDICE.

Hate Crime-Defined. A hate crime is any criminal act or attempt directed against a person(s), public agency or private institution based on the victim’s actual or perceived race, nationality, religion, sexual orientation, disability, gender or because the agency or institution is identified or associated with a person or group of an identifiable race, nationality, religion, sexual orientation, disability or gender. A hate crime includes an act which results in injury, however slight; a verbal threat of violence which apparently can be carried out; an act which results in property damage; and, property damage or other criminal act(s) directed against a public or private agency.

Hatred Incident-Defined. A hatred incident is any non-criminal act including words directed against a person(s) based on that person’s actual or perceived race, nationality, religion, sexual orientation, disability or gender.  Hatred incidents include, but are not limited to, epithets, distribution of hate material in public places, posting of hate material that does not result in property damage, and the display of offensive material on one’s own property.

Employee's Responsibility. A Department employee who becomes aware of a crime or incident motivated by hatred or prejudice shall:

  • Investigate the crime or incident in a timely manner;

  • Notify the watch commander, Area of occurrence;

  • Notify the Department Command Post (DCP), Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), for inclusion of the crime or incident in the Chief of Police 24-Hour Occurrence Log and document the notification in the related report; and,

  • Complete the appropriate crime or arrest report(s) and check the “MOTIVATED BY HATRED/PREJUDICE” box. If the incident does not constitute a specific crime, the IR shall be titled “Hate Incident.”

The unwillingness of a victim to sign a report or the absence of the victim does not exempt an officer from the requirement to complete a IR.

Investigation by Field Units. Field units assigned to calls or discovering incidents motivated by hatred or prejudice shall:

  • Investigate the incident and take appropriate action;

  • Telephonically notify the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), of the incident; and,

  • Complete a Investigative Report (IR) and/or Arrest Report on all incidents motivated by hatred or prejudice and write "Motivated by Hatred or Prejudice" in the MO portion of the report.

If the circumstances of an incident do not provide the corpus delicti of a specific crime, a short form IR shall be completed and titled "Hatred Incident." In cases where there is no specific crime, do not list persons possibly responsible for the incident as suspects; such persons shall be listed in the "Involved Persons" section of the IR.

Note: A IR shall be completed whenever an officer becomes aware of any incident, whether criminal or non-criminal, which meets the criteria of an incident motivated by hatred or prejudice. The unwillingness of the victim of an incident motivated by hatred or prejudice to sign a report, or the absence of a victim to the incident, does not exempt officers from the requirement to complete a IR of the incident.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. Upon notification that a crime or incident motivated by hatred or prejudice has occurred, the Watch Commander shall:

  • Review all reports for completeness, including the notification to DCP and cause the reports to be distributed as soon as possible, but no later than the end of watch;

  • Make an entry regarding the matter in the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00;

  • Forward a copy of the Watch Commander’s Daily Report entry along with a copy of the Sergeant’s log, documenting the contact with the victim to the Community Police Station (CPS) Hate Crime Coordinator; and,

  • Direct a sergeant to immediately respond to the scene of a major crime or incident motivated by hatred such as major property damage involved, injury to victim, or vandalism to a house of worship.

Records Unit’s Responsibility. Upon receipt of a crime or incident motivated by hatred or prejudice report, records unit personnel shall:

  • Enter the information into the Consolidated Crime Analysis Database (CCAD), including the “crime or incident motivated by hatred or prejudice” code; and,

  • Distribute the report(s) as soon as possible, but no later than 24 hours after the report is taken.  In addition to the established distribution, an extra copy of the IR and Arrest report shall be distributed to:

    • 1 – Detective Bureau

    • 1 – Criminal Conspiracy Section, Major Crimes Division

    • 1 – Community Relations Section, OCOP

    • 1 – Information Technology Division

Community Police Station Hate Crime Coordinator’s Responsibility. The Commanding Officer, Area Detective Division, is the Hate Crime Coordinator for his or her command and shall:

  • Assign a specific detective supervisor to coordinate the investigation of all hate crimes and incidents;

  • Ensure that a specific detective is assigned to investigate each crime or incident and that an appropriate response is provided to each victim including, but not limited to, compliance with the mandated ten day follow-up;

  • Ensure that each crime or incident is entered into CCAD properly; and,

  • Cause a monthly summary of all hate crimes and incidents to be prepared and forwarded to the bureau commanding officer through the Area commanding officer within two business days of the following month.

Detective's Responsibility. A detective assigned to investigate a crime or incident motivated by hatred or prejudice shall:

  • Contact the victim within ten calendar days of the crime or incident and reassure the victim of the Department’s commitment to identifying the suspect and obtain follow-up information;

  • Document any additional information on a Follow-up Investigation, Form 03.14.00;

  • Present all felony hate crime investigations in which the suspect is identified to the District Attorney Hate Crime Suppression Unit and, as appropriate, to the Office of the United States Attorney, Civil Rights Liaison for filing consideration;

  • Present all misdemeanor hate crime investigations in which the suspect is identified to the Special Enforcement Section, Office of the City Attorney, and as appropriate, to the Office of the United States Attorney, Civil Rights Liaison; and,

  • Provide the command’s Hate Crime Coordinator with a copy of all reports related to the incident.

Note: Upon receipt of a Form 03.14.00 indicating that a previously reported incident was determined in fact not to have been motivated by hatred or prejudice, that incident shall not be included in the statistics.

Area Commanding Officer's Responsibility. The Area commanding officer shall:

  •  Use all available resources in responding to community needs in combating hate crimes and incidents; and,

  •  Review and forward the monthly summary of hate crimes or incidents to the bureau commanding officer within two business days of receiving the monthly summary.

Bureau Commanding Officer’s Responsibility. The bureau commanding officer shall:

  • Review each subordinate command’s monthly summary of hate crimes or incidents;

  • Forward a copy of the monthly summaries to Detective Bureau (DB), Information Technology Division (ITD), and Criminal Conspiracy Section (CCS) within two business days of receiving the reports; and,

  • Initiate a semi-annual audit to verify the accuracy of each monthly hate crime summary submitted by subordinate commands and forward a copy of the audit to DB.

Personnel and Training Bureau Responsibility. Personnel and Training Bureau is responsible for providing Department personnel with training pertaining to the proper handling of crimes or incidents motivated by hatred or prejudice.

203.30 REPORT UNITS. Report units shall be requested and dispatched when practical:

  • On report calls at contract hospitals; and,

  • Upon the request of a radio unit assigned an A.D.W. report or 211 report call after the assigned radio unit has made the determination that a report only is required and that a report unit is available to take the appropriate report. The assigned radio unit shall cause any required initial broadcast of the crime to be made.

Radio units shall not request a report unit to complete the appropriate report when:

  • The perpetrator is apprehended; OR,

  • The robbery victim is a bank; OR,

  • It is impractical for the victim to remain at the scene for a report unit.

203.33 NOTIFICATION TO VICTIMS OF CRIMINAL ACTIVITY.

Officer’s Responsibility. When officers become aware of a threat or information affecting the safety of a witness or victim who is to testify in a criminal prosecution, they shall immediately:

  • Notify the investigating officer (I/O) who is assigned to the case, or the I/O's immediate supervisor or, in their absence, the Area watch commander; and,

  • Complete a Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00 titled "Dissuading a Witness," containing the following information:

    • Date and time the information was received;

    • Name, address, and telephone number of the witness or victim being threatened;

    • Identity of the defendant in the case; and,

    • Identity of the person making the threat, and the nature of the threat, if known.

When the threat or information involves a witness or victim who is to testify in a criminal prosecution for which no I/O is assigned, officers shall immediately:

  • Ensure that the witness or victim is informed of the threat to his/her safety as soon as possible;

  • Document the threat on a IR containing the relevant information; and,

  • Document the date and time that the witness or victim was notified on a IR or a Follow-up Investigation, Form 03.14.00.

Note: The identity of the person(s) from whom the information was received shall not be noted on the IR if, in the opinion of the officer, a serious threat to their safety could ensue. The identity of the person(s) providing the information, and other relevant facts not included on the IR shall be documented on an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, stamped "Confidential" and forwarded with the IR. This does not preclude officers from disclosing to their commanding officer the identities of informants from whom the officers have received information, in accordance with Department Manual Section 4/733.10.

Investigating Officer’s Responsibilities. When investigating officers become aware of a threat, or information relating to the safety of a witness or victim who is to testify in a criminal prosecution, they shall immediately:

  • Ensure that the witness or victim is notified of the threat or information relating to his/her safety;

  • Inform the witness or victim of the District Attorney's CAL WRAP; and,

Note: The witness or victim shall not be advised of his/her eligibility for the program. The Bureau of Investigative Services, Los Angeles County District Attorney's Office, determines eligibility. If the witness or victim does not meet the eligibility requirements set forth by the Bureau of Investigative Services, the I/O shall contact the Department's CAL WRAP Coordinator (Assistant Commanding Officer, Chief of Detectives) for advice and assistance.

  • Document the notification and other relevant information on a Follow-up Investigation report or other appropriate report.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. When an Area watch commander is advised of threats or information relating to the safety of a witness or victim who is to testify in a criminal prosecution, he/she shall immediately:

  • Ensure that the assigned I/O or the I/O's immediate supervisor is notified;

  • Ensure that the witness or victim is promptly notified of the potential threat to his/her safety; and,

  • Ensure that the incident, including time of notification of the affected witness or victim, is properly documented on an IR.

203.34 MARSY’S LAW.

 

Officers Responsibilities.  Officers who complete an Investigative Report (IR)  shall or person reporting receives the person reporting's copy and the third page with the Marsy's Rights Card in both English and Spanish. 

 

Note:  If officers complete any crime report that is not documented on an IR (e.g., Stolen Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180; combined crime/arrest report; etc.), officers shall provide a Marsy's Law Card as required in Section 4/203.34 of the Department Manual.

 

If officers complete any crimereport telephonically, they shall mail, fax, or e-mail as an attachment, a Marsy's Rights Card to the victim.

 

Officers shall document whether a Marsy's Rights Card was provided to the victim(s) or person reporting at the time of the report, or whether it was mailed, faxed, or e-mailed to the victim.  The information shall be documented by either checking the appropriate box on the face sheet of the IR or Arrest Report, or documenting it in the “Additional” heading of any crime report.

 

Watch Commander's Responsibility.  When reviewing IRs, Arrest Reports, or any crime reports, watch commanders shall ensure that the officer(s) document whether a Marsy's Rights Card was provided to the victim(s) or person reporting and that they check the appropriate box on the IR or Arrest Report face sheet, or in the “Additional” heading of the IR, Arrest Report, or any crime report.  If a Marsy's Rights Card was not provided to the victim(s), the watch commander shall ensure one is provided, mailed, e-mailed or faxed and check the appropriate box on the face sheet of the IR or Arrest Report, or document it in the “Additional” heading of any crime report.

 

Area and Specialized Detective's Responsibility.  Area and specialized detectives shall verify that if a Marsy's Rights Card was not provided to the victim(s) or person reporting during the initial contact, one is provided to them during the follow-up investigation and documented on the Follow-Up Investigation Report, Form 03.14.00.

 

Commanding Officer's Responsibility.  Commanding officers shall ensure that patrol, detective, or administrative personnel provide Marsy's Rights Cards to all crime victims or persons reporting.

203.35 NOTIFICATION TO VICTIMS OF VIOLENT CRIMES. When a person is a victim of a violent crime (1), the report officer shall:

  • Issue the victim or member of the victim's family a completed Victim's Report Memo, Form 03.17.00, advising the victim, or family member, of the indemnification program, and of the City and District Attorney's Victim‑Witness Assistance Programs; and,

Note: Department employees providing indemnification information to victims or their families shall only inform them of the program's existence and refer them to the appropriate agencies. Employees shall not advise victims regarding their eligibility for the program.

  • Enter in the narrative portion of the report, the date and time the notification was made and the name, address, and relationship of the person notified.

Note: When the notification is not made, the reasons shall be included in the narrative of the report with any information which may aid an investigating officer in making this notification.

When a crime or traffic report indicates that the indemnification notification has not been made, the investigating officer shall:

  • Ensure that the victim or a member of the victim's family is issued a completed copy of the appropriate Victim's Report Memo; and,

  • Enter in the narrative portion of the Follow‑up Report, Form 03.14.00, or the Traffic Collision-Status Report, Form 04.16.00, the date, time, place, name, address, and relationship of the person notified.

[(1)The term "Crime of Violence" shall mean any crime committed by the use of force or fear OR any death or injury resulting from the operation of a motor vehicle, aircraft or water craft when such death or injury is:

  • Intentionally inflicted upon another, OR

  • Sustained by another as a result of a driver in violation of 20001 V.C., 23152 V.C., or 23153 V.C.]

203.36 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE/VICTIM INFORMATION NOTIFICATION EVERYDAY (DVV) PAMPHLET.

Officer’s Responsibility. Officers shall issue a DVV pamphlet to victims of violent crimes and all victims of domestic violence.

When an arrest is made for a violent or domestic violence crime, the arresting officer(s) shall advise the victim of the following:

  • The DVV information regarding the arrestee(s) will not be accessible until the arrestee(s) is booked into the Automated Justice Information System (AJIS);

  • Utilization of the DVV program by the victim is voluntary;

  • Not to depend solely upon the DVV program for their safety; and,

  • The arrestee’s booking number as soon as possible when the arrestee has a common name.

Exception: If an arrestee is released without booking, the arresting officer shall notify the victim of the release immediately.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility.

Report Narratives. When reviewing violent crime-related arrest reports and/or domestic violence reports, watch commanders shall ensure that the arresting/reporting officer(s) documents that a DVV pamphlet was provided to the victim, under the heading of “Additional Information” or indicated by marking the appropriate check box (e.g., Domestic Violence Supplemental Report).

Release from Custody. When an arrestee is eligible for release from custody, either by bail, bond, citation, 825 PC, 849(b)(1) PC, or a Notice to Appear/Release from Custody, the watch commander shall ensure the arrestee’s status is processed electronically through the AJIS prior to the arrestee’s physical release.

Release Prior to Booking. When an arrestee of a violent crime is released without booking, the watch commander shall ensure the arresting officer(s) notifies the victim immediately.

Assistant Commanding Officer, Administrative Services Bureau’s (ASB), Responsibility. The Assistant Commanding Officer, ASB, shall ensure that when any jail facility detention officer prepares a release from custody, whether it be via bail, bond, citation, 825 PC, 849(b)(1) PC, or a Notice to Appear/Release from Custody, the arrestee’s release is processed electronically through AJIS, prior to the arrestee’s physical release.

203.37 REQUESTING A SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETER. When coming in contact with a deaf or hard of hearing person, Department employees are required to provide effective communication. The length, importance, and complexity of the communication must be considered in determining how to achieve effective communication in a given situation. Use of pen and paper or gestures may suffice in establishing communication. When pen and paper or gestures is not effective, employees should request a professional Sign Language Interpreter (SLI). The City has contracted with an outside provider to furnish qualified professional SLIs who will usually respond within 45 minutes of a request.

Employee’s Responsibility.

Minor Incident. An employee coming into contact with a deaf or hard of hearing person when the contact is of a minor nature (e.g., traffic stop, completion of a basic crime report, etc.) should attempt to communicate effectively with the deaf or hard of hearing person by using a pen or paper, gestures, or by requesting a SLI via Communications Division.

Note: Generally, family members or friends of the deaf or hard of hearing person should not be used as an interpreter except in incidents that present a clear and immediate threat to the employee or public safety.

Serious/Complex Incident. An employee investigating a serious incident (e.g., a complex investigation, investigation requiring Miranda admonition, test measuring alcohol consumption, arrest, etc.) involving a deaf or hard of hearing person should request a professional SLI via Communications Division to ensure effective communication.

Note: An SLI is not needed to effect an arrest. However, if an SLI is determined to be necessary to communicate effectively, a professional SLI shall be requested to the scene, or to a follow-up location (e.g., police station, Jail Division).

Mandatory Use. Regardless of the complexity of the incident, officers shall request a professional SLI via Communications Division when one of the following conditions exist:

  • Efforts fail to establish effective communication; or,

  • The deaf or hard of hearing person requests a professional SLI.

Scheduled Events. For scheduled events, employees may request a professional SLI via the City’s Department on Disability, 72 hours prior to the event.

Sign Language Interpreter Response/Arrest Advisement. Anytime an employee requests a professional SLI, the requesting employee should complete and issue the Deaf/Hard of Hearing Communication Card advising the deaf or hard of hearing person that an SLI is responding to assist with communication.

When an officer arrests a deaf or hard of hearing person, and the arresting officer requests a professional SLI, the officer should complete and issue the Deaf/Hard of Hearing Communication Card advising the deaf or hard of hearing person that they are under arrest and being transported, and that an SLI has been requested.

Employees shall document the issuance of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing Card on their Daily Field Activities Report, Form 15.52.00 or equivalent, and any related report(s).

Communication Division’s Responsibility. Upon receiving a request for a sign language communicator, Communications Division personnel shall notify a Department contracted SLI.

Professional SLI Requested. Upon receiving a request for a professional SLI, Communications Division shall contact the outside provider, who will cause a qualified professional SLI to respond to the location designated by the requesting employee.

203.38 HUMAN SERVICES REFERRAL. The Information and Referral Federation of Los Angeles County (INFO LINE) is an independent, nonprofit corporation that provides a one‑source referral for persons in need of human services. These services include food, shelter, counseling, hotlines and health services. Info Line does not provide these services directly. It is a telephone bank staffed on a 24-hour basis by personnel familiar with the capabilities of private, governmental, and charitable agencies within Los Angeles County.

Employees coming in contact with persons in need of human services information shall:

  • Obtain human services information via the ACC service directory command (SD; ICSHELTERS); or,

  • Obtain human services information by telephonically contacting Communications Division.

In addition, employees shall provide persons in need of human services with the telephone numbers to the INFO LINE.

Note: Employees who come into contact with a homeless person seeking shelter, who is suspected of being mentally ill, shall contact the Mental Evaluation Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division, for advice (Manual Section 4/260.20).

Cold Weather Emergency Shelter Notifications. During the activation of cold weather emergency shelters Communications Division shall:

  • Maintain liaison with Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority (LAHSA);

  • Provide the Winter Shelter Hot Line telephone number(s) and locations to Area watch commanders; and,

  • Disseminate cold weather emergency shelter information to Department employees via a Departmentwide broadcast, teletype, and through the ACC.

203.40 SUBMITTING REPORTS FOR APPROVAL. An officer who completes any of the following reports shall submit the report to a supervisor for approval, as soon as practicable:

  • Crime reports, other than robbery, rape or stolen vehicle reports;

  • Vessel report;

  • Death report;

  • Recovered bicycle report;

  • Forgery report;

  • Identity Theft report;

  • Injury report;

  • Formal missing person report;

  • Discharge of firearm report;

  • Lost report;

  • Investigator's Final Report, Form 05.10.00;

  • Follow‑up Report, Form 03.14.00, relating to any of the above; and/or,

  • Domestic Violence report.

A Investigative Report of a robbery or rape, Form 03.01.00, shall be delivered without delay to the approving supervisor (Manual Section 4/262.90).

An officer completing a  Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, shall immediately obtain a DR number and shall submit the report for approval at the end of watch or on the next routine trip to the station (Manual Section 4/220.40).

Field Interview Reports and Field Data Reports shall be completed and turned in at the end of watch with the Daily Field Activities Report. Officers who do not complete a Daily Field Activities Report shall submit Field Interview Reports and Field Data Reports to a supervisor designated by their commanding officer.

Gang Member Arrests. An officer submitting a report to a supervisor for approval, which involves the arrest of "verified" gang members, shall ensure that the face sheet of each report (i.e., Arrest, Follow‑up, 5.10's, Property, etc.) is stamped "GANG MEMBER ARREST" in red ink.

Note: An arrestee is a verified gang member when the arrestee is listed in Department gang files. Verification shall be obtained through the respective bureau's Special Enforcement Unit office. During off hours, verification can be obtained through Gang and Narcotics Division (GND).

The stamp may also be used on reports when the arrestee has been approved for inclusion into the gang file, but has not been added to the file at the time of inquiry.

Note: Replacement stamps may be reordered through Supply Section, Fiscal Operations Division, using the Requisition Form, Form 15.11.00.

Narcotics Arrests. Officers completing narcotics related reports (e.g., Arrest Reports, Evidence Reports, Investigative Reports) shall write in the left margin of the first page, “distribute one copy to Area NED” on the report.

Area Records Unit’s Responsibility. Area record units shall distribute copies of narcotics related reports as follows:

  • One copy to the Narcotics Enforcement Division (NED) of the Area of occurrence; and,

  • One copy to be stored in their Area files.

203.50 IDENTIFICATION OF SUSPECTS IN THE FIELD. A suspect may be transported to a victim or witness for the purpose of identification when:

  • An officer is conducting a preliminary investigation and a field confrontation is necessary to determine if the suspect is the perpetrator of the offense; and,

  • Probable cause exists to arrest the suspect for the offense; or,

  • Exigent circumstances exist that make it unreasonable for the victim or witness to be transported to the suspect; or,

  • The officer obtains the free and voluntary consent of the suspect.

An officer who intends to conduct a field confrontation shall inform the victim or witness that:

  • The person is in temporary custody as a possible suspect only; and,

  • The fact the person is in police custody does not indicate his/her guilt or innocence; and,

  • The purpose of the confrontation is either to eliminate or identify the person as the perpetrator.

203.60 ALARM NOTIFICATION.

VERIFIED BURGLAR ALARM - DEFINED. A verified burglar alarm is an alarm activation where an unauthorized entry or attempted unauthorized entry upon the premises, building, or structure protected by the system, has been independently verified. Verification shall be accomplished by a confirmation by the alarm system user or other person at or near the scene of the activation, a private guard responder or alarm company operator. Verification must be based on a physical observation or inspection of the premises, or by remote visual inspection of the premises.

Note: An open door, broken window, or other activity consistent with a burglary is considered a verified activation.

Officer’s Responsibility. Officers dispatched to a burglar alarm call must conduct an investigation in accordance with current Department procedures outlined in this Section.  If the alarm is false or the officer's investigation determines that the alarm was erroneously reported as a verified alarm or firearms business, the officer must record that information on his/her Daily Field Activities Report, Form 15.52.00, Mobile Digital Terminal and Notice of False Alarm, Form 02.90.00, and inform Communications Division of their findings. The officer must verify that a valid BOPC permit number is on file. The officer must place a check in the applicable box on the Notice of False Alarm when the location does not have a permit. The completed Notice of False Alarm must be issued to the subscriber/owner or other responsible person at the location.

Note: Officers can obtain the BOPC permit number via the Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), listed under the Incident's Comments.

Officers not required to maintain a DFAR must record the name of the person to whom the completed Form 02.90.00 was issued in the Radio Call Incident Comments by using their Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) or through the Radio-Telephone Operator (RTO).

Closed Business or Unoccupied Residence. When an Officer has responded to a false alarm at a closed business or unoccupied residence, the officer must verify that a valid BOPC permit number is on file, and leave the Notice of False Alarm at the premises. The notification must be left in such a manner that it is conspicuous to the subscriber/owner, but concealed from passersby. The officer must record on the DFAR that a completed Notice of False Alarm was left at the scene.

Note: Officers not required to maintain a DFAR must record the issuance of Form 02.90.00 in the Radio Call Incident Comments by using their MDT or through the RTO.

203.70 BOARD-UP PROCEDURE - COMMERCIAL LOCATIONS. The board-up procedure applies only to a commercial location when an officer finds the location unoccupied and unsecured.

Officer’s Responsibility. When an officer finds a commercial location unoccupied and unsecured, the officer shall attempt to contact a responsible party (R/P) to assume responsibility for safeguarding the premises.  If the officer is unable to locate an R/P’s telephone number on or within the premises or from an alarm company, City Business Tax Registration Certificate, the watch commander’s office, or some other available resource, the officer shall request that Communications Division attempt to obtain an emergency telephone number from the Fire Department.  The officer shall maintain a record of these efforts, usually in the officer’s Field Officer’s Notebook.

After an hour of attempting to contact an R/P or if an R/P is contacted but cannot respond within an hour, the officer shall contact a supervisor to determine if a board-up vendor should be requested. With supervisor approval, the officer shall:

  • Request that Communications Division contact and dispatch a board-up vendor;

  • In addition to any crime or arrest reports, complete the Board-Up Report, Form 16.29.05, and document on that report all effort to contact an R/P or, if an R/P was contacted, the R/P’s delay in responding;

  • Ensure the board-up vendor completes their portion of the Board-Up Report;

  • Obtain a supervisor’s signature on the form and provide the supervisor with the original and one copy of the form; and,

  • Leave the victim’s copy of the Board-Up Report in a conspicuous place inside the location.

Officers SHALL NOT offer board-up service to an R/P who is already at the scene. Officers may refer the R/P to the local telephone book for a board-up company. Officers shall notify the R/P that once an officer makes a request to Communications Division and the vendor begins to respond, the business will be assessed the surcharge imposed by the City, and may be charged some or all of the board-up fees, even if the R/P arrives at the scene prior to the vendor and cancels the vendor’s response.

Officers shall remain at the scene until the board-up service has secured the location.

Supervisor’s Responsibility. A supervisor shall respond to the location where a board-up service request is being considered to determine if a board-up services should be requested. If the supervisor determines that board-up is appropriate, the supervisor shall approve the request and direct the officer to request board-up response from Communications Division. Additionally, the supervisor shall:

  • Review and approve the Board-Up Report at the scene, so the victim’s copy of the form can be left inside the location;

  • Summarize the incident in the Sergeant’s Daily Report, Form 15.48.00, and include the total amount of standby time provided by the Department; and,

  • Submit the original and Area copy of the Board-Up Report to the watch commander along with the copies of the following documents:

    • Sergeant’s Daily Report with all other unrelated entries redacted (removed) from the log;

    • Completed Incident History printout for the call;

    • Any crime and/or arrest report; and,   

    • Any other related reports or documents which may assist during an appeal hearing.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. Upon receiving the original and Area copy of the Board-Up Report, the watch commander shall:

  • Review the form and attachments for completeness;

  • Forward the original Board-Up Coordinator, Commission Investigation Division (CID); and,

  • Submit the Area copy and attachments to the Area Office for review and retention.

Note: All Board-Up Reports and attachments shall be maintained in the Area for no less than three years, and shall be submitted to the Board-Up Coordinator within 10 days of request.

203.75 BOARD-UP PROCEDURES – RESIDENTIAL LOCATIONS. The following procedure applies to securing a residential location.

Officer's Responsibility. An officer responding to an incident involving an unsecured residential location shall attempt to locate or telephonically contact an R/P. If attempts to contact an R/P are unsuccessful, or when the R/P is present but unable to secure the location due to exigent circumstances, the officer shall notify a supervisor and be guided by the supervisor's advice.

Supervisor's Responsibility. When notified, a supervisor shall respond to the location and ensure that reasonable attempts have been made to locate the R/P for the residence.

When all options have been exhausted and an R/P is not located, the supervisor shall determine if a unit should remain at the scene or if minor repairs will secure the location. Where an R/P is present and unable to secure the location due to exigent circumstances, the supervisor may, at his or her discretion, opt to direct the officers to make minor repairs to secure the location.  When the supervisor opts to direct the officers to make minor repairs, and/or materials or tools are not available at the location, the supervisor should:

  • Present a Waiver Form, Form 15.90.00, for the R/P’s signature;

  • Dispatch a unit to Property Division (Parker Center or Valley Section) to retrieve the appropriate supplies (i.e., plywood, nails, hammer, and saw, etc.);

  • Ensure that officers have made the necessary repairs to secure the location and returned the supplies to Property Division;

  • Document the incident on the Sergeant’s Daily Report Form 15.48.00; and.

  • Attach the completed Waiver Form to the Sergeant’s Daily Report.

203.80 BOARD-UP PROCEDURE - ADMINISTRATIVE APPEAL HEARING. The Board-Up Ordinance allows a business owner or representative to appeal a board-up to determine if the board-up was necessary and/or if the officer(s) adhered to the board-up procedure. The request for appeal must occur within ten calendar days of the board-up service.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. The Administrative hearing for a board-up service shall be heard by a watch commander from the Area of occurrence. Whenever practical, the hearing should be adjudicated by the watch commander on duty at the time of the incident; however, the hearing shall not be held by the supervisor who approved the board-up. The watch commander conducting the hearing shall:

  • Schedule a hearing date preferably within two days of the request (excluding weekends and holidays), but in no event later than seven calendar days after the request is made;

  • Notify CID of the appeal request and the date and time of the hearing;

  • Collect and review all documentation for the incident;

  • Conduct the board-up appeal hearing to determine if the officers followed the procedure outlined in Manual Section 4/203.70 and inform the R/P of the decision;

  • Summarize the facts of the incident and the hearing in an Employee’s Report, Form 15.07.00, including the reason for the appeal, the reason for any extension beyond the two day hearing requirement, and the rationale for the decision; and,

  • Forward the Employee’s Report, along with a copy of related reports (e.g., Crime Report, Supervisor’s Daily Report, and Incident History) to the Area commanding officer.

If an appeal is successful, the appellant does not need to pay the board-up fee. Commission Investigation Division will notify the City Clerk’s Office. A successful appeal results in a waiver of the board-up cost for the business requiring the City to pay the cost.

Note: Any issue regarding the proper identity of the person billed (owner, landlord, tenant, etc.) shall be referred to CID.

Commanding Officer’s Responsibility. When the Area commanding officer receives a board-up appeal report, the commanding officer shall review the report for completeness and forward the original report to CID. The Area shall retain a copy of the appeal report in its files.

204. CASES INVOLVING ANIMALS.

204.20 DEAD ANIMALS. When dead animals are found in the street, the Dead Animal Dispatcher of the nearest section of the Refuse Collection Division, Department of Public Works, shall be notified. Field units may make such notification by radio to the communications control operator.

204.40 ANIMAL BITES. When a fowl or an animal (except reptiles) bites a person, a telephonic report shall be made to the Rabies Control Division, County Health Department. If the office is closed, the emergency operator at the Hall of Justice will connect the officer with the proper person to be notified, who shall be given the following information:

  • Name, address, telephone number, and age of the victim;

  • Name, address, and telephone number of the owner of the animal;

  • Description of the animal (breed, color, and sex);

  • Circumstances of the attack;

  • Nature of treatment, when, and by whom given;

  • Location of wound on the body; and,

  • Date the bite occurred.

204.60 SICK OR INJURED ANIMALS. When a sick or an injured animal is found on the street, the nearest shelter of the Department of Animal Services shall be notified immediately. Units in the field may make this notification by means of radio to the communications control operator.

204.65 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ANIMAL CRUELTY TASK FORCE. The Animal Cruelty Task Force (ACTF) is comprised of personnel from the Los Angeles Police Department, Department of Animal Services (DAS), Office of the City Attorney and the Office of the Los Angeles County District Attorney.

The ACTF investigates animal cruelty, neglect, hoarding, mutilation or sacrifice, bestiality, cockfighting and dog fighting.  The ACTF may assist or handle an investigation, or arrest, when requested by first responders who are conducting an animal cruelty investigation. 

ANIMAL CRUELTY - DEFINED.  Any malicious and intentional maiming, mutilating, torturing, or wounding of a living animal or malicious and intentional killing of an animal.

Officer’s Responsibility. When officers respond to an incident where animal cruelty is observed, suspected, or confirmed they shall immediately notify the ACTF, during business hours. During off-hours, Real Time Analysis and Critical Response Division shall be contacted to contact an ACTF detective who will provide booking advice only; booking approval remains the same.

Officers shall have the following responsibilities:

  • Refer to the Animal Cruelty Investigation Reference Guide Field Notebook Divider, Form 18.48.00, for assistance in conducting a thorough animal cruelty investigation;

  • Establish the elements of the crime;

  • Protect the scene and locate items which could identify the suspect or show how the crime was committed; and,

  • Locate and identify witnesses and request them to remain for questioning.

  • Conduct the preliminary investigation;

  • Cause photographs to be taken of the crime scene by Area personnel, or by a Scientific Investigation Division (SID) photographer, depending upon availability.

Note: In accordance with existing procedures for processing crime scene photographs taken by SID Photographic Section, the reporting officer shall enter the photographer's name and serial number in the "Notifications" box, and the SID Photographic Section Control Number ("C" number) in the "Connected Reports" box of the Investigative Report. Once a DR number has been obtained, the reporting officer shall advise SID Photographic Section of the DR number so that it may be referenced on the photo negatives.

  • Complete Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, enter the applicable titles: “Animal Cruelty”, "Animal Neglect", “Bestiality”,  “Cock Fighting”, ”Dog Fighting” or “ Animal Sacrifice”; and enter "ACTF" in the investigative box.

  • Notify DAS through Communications Division to impound live/dead animals taken into protective custody or evidence , and/or for necropsy.  Include DAS animal impound number in the IR.

  • Notify the Bureau of Sanitation, Refuse Collection, for dead animal pick up if the on-call ACTF detective advises there is no crime.

  • Indicate in the left margin of the IR that extra copy of the report shall be forwarded to the Animal Cruelty Task Force; and,

  • Ensure that related crime scene photographs taken by Area personnel are attached to the IR and submitted to the concerned Area records unit.

Note: Crimes involving cruelty to animals fall under the legal category of crimes against property. Cruelty to animals is covered by Penal Code Section 597, which generally makes such conduct a misdemeanor. However, it can be a felony to maliciously maim, wound, torture, or mutilate a living animal which belongs to another person.

When officers make an arrest for cruelty to animals or animal sacrifice, they shall:

  • Obtain booking advice from the Animal Cruelty Task Force;

  • Obtain booking approval from the Area watch commander and book the arrestee;

  • Complete the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, in the usual manner; and,

  • Indicate in the left margin of the Arrest Report that an extra copy of the report shall be forwarded to the Animal Cruelty Task Force.

Note:  The Bureau of Sanitation, Refuse Collection, can be contacted through Communications Division for dead animal pick up if the ACTF detective advises there is no crime.

Area Records Unit’s Responsibility. When receiving a crime report or a Combined Crime and Arrest Report titled "Cruelty to Animals" or "Animal Sacrifice," Area Records Unit personnel shall:

  • Process the report using the new crime class code of 943 for reports titled "Cruelty to Animals" and the new modus operandi code of 0909, if the crime involves "Animal Sacrifice;" and,

  • Forward a copy to:

Animal Cruelty Task Force

Police Administration Building, Room 630

Mail Stop No. 400

204.70 LOST ANIMALS. A person requesting that a report be taken of a lost animal shall be referred to the nearest City animal shelter.

204.75 FOUND ANIMALS. An officer receiving information regarding a found animal shall, without delay, notify the nearest City animal shelter. The notification shall include, when practicable, the name and address of the person who has possession of the animal.

204.80 ANIMAL SHOOTINGS AND NON-TACTICAL UNINTENTIONAL DISCHARGES OF FIREARMS. Under certain circumstances officers are authorized to use a firearm to destroy an animal when a local Department of Animal Services representative is not readily available.

Critically Injured Animals. Officers may use a firearm to destroy a critically injured animal when a delay in destroying the animal would be inhumane.

Note: The owner's consent will be obtained prior to destroying a critically injured animal, when practical.

Vicious or Rabid Animal. Officers may use a firearm to destroy a vicious, potentially dangerous, or rabid animal when a delay would expose persons to danger.

Note: Animals suspected of being rabid should not be shot in the head except in an emergency.

Predatory Animals. Provisions for destroying predatory animals attacking people, domestic animals or livestock, under certain circumstances, are outlined in the California Food and Agriculture Code, and the California Fish and Game Code.

Venomous/Poisonous Animals. Officers may use a firearm to destroy venomous or poisonous animals, which pose an immediate danger.

Note: The use of a firearm should be considered only if other methods are impractical (e.g., use of a shovel, hoe or other tool).

Reporting Requirements, Animal Shootings. When one of these incidents occurs involving on-duty or off-duty officers, Force Investigation Division (FID) will conduct an investigation following the below procedures:

Officer's Responsibility. When an on duty or off-duty officer is involved in an animal shooting or a non-tactical unintentional discharge (UD) of a firearm, the employee will:

  • Secure and holster their weapon when safe (without reloading or altering the condition of the weapon, if possible);

  • Notify, or cause to be notified, without delay, his or her Area/ division  watch commander or a supervisor. If a watch commander or a supervisor is unavailable, notify the Real Time Analysis Critical Response Division (RACR) and his/her Area/division of assignment as soon as practicable.  If the incident occurs outside the City, the employee will also contact the local law enforcement agency having jurisdiction and inform that agency of the circumstances surrounding the incident and request a report.

  • Preserve and contain the scene; and,

Note:  In the case of an animal shooting, if the animal has sustained a non-fatal wound, the owner may be allowed to transport the animal to a veterinarian of their choice.  If the owner cannot be located, the Department of Animal Services should be contacted for advice, or if outside the City, contact the local law enforcement agency for advice.  Under no circumstances should an employee transport a wounded animal.

  • Provide a public safety statement to the first responding supervisor.

First Responding Supervisor's Responsibility.  The first responding supervisor to an animal shooting or non-tactical unintentional discharge of a firearm incident will:

  • Ensure the employee's weapon is safely secured and holstered;

  • Obtain a public safety statement from the involved employee(s);

  • Ensure the scene is preserved and the area is canvassed for witnesses;

  • Ensure all possible evidence is located and secured; and,

  • Notify RACR and follow existing Categorical Use of Force protocols.

Watch Commander or Officer in Charge Responsibility.   When a watch commander or officer in charge becomes aware that an animal shooting or non-tactical unintentional  discharge of a firearm has occurred, the watch commander/OIC, will:

  • Ensure a supervisor responds to the scene;

  • Ensure FID is notified;

  • Make the appropriate chain of command notifications, including RACR;

  • Respond to the scene if inside the City; and,

  • Follow existing Categorical Use of Force protocols.

Real Time Analysis Crisis Response Division-Responsibility. When notified of an animal shooting or non-tactical unintentional discharge of a firearm involving an employee, RACR will make the following notifications:

  • Notify Force Investigation Division (or the designated on-call FID team during non-business hours);

  • Office of the Chief of Police or his designee;

  • Office of the Inspector General on behalf of the Board of Police Commissioners;

  • Commanding Officer, Professional Standards Bureau;

  • Legal Affairs Division; and,

  • For those commands that are closed, the employee's chain of command will be notified.

Commanding Officer's Responsibility. When a commanding officer becomes aware that an animal shooting or non-tactical unintentional discharge of a firearm has occurred involving an employee under their command, the commanding officer will:

  • Ensure that all appropriate notifications are made, including RACR;

  • Ensure a supervisor responds to the scene;

Force Investigation Division's Responsibility. Force Investigation Division (FID) is responsible for completing the investigations of officer-involved animal shootings and unintentional discharge.  An investigator from FID will respond to the scene and conduct the investigation with the support of personnel from the involved employee’s command.  The Commanding Officer, FID,   has the discretion to send additional investigators  to the scene to aid in the investigation if deemed necessary. 

The assigned investigator will complete the Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non-Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm, Form 01.67.08, and submit the completed report to the Commanding Officer, FID. 

Upon completion by FID a copy of the report will be given to the following:

  • Involved employee’s Area/division commanding officer; and,

  • Involved employee’s bureau commanding officer.

ADJUDICATING AN OFFICER INVOLVED ANIMAL SHOOTING AND NON‑TACTICAL UNINTENTIONAL DISCHARGE OF A FIREARM.

Commanding Officer, Force Investigation Division's Responsibility.  The Commanding Officer, FID, will forward the approved report to Use of Force Review Division (UOFRD), within 60 calendar days of the incident. 

Note: If additional time is required to complete the investigation, the Commanding Officer, FID, must submit an Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00, to the Commanding Officer, UOFRD, explaining the reason for the extension and the expected date of completion.  A copy of the Intradepartmental Correspondence will be forwarded to the involved employee’s bureau commanding officer. 

Copies of the completed Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non-Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm will be forwarded to the involved employee's Area/division commanding officer and bureau commanding officer.

Commanding Officer, Use of Force Review Division's Responsibilities.  Upon receipt of the Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non-Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm Report, Form 01.67.08, and related reports, the Commanding Officer, Use of Force Review Division, will:

  • Review the completed Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non-Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm Report, Form 01.67.08 and all related reports; and,

  • Forward the Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non-Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm Report, Form 01.67.08 and all related reports attached, to the Office of Administrative Services.

Director, Office of Administrative Services (OAS) Responsibilities.  Upon receipt of the Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non‑Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm Report, Form 01.67.08, and all related reports, the Director, Office of Administrative Services, will:

  • Review the completed Investigation of Officer-Involved Animal Shooting and Non-Tactical Unintentional Discharge of a Firearm Report, Form 01.67.08, and all related reports;

  • Determine whether a Use of Force Review Board should be convened based upon the circumstances of the incident;

  • When a Use of Force Review Board is not convened, the Director OAS will review and sign the Use of Force Review Board Report, Form 01.67.00, and forward all documents to the Chief of Police for review; and,

  • Upon receipt of the disposition from the Chief of Police, notify the employee's bureau commanding officer of that disposition.

Note:  The Board of Police Commissioners will act as the final level of review for all Officer-Involved animal shootings and non-tactical Unintentional discharges of a firearm.

Bureau Commanding Officer's Responsibility.  Upon receipt of the disposition from the Chief of Police, notify the employee’s commanding officer of that disposition as soon as practicable.

Commanding Officer’s Responsibility.  Upon receipt of the disposition, notify the

employee of the Chief of Police’s final disposition as soon as practicable.

204.85 CARE OF ANIMALS, OWNER ARRESTED. When a person having an animal in his/her possession is arrested, the arresting officer shall, if unable to make any other arrangements for its care:

  • Deliver the animal to the nearest Department of Animal Services shelter and obtain a completed copy of the Animal Relinquishment and Impound Record, Form 30, from the shelter employee; and,

Note: When an animal is to be held as evidence, the shelter employee shall be notified and an entry to that effect will be made on the Form 30.

  • Place the copy of the Animal Relinquishment and Impound Record, Form 30, with the arrestee's personal property.

205. VEHICLE PURSUIT PROCEDURES.

205.01 NOTIFYING COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION. When a unit goes in pursuit, it shall advise Communications Division that it is "in pursuit" and give the unit's identification, location, a description of the pursued vehicle and/or suspects, directions taken, and reason for pursuit. Communications Division will be responsible for requesting and assigning to the pursuit a back-up, air unit and an available uniformed supervisor in close proximity to the pursuit.  The pursuing unit shall give frequent and comprehensive progress reports.

Any unit having pertinent information regarding the pursuit may advise Communications Division. The secondary unit shall also notify Communications Division, as soon as possible, of the secondary unit's involvement in the pursuit by stating that it is "in pursuit" and its unit identification and location. Once a supervisor is assigned to a pursuit, he/she shall respond immediately and upon arrival, declare himself/herself as Incident Commander via broadcast to Communications Division.

Unmarked Units. Unmarked units without emergency equipment shall not engage in a pursuit. However, officers in unmarked units without emergency equipment may become involved in emergency activities involving a serious crime or a life-endangering situation. In those rare instances, it may be necessary to follow a suspect vehicle while summoning assistance from a black-and-white, four-wheeled unit equipped with external roof-mounted emergency lights. Officers in an unmarked unit without emergency equipment shall not violate the rules of the road as defined in Division 11 of the California Vehicle Code.

When officers in an unmarked unit without emergency equipment become aware that a unit with emergency equipment has arrived and will attempt to stop the suspect vehicle, the unmarked unit shall disengage.

Note: A hybrid unit is a marked, emergency-equipped vehicle and may engage in vehicular pursuit. However, a hybrid is bound by the same restrictions as a motorcycle unit or a dual-purpose unit.

205.10  CONTROL OF A VEHICLE PURSUIT.

General Guidelines. Communications Division will be responsible for requesting and assigning to the pursuit a back-up unit, air unit and an available uniformed supervisor in close proximity to the pursuit.  Responding back-up units may respond “Code Three.”  However, once all authorized units have joined the pursuit, all other units shall discontinue their “Code Three” response. Officers in all other units shall stay clear of the pursuit, but remain alert to its progress and location.

Note: When available, any unit in a pursuit should be a two-officer unit. Tactically, two officers (driver and passenger) are better able to evaluate and control activities in a pursuit.

If the unit initiating the pursuit cannot continue as the primary unit, the secondary unit shall become the primary unit. The secondary unit shall advise Communications Division that it is the primary unit. Another unit may then enter the pursuit and shall advise Communications Division that it is the secondary unit.

In the event a pursuit is initiated by an officer on a motorcycle or in a hybrid or dual purpose vehicle, the pursuing motor officer or driver of the hybrid or dual purpose vehicle shall relinquish the role as the primary unit when a four-wheeled, black-and-white unit equipped with external roof-mounted emergency lights has joined the pursuit. Absent exigent circumstances, officers on a motorcycle or in a hybrid or dual purpose vehicle shall not become a secondary unit after they become aware of the arrival of a secondary black-and-white, four-wheeled unit equipped with external roof-mounted emergency lights.

Primary Unit’s Responsibilities. The responsibility of the officers in the primary unit is the apprehension of the suspect without unreasonably endangering themselves or others. The senior officer of the primary unit shall be the Incident Commander and will be responsible for maintaining management and control of the pursuit until a supervisor arrives.

The senior officer’s responsibilities also include the decision to become involved in a pursuit, whether more than two units should join the pursuit, and whether the pursuit should be terminated.

Secondary Unit’s Responsibility. The secondary unit shall be responsible for backing up the primary unit and broadcasting pertinent information at the termination of the pursuit.

Supervisor's Responsibilities. Once a supervisor is assigned to a pursuit, he/she shall respond immediately and upon arrival, declare themselves as Incident Commander via broadcast to Communications Division.  As Incident Commander, he/she shall be responsible for the management and control of the pursuit and post incident management.

The Incident Commander shall monitor the pursuit and continuously assess the situation and ensure that the pursuit is conducted within Department guidelines. If necessary, the supervisor shall direct specific units out of the pursuit, reassign the primary or secondary units, assign an available air unit, terminate the pursuit, or determine the necessity of employing a VIT.  Code Three vehicle operation is authorized for the supervisor, at the supervisor's discretion, to properly monitor and direct the pursuit.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. The watch commander of the primary unit  has the authority to assume incident command or transfer command of a pursuit at any time. If that watch commander transfers command of a pursuit (e.g., to another Area watch commander, the California Highway Patrol, etc.), he/she shall immediately notify Communications Division, other involved units, and any on-scene air unit of the transfer of command. If he/she assumes incident command, the Watch Commander shall immediately notify Communications Division and the involved field supervisor of his/her assumption of command.  The involved supervisor and all concerned units shall be guided by the Incident Commander's direction.

Communication Division’s Responsibility. Upon notification of a unit going in pursuit Communications Division shall ensure that an air unit, back-up (secondary) unit, and any available uniformed supervisor in close proximity to the pursuit are assigned to the pursuit.  When an outside pursuing agency requests assistance, Communications Division shall contact the requesting agency to determine the nature of the pursuit (i.e., traffic infraction, felony evading, wanted for robbery, driving under the influence, etc.).

205.15 AIR SUPPORT/TRACKING A PURSUIT. The use of an air unit to track a suspect vehicle is a valuable law enforcement tool intended to enhance public and officer safety by encouraging a fleeing suspect(s) to operate his/her vehicle responsibly and/or terminate the pursuit.

Note:  Upon the air unit's arrival at the scene of a pursuit, the air unit will assess the situation, advise the Incident Commander of the number of police units in the pursuit, and request if tracking should be initiated.  Exigent circumstances may preclude tracking.

Whenever possible, air units shall assume responsibility for tracking a suspect vehicle. In the absence of exigent circumstances (e.g., armed suspect, murder suspect, hostage situation, etc.), which may require pursuing units to remain in pursuit of the suspect’s vehicle, authorized ground units shall continue Code Three, and attempt to remain out of the suspect's line of sight, but remain in close proximity to the suspect's vehicle.  Authorized ground units shall broadcast whatever information is necessary to assist the air unit.

To assist the Incident Commander in controlling the pursuit, the air unit shall:

  • Assume pursuit broadcast responsibilities during the tracking mode;

  • Advise the Incident Commander regarding suspect actions and applicable tactical considerations;

  • Identify all law enforcement vehicles involved in the pursuit and record the corresponding shop numbers (or vehicle descriptions when shop numbers are not available); and,

  • Respond, as practicable, to any other requests from the Incident Commander.

Note: An air unit assigned to the pursuit shall, if necessary, advise non-Department aircraft monitoring the pursuit that the Department’s air unit is in tracking mode.

Re-engaging a Pursued Vehicle.  When tracking does not produce the desired result of slowing the suspect's driving or the suspect's driving actions are contributing to an increasingly hazardous situation, the Incident Commander, at his/her discretion may direct units to re-engage the suspect vehicle.  Absent exigent circumstances, Incident Commander approval during the tracking mode is required by the primary and/or secondary unit to re-engage the pursuit of the vehicle.  Should the situation dictate the air unit’s discontinuance of the tracking mode, (e.g., visibility, restricted air space, aircraft mechanical issues, etc.), the air unit shall notify Communications Division and the Incident Commander of the circumstances.

205.17 CONTINUATION/TERMINATION OF THE PURSUIT. Officers involved in a pursuit shall continually evaluate the necessity for continuing the pursuit. Officers must determine whether the seriousness of the initial violation or any subsequent violations reasonably warrants continuance of the pursuit. The following factors should be considered when evaluating speeds throughout a pursuit and assessing whether to continue or terminate a pursuit:

  • Whether there is an unreasonable risk of injury to the public's safety, the pursuing officers' safety or the safety of the occupant(s) in the fleeing vehicle;

  • Whether speeds dangerously exceed the normal flow of traffic;

  • Whether vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic safety is unreasonably compromised;

  • Whether the suspects can be apprehended at a later time;

  • If the weather conditions such as rain, fog, snow, etc., create an unreasonable risk of injury to the public or the pursuing officers;

  • The suspect is not responding to the emergency equipment, e.g., siren and red lights of the police vehicle; is not accelerating to get away from the officer; and the only known reason for initiating a pursuit is a minor traffic infraction;

  • The seriousness of the crime and its relationship to community safety;

  • The traffic conditions: Volume of vehicular traffic, volume of pedestrian traffic and road conditions;

  • Nature of the area of the pursuit: Residential, commercial, or rural;

  • Whether the lack or quality of communication between the primary unit and Communications Division or the primary unit and a supervisor causes an unreasonable risk to the public;

  • The familiarity of the primary pursuing officer with the area;

  • The availability of an air unit; and,

  • The loss of the pursued vehicle, or unknown location of the pursued vehicle.

All officers involved in a vehicle pursuit will be held accountable for the continuation of a pursuit when circumstances indicate it should have been discontinued. Since driver officers are usually concentrating on the safe operation of the police vehicle, passenger officers are particularly responsible for advising drivers when they feel the pursuit is exceeding reasonable limits.

205.18  LOSS OF PURSUED VEHICLE. When a pursued vehicle is lost, officers in the primary unit shall immediately broadcast the necessary information to Communications Division. The primary unit shall broadcast supplemental information on the appropriate tactical frequency and coordinate the search as needed. When an air unit is assisting, descriptive and directional information shall be specifically broadcast to the air unit.  If it is determined that the location of the pursued vehicle is unknown or the vehicle has been lost, the pursuit shall be discontinued.

205.19  VEHICLE PURSUIT DRIVING TACTICS. During the course of the pursuit, officers shall continuously assess the road conditions and the actions of the suspect. Primary responsibility for pursuit activities shall be restricted to the primary unit, secondary unit, and assigned supervisor. All other units shall remain clear of the pursuit, but shall remain alert to the location and progress of the pursuit. Units remaining clear of the pursuit shall follow the rules of the road and shall not drive Code Three. Units other than the primary unit, secondary unit, or assigned supervisor shall not become involved in the pursuit unless requested by officers in the primary unit or directed by a supervisor.

Paralleling. Units shall not parallel nor pass units engaged in the pursuit and shall follow the rules of the road as required by Section 21052 V.C. for purposes of this order, paralleling is defined as any law enforcement vehicle positioned alongside a pursued or pursuing vehicle, or along an adjacent street so as to be parallel to the suspect’s or pursuing vehicle’s position.

Tactics employed to stop a pursued suspect, such as establishing a physical barricade (road block), boxing in, heading off, ramming, or driving alongside the pursued vehicle are strongly discouraged. These tactics are extremely hazardous and should only be considered in those rare instances when warranted to save a life, and then only as a last resort.

Wrong-way Traffic. Generally, officers shall not pursue a vehicle the wrong way on a freeway, nor shall officers pursue the wrong way on a one-way street. In the event a pursued suspect enters the freeway the wrong way, the following options should be considered:

  • Requesting an air unit to assist and coordinate field activities;

  • The Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) of the air unit;

  • Maintaining visual contact with the suspect vehicle by driving on the correct side of the freeway;

  • Requesting other units to observe the exits available to the suspect vehicle; and,

  • Notifying the California Highway Patrol and other police agencies as appropriate.

205.20 VEHICLE INTERVENTION TECHNIQUES. Officers should obtain Incident Commander approval prior to employing a Vehicle Intervention Technique (VIT).  In rare instances where exigent circumstances exist that require immediate action and preclude officers from seeking prior supervisor approval, a VIT may be employed.  The Incident Commander or the Watch Commander of the primary unit may authorize a pursuit’s termination by employing a VIT.  The decision to employ a VIT shall be based on careful consideration of the situation, while maintaining a significant regard for public and officer safety.

A VIT may be employed when the officer believes that the continued movement of the vehicle would place persons in imminent danger of great bodily harm or death and/or the risk of harm to persons outweighs any risks created by the application of a VIT.

Only officers who have successfully completed Department approved training are authorized to employ these methods.

Currently, the Department has authorized the following Vehicle Intervention Techniques:

A. Tire Deflation Devices. A Tire Deflation Device (commonly referred to as a “Spike Strip”) is used to impede or stop movement of vehicles by deflating the tires.

Note: This does not apply to tactical, non-pursuit fixed post sites (e.g., LAX or the Academy Awards).

The tire deflation device normally should not be deployed for a pursued vehicle traveling at speeds in excess of 65 mph.

Absent exigent circumstances, the tire deflation device should generally not be used in adverse terrain or where geographic configurations increase the risk of injury to the suspect (e.g., on roadways bounded by steep descending embankments, curves, etc.), or at any location where safety of proceeding or opposing traffic cannot be assured.

Absent exigent circumstances where lethal force is authorized, officers shall not use tire deflation devices on two wheeled vehicles.

B. Pursuit Intervention Technique (PIT).  The PIT is designed to be executed by a pursuing police vehicle.  The PIT is a technique in which the officer’s vehicle makes contact with the rear quarter panel of the suspect’s vehicle, causing it to rotate and come to a stop.  If the technique is properly executed, damage to the officer’s vehicle should be minor or negligible.

The location chosen to implement a PIT is of paramount importance.  The area should be clear of pedestrians and other occupied vehicles, and road conditions should be in good condition (e.g., free from loose gravel, significant road repair, etc.).  Unless exigent circumstances exist, the PIT should not be attempted when the following exists:

  • The pursued vehicle is traveling in excess of 35 mph;

  • The size of the pursued vehicle is significantly heavier than the primary unit's police car (e.g., buses, motor homes, semi-trucks, dual-rear-wheel pickup trucks, etc.);

  • The pursued vehicle is transporting hazardous material;

  • Since employing the PIT will cause officers to be in close proximity to the suspect, a PIT should not be used on a suspect who is known to be armed; and,

  • Any motorcycles, motor scooters or three-wheeled cycles.

205.21 HOSTAGE ‑ INVOLVED VEHICLE PURSUIT. It must be emphasized that the safety of the hostage must be the primary consideration in determining the tactics that will be employed to effect the release of the hostage and apprehend the suspect(s).

Initial Notification. When a member of the Department becomes aware that a hostage is, or may be, in a pursued vehicle, Communications Division shall be advised immediately. All available information shall be reported, including a physical description of the hostage, manner of dress, and the exact location of the hostage within the vehicle (when known).

Communications Division’s Responsibility. Communications Division shall ensure all hostage‑related information is immediately broadcast. The fact that a hostage may be involved in a pursuit shall be periodically transmitted during the subsequent pursuit status broadcasts. In instances where the taking of a hostage has not been confirmed, Communications Division shall attempt to obtain additional information from the original reporting person via telephone. If a callback number is not available, or the reporting person cannot be contacted, Communications Division shall assign a specific unit to respond to the scene of the initial occurrence to verify the taking of a hostage.

Primary Unit’s Responsibility. The primary unit shall broadcast any known information regarding the hostage's position within the vehicle, a description of the hostage, suspect information, and information regarding the suspect's weaponry. The presence of a hostage in the pursuit magnifies the importance of the primary unit maintaining maximum control and ensuring that nonessential units do not become involved in the pursuit.

205.25 PURSUITS REQUIRING OUTSIDE RESPONSE. When a pursuit leaves the primary unit's Area of assignment, the primary unit shall:

  • Notify Communications Division that the pursuit is entering another geographic Area; This assists Communications Division in broadcasting pursuit information on the appropriate radio frequencies; and,

  • Notify Communications Division when the pursuit is entering another city. This assists Communications Division in contacting the appropriate agency to coordinate the exchange of information between involved agencies.

The primary unit shall notify Communications Division of the presence of other law enforcement agencies and relay any request for assistance from or to another law enforcement agency unit through Communications Division.

205.30 VEHICLE PURSUITS BY OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES. When a pursuit initiated by another law enforcement agency occurs in the City, the initiating unit and jurisdiction shall be responsible for the progress of the pursuit. The Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) units shall not attempt to assist with the pursuit unless specifically requested to do so by the pursuing agency or unless it is clearly demonstrated that assistance from this Department is required. Officers shall seek approval from their watch commander prior to becoming involved in another agency's pursuit.  In the event an LAPD unit becomes involved in another agency’s pursuit, this Department’s vehicle pursuit policy shall apply.

Generally, it is a poor practice to co-mingle ground units from different agencies during a pursuit. Therefore, when the Department accepts responsibility for a pursuit initiated by another agency, the other agency should be directed to completely disengage from the pursuit. Similarly, when a Department pursuit is turned over to another agency, LAPD ground units should completely disengage. The Incident Commander shall verify control of the pursuit by requesting, via Communications Division, that the appropriate agency units disengage from the pursuit.

Trailing a Department-initiated pursuit which has been turned over to another agency is a decision to be made by the Incident Commander  and is usually based upon the necessity for the Department to accept custody of the offender at termination. However, distance from the City is a factor to be considered in the decision to trail.  The Incident Commander shall make appropriate notifications to officers to ensure effective post-pursuit discipline and avoid co-mingling different agency ground units at the termination of the pursuit.

205.35 POST ‑ PURSUIT DISCIPLINE. Safety is critical at the termination of a pursuit, therefore, the need for decisive action, self‑control, and strict personal discipline is essential. The responsibility for maintaining control and directing activities at the termination point of a vehicle pursuit must remain with the senior officer in the primary unit unless relieved by a supervisor. The officers in the secondary unit shall be responsible for backing up the primary unit and broadcasting pertinent information at the termination of the pursuit. Unless summoned to the scene, officers in all other units shall remain clear of the pursuit termination point.

Note: Responding plainclothes personnel shall ensure that they are readily identifiable as police officers by affixing proper identification on their outer garment.

When the pursuit is terminated and the suspect(s) flees on foot, the air unit, when involved, shall broadcast any information which may assist in the deployment of ground units.

When Communications Division broadcasts the location and other information indicating that the vehicle pursuit is terminated, involved units shall temporarily switch their radios to the appropriate tactical frequency. The tactical frequency shall be used to coordinate the search for a suspect(s) fleeing on foot.

205.40 APPREHENSION OF THE SUSPECT AT PURSUIT TERMINATION.  At the end of a pursuit, officers shall rely on Department approved tactics and training in taking the suspect(s) into custody, and shall abide by the Department’s Use of Force Policy if force is necessary to effect the arrest.

Note: Officers shall take special note and be familiar with Section 1/556.40, Shooting At Or From A Moving Vehicle.

205.45 VEHICLE PURSUIT REPORT GUIDELINES.  In the event that a PIT or deployment of a tire deflation device is attempted, the Vehicle Pursuit Report shall include the heading, "Pursuit Intervention."  It shall be included in the report immediately following the, "Circumstances of Pursuit Termination" section.  Additionally, the following information shall be provided:

  • Who authorized the deployment;

  • The date and time of the deployment;

  • The specific location of the deployment;

  • The direction of the suspect's travel;

  • The estimated speed of the suspect's vehicle at the time of deployment;

  • The results of the deployment;

  • Any damage to any vehicle resulting from an intervention;

  • A description of where in the roadway the deflation device was placed;

  • Any unintended traffic collisions that occurred; and,

  • Any injuries observed or complained of that are or could be related to the intervention.

Note:  Since the PIT maneuver is an intentional act, it is not considered a traffic collision unless a third party is struck in the process.

Supervisor's Responsibility. The Incident Commander controlling the pursuit is responsible for managing, and when possible, approving a PIT or the deployment of a tire deflation device.  In the event a VIT is employed, the controlling supervisor shall ensure that a detailed description of the method used is contained in the Vehicle Pursuit Report, Form 01.14.00.

  • Photographs shall be taken of all vehicles affected by any intervention attempt;

  • Photographs and/or the original floppy diskette containing digital images shall be attached to the Vehicle Pursuit Report.  Photographs are intended to show any damage resulting from the intervention or the lack thereof; and,

  • In the event damage occurs to Department vehicles, it shall be recorded in accordance with establish guidelines.

Note:  Photographs of the injuries shall be obtained and medical treatment shall be provided to the injured parties.

205.50 TRAFFIC COLLISION REPORTING GUIDELINES.  The application of a PIT or tire deflation device is not a traffic collision.  However, in the event that either of these causes an unintended collision between any vehicle and any other object or person, it is reportable as a traffic collision.

  • The geographic bureau in which the pursuit was initiated shall be contacted to conduct the investigation and prepare the appropriate reports; and,

  • The Department's Special Collision Investigation Detail (SCID) shall be contacted in the event of any fatal or serious injury related to the deployment of a tire deflation device or PIT.

205.55 SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AT TERMINATION OF PURSUIT. When a supervisor from the pursuing officer's Area or division of assignment has not responded to the termination point of the pursuit, Communications Division shall dispatch a supervisor from the primary unit's Area or division of assignment to the location. Upon arrival at the termination point, the supervisor shall immediately assume responsibility for controlling police action at the scene and ensuring adherence to Departmental policies. The supervisor shall retain these responsibilities until the suspect is booked or released and all reports are completed. The supervisor shall also submit a Vehicle Pursuit Report, Form 01.14.00, and a California Highway Patrol Pursuit Report, Form CHP 187, to the involved officer's commanding officer.

All Vehicle Pursuit Reports require a DR number. If a pursuit results in the completion of other related reports the DR number for the related reports shall also be used for the Vehicle Pursuit Report. Copies of all related reports shall be distributed with the Vehicle Pursuit Report. If a pursuit is terminated without police action that requires other reports, a miscellaneous DR number shall be obtained for the Vehicle Pursuit Report. Only Section I of the Form CHP 187 shall be completed by a supervisor. The DR number shall be placed in the lower box in the upper right hand corner of the Form.

A supervisor from the Area in which the pursuit terminates, or a supervisor from the closest Area if the termination point is outside the City, shall respond immediately to the scene and remain in charge until relieved by a supervisor from the pursuing officers' Area or division of assignment. When a supervisor from the pursuing officers' Area or division is unable to respond, the supervisor‑in‑charge at the scene shall assume all the prescribed responsibilities.

Supervisory personnel shall take appropriate action when they become aware of violations of the Department's pursuit policy. The supervisor-in-charge shall contact Air Support Division (ASD) to identify all vehicles in the pursuit. The name of the ASD officer contacted and the identity of all officers in the pursuit shall be included in the Vehicle Pursuit Report, Form 01.14.00. When it is determined that unauthorized units are involved, corrective action shall be recommended in the Form 01.14.00.

205.60 REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE NOTIFICATION OF PURSUIT. Only vehicle pursuits amounting to an Unusual Incident, as outlined in Manual Section 4/214.50, require an administrative notification to Communications Division, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR).

205.65 VEHICLE PURSUIT - REPORTING.

Supervisor’s Responsibility. The supervisor completing the Vehicle Pursuit Report shall include an attached narrative using the following headings:

  • Incident Overview;

  • Tracking;

  • Supervisory Oversight;

  • Reason for Initiation;

  • Circumstances of Pursuit Termination;

  • Pursuit Intervention (if applicable);

  • Additional Units in Pursuit;

  • Hostage Information;

  • General Route of Pursuit;

  • Outside Areas/Agencies Involved;

  • Injuries/Medical Treatment (to include how the injuries were sustained); and,

  • Arrest Information.

The supervisor conducting the investigation shall not include an opinion or a policy recommendation in the Vehicle Pursuit Report.

Watch Commander/Officer in Charge’s Responsibility. The involved officer’s watch commander/officer in charge shall include his or her insight and a policy recommendation at the end of the supervisor’s narrative under a separate heading of “Watch Commander/OIC Evaluation and Insight.”

205.70 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS. In an effort to accurately assess the potential impact of the proposed changes to our pursuit policy, Department personnel shall document their findings in the following manner:

Loss of Pursued Vehicle. An assigned supervisor handling a lost pursued vehicle shall, when completing a Vehicle Pursuit Report, Form 01.14.00, include any insight into what caused the Department to lose the suspect (e.g., distance too great between patrol and suspect vehicle, etc.) under the Incident/Overview heading.

Failures to Yield. If a unit attempts to stop a vehicle for an infraction, misdemeanor evading, or reckless driving in response to enforcement action taken by Department personnel, and the driver fails to yield, a pursuit shall not be initiated.

Instead, officers shall generate an incident number and complete a Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, titled, Failure to Yield, listing the City of Los Angeles as the victim and the involved officer(s) as a witness. Additionally, officers shall indicate under the “MO” section of the IR what served as the basis of their decision not to pursue (i.e., infraction, misdemeanor evading, or reckless driving in response to enforcement action taken by Department personnel).

Note: Officers may, with supervisory approval, conduct a limited follow-up investigation (e.g., to the registered owner’s residence).

205.75 COMMANDING OFFICER, CONCERNED BUREAU TRAFFIC DIVISION, RESPONSIBILITY. All Failure to Yield reports shall be forwarded to and investigated by the Bureau Traffic Division, Area of occurrence. Commanding officers shall ensure that each Failure to Yield case is investigated with due diligence.

205.80 AREA RECORDS PERSONNEL RESPONSIBILITY. Failure to Yield reports shall be processed and investigated similar to Misdemeanor Hit and Run reports, but with an assigned class code of 890. Additionally, Area records personnel shall review the MO section of the report and assign the appropriate code to each report, as follows:

           MO Code

  •  Infraction                              1315

  •  Misdemeanor Evading         1316

  •  Reckless Driving                  1317

All Failure to Yield reports shall be distributed as follows:

1-     Original, Investigating Traffic Division

2-      Copy Emergency Operations Division

3-      TOTAL

205.90 VEHICLE PURSUIT SAFETY INSPECTION. Officers involved in a vehicle pursuit shall notify the appropriate Motor Transport Division facility for a required vehicle inspection after the pursuit. The primary vehicle involved in the pursuit shall be taken out of service until such an inspection has been performed.

206. AIRCRAFT INVOLVED IN ACCIDENT.

206.05 AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT NOTIFICATION. The officer receiving the initial call to the scene of an aircraft accident shall, without delay, request a supervisor, and notify the Watch Commander at Detective Support and Vice Division, of the following information:

  • Time and location of the accident;

  • Identification number of the aircraft;

  • Type and class of the aircraft;

  • Owner of the aircraft;

  • Name and address of the pilot;

  • Whether United States mail was being carried;

  • Extent of damage to the aircraft or other property;

  • Number of casualties;

  • Circumstances of the accident; and,

  • The unit and officer reporting.

When an aircraft accident involves DEPARTMENT aircraft the Aircraft Mishap Investigation Team (AMIT), Air Support Division, shall be notified.

Upon notification of a DEPARTMENT aircraft accident, the AMIT shall:

  • Respond to the scene and conduct an investigation to determine the causes and factors contributing to the accident; and,

  • Prepare a report of the investigation together with any other required reports for death, injury, or City property damaged, which shall be forwarded through channels to the Chief of Police.

Note: The National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) have the statutory responsibility for investigating all civil aviation accidents.

When the concerned investigating follow‑up unit is closed, a notification shall be made to Administrative Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division.

206.10 INVESTIGATING AND REPORTING AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS. Officers directed to an aircraft accident within the City shall protect the scene until relieved by the appropriate entity responsible for investigating the aircraft accident.

Note: Officers shall conduct a preliminary investigation and take appropriate action (Manual Section 4/206.18) whenever a pilot is suspected of operating an aircraft while under the influence of alcohol, drugs, or any combination thereof.

When Department aircraft are not involved, officers assigned to the accident scene shall complete required reports for City property damaged.

Damaged City property (other than aircraft) and the pilot, if possible, shall be identified in an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00. One copy of the Department report detailing City property involved (CPI) shall be forwarded to the "City Attorney‑Civil Liability Section."

Note: The collision between conveyances and an aircraft crashing onto a highway is not classified as a traffic collision. However, once an accident has stabilized, any subsequent collision of a conveyance into the wreckage would constitute a traffic collision and a Traffic Collision Report would be required.

206.15 VIOLATION INVOLVED IN AIRCRAFT ACCIDENT. When an aircraft accident appears to have been caused by a violation of law, the investigating officer shall include the elements of the offense in the required report (Manual Section 4/206.10).

206.18 OPERATING AIRCRAFT UNDER‑THE‑INFLUENCE (OAUI) ARRESTS. Persons arrested for operating an aircraft while under‑the‑influence of alcohol or drugs, or any combination thereof, are required by the California Public Utilities Code to submit to and complete a chemical test of their blood, breath, or urine. The Driving‑Under‑the‑Influence (DUI) Arrest Report (Continuation), Form 05.02.05, shall be used to document the arrest. When using the Form 05.02.05, officers shall:

  • Delete all references to driving and insert "Operating an Aircraft" on the Form 05.02.05; and,

  • Delete paragraph three, Chemical Test Admonition (23157 VC) and substitute the following admonition:

    • "Failure to submit to or complete the required chemical testing, or conviction of operating an aircraft while under the influence of alcohol, drugs, or any combination thereof, may result in the California Public Utilities Commission prohibiting you from operating an aircraft in this State for up to one year."

Note: The report narrative shall include this admonition verbatim and the name of the officer admonishing the arrestee.

All procedures pertaining to Under‑the‑Influence Drivers (Manual Section 4/343), with the exception of those specifically outlined in this Section, shall be completed for each OAUI arrest. A copy of every report involving the improper operation of a Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulated aircraft shall be sent to Air Support Division. The filing of criminal charges involving the operation of an aircraft while under‑the‑influence shall be handled the same as vehicle DUI filings.

206.20 VIOLATIONS OF AIRCRAFT LAWS, REPORTING. An officer who receives a report of, or observes, the reckless or unsafe operation of an aircraft shall complete an Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, and forward a copy to Air Support Division. The IR shall be titled "Reckless" or "Unsafe Operation of an Aircraft." The report shall include:

  • The "N" number which appears on the under side of the aircraft;

  • The color and markings of the aircraft;

  • The general type of the aircraft, such as single‑engine, multi‑engine, high‑wing, or low‑wing;

  • An estimate of the altitude of the aircraft above the ground;

  • A description of the manner in which the aircraft was being operated, such as climbing, diving, acrobatics, or racing motor;

  • Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of witnesses;

  • Exact time of occurrence; and,

  • Location of occurrence.

When an aircraft is involved in a situation which could cause an immediate danger to the public, the officer should notify the nearest air unit or Air Support Division.

Air Support Division’s Responsibility. Upon receipt of any report involving the reckless or unsafe operation of an aircraft, or the arrest of any person operating an aircraft while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or combination thereof, Air Support Division shall:

  • Review the report for completeness;

  • Conduct a follow‑up investigation when the report received is a IR;

  • Telephonically notify the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) of the reported violation; and,

  • Forward a copy of the appropriate report(s) to:

Federal Aviation Administration

Flight Standards District Office

5885 West Imperial Highway

Los Angeles, CA 90045

208. INVESTIGATION OF HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS.

208.10 ISOLATION OF SCENE OF HAZARD. If a hazardous condition is observed which endangers life or property, or which might create a civil liability to the City, the scene shall be isolated.

Police Vehicle. A police vehicle shall not be illegally parked to protect the scene of a hazard.

208.20 EMERGENCY STREET REPAIRS. Requests for emergency street service and/or barricades shall be made for the following hazards:

  • Damaged street and sidewalks;

  • Broken guard rails;

  • Oil spills, glass, or other debris constituting a hazard in the street;

  • Landslides on the street;

  • Fallen trees on the street; or,

  • Any other hazard on the street which might create a civil liability to the City.

Requests for emergency street service shall be made to the branch of the Street Maintenance Division, Department of Public Works, located nearest the hazard, or by radio through the communications control operator. Requests for this service shall state:

  • The type of hazard; and,

  • The specific location of the hazard, including the side of the street.

208.30 RESPONSIBILITY FOR REMOVING DEBRIS. Debris in the street which constitutes a hazard shall be removed by:

  • The person responsible (1);

  • Requesting the services of the Street Maintenance Division, Department of Public Works;

  • Requesting the services of the Fire Department for removal of spilled gasoline, oil, or other liquids which create a fire hazard; or,

  • The officer.

[(1) Los Angeles Municipal Code Section 62.130.]

208.40 SEWER MANHOLE OR STORM DRAIN. Requests for emergency service shall be made when:

  • Gas is escaping from a manhole or a drain inlet;

  • The manhole cover is missing from a sewer manhole; or,

  • An explosion occurs in a sewer manhole or a storm drain.

Requests for the emergency service shall be made by telephone to the Fire Department (when fire or fire hazard exists); the Sewer Maintenance Division, Department of Public Works; or by radio to the communications control operator. If the Sewer Maintenance Division is closed, the name and telephone number of the employee of the Sewer Maintenance Division then on‑duty shall be obtained from the City Hall telephone switchboard operator. Officers shall telephone the responsible person and inform them of the condition.

The Administrative Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division, shall be notified in each case involving a gas leak, break, or explosion.

208.45 METRO RED, BLUE, GOLD AND GREEN LINES - ELECTROCUTION HAZARD. Due to the extreme risk of electrocution, absent exigent circumstances, personnel who have not completed the Rail Safety Course shall not enter the Los Angles County Metropolitan Transit Authority (LACMTA) Metro Red line track-way beyond the passenger platforms. Personnel, whether trained or not in the Rail Safety Course, shall not, under any circumstances, climb on the roofs of the rail cars of the LACMTA Metro Blue, Gold and Green Lines. There is an extreme risk of electrocution from overhead power sources with these rail cars.

208.50 TREES OBSTRUCTING MOTORIST'S VIEW. A tree or shrub that obstructs a motorist's view of an intersection or traffic control device shall be reported telephonically to the Bureau of Street Maintenance. This activity, along with the name of the person notified, shall be recorded on the employee's Daily Field Activities Report, Form 15.52.00.

208.60 POLICE RADIO TOWERS. If light replacements are needed on a police radio tower, the Monitor Control shall be notified.

208.70 EXCAVATIONS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY. When a dangerous and unprotected excavation on private property is observed, the condition shall be reported by telephone to one of the following:

  • The Grading Division, Department of Building and Safety, if the excavation is in any manner connected with construction or demolition; or,

  • The General Services Division, Bureau of Environmental Sanitation, County Health Department, when the hazard is not associated with construction or demolition.

When possible, notification shall be made on weekdays during normal business hours. When immediate notification is necessary at a time when the Grading Division is closed, the City Hall switchboard operator shall be requested to contact the duty inspector. If the General Services Division is closed, the County switchboard operator shall be contacted.

208.80 BROKEN POWER OR TRANSMISSION LINES. A power or transmission line which is broken or creates a hazardous condition shall be reported to the agency responsible for correcting the condition. The agencies are:

  • Department of Water and Power;

  • Wire and Signal Division, Department of General Services;

  • Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transit Authority;

  • Pacific Bell Telephone; and,

  • Southern California Edison Company.

If the agency responsible for correcting the condition is unknown, the Transmission and Trouble Section, Department of Water and Power, shall be notified.

208.85 BROKEN WATER FACILITIES. Any public water distribution conduit or outlet which is broken or creates a hazardous condition shall be reported by:

  • Telephone to the Water Trouble Section, Department of Water and Power; OR,

  • Radio to the communications control operator.

208.90 DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEE’S RESPONSIBILITY. Department employees may use Department of Water and Power (DWP) facilities on a temporary basis as a booking or processing center, or for surveillance purposes. Requests for temporary use of DWP facilities shall be made by a staff officer (Commander or higher). Requests for DWP services or assistance on matters not related to surveillance, investigation, arrests, or related law enforcement activities shall be handled in a manner similar to requests for DWP services from any other City agency. These requests are subject to availability of DWP personnel and equipment. Department employees using DWP facilities or equipment are prohibited from:

  • Wearing uniforms, or other articles of clothing which would identify them as DWP employees while actively engaged in surveillance, investigation, arrest, or related law enforcement activities;

  • Using DWP identified equipment, or vehicles, while actively engaged in surveillance, investigation, arrest, or related law enforcement activities; and,

  • Allowing DWP employees to actively participate in any surveillance, investigation, arrest, or related law enforcement activities.

Staff Officer’s Responsibility. Staff officers shall be responsible for preparing correspondence and approving requests for the temporary use of DWP facilities or installation of surveillance, monitoring, and communication equipment, or other devices on DWP poles. All requests for the temporary use of DWP facilities must be submitted on Department letterhead to the concerned DWP Division Head. All requests for installation of devices on DWP poles shall be submitted to a DWP System Head or his/her designee.

In cases of extreme emergency, where immediate assistance is requested and it is not possible to secure advanced written approval, a telephonic request may be made to the highest ranking senior-level DWP manager available. A written follow-up, acknowledging approval of the telephonic request, shall be submitted to DWP in a timely manner.

Note: Use of electronic surveillance equipment shall be in compliance with Department Manual Sections 3/568.10 and 3/568.15.

208.95 "SIG‑ALERT" BROADCASTS. Officers detecting disasters or emergencies which will involve a large segment of the population or cause them major inconveniences shall:

  • Make a reconnaissance of the area;

  • Determine the nature, extent, and possible duration of the disaster or emergency; and,

  • Telephone or transmit to the Communications Division all pertinent data and request a "Sig‑Alert" message.

Note: The officer in command at the scene when the emergency condition no longer exists shall be responsible for forwarding the "All‑clear."

Except in emergency situations, the CHP will be responsible for the initiation and cancellation of Sig‑Alerts on the freeway system.

209. ELDER ABUSE.

209.01 ELDER/DEPENDENT ADULT PHYSICAL AND FIDUCIARY ABUSE - DEFINITIONS.

Elder. Any person 65 years of age or older;

Dependent Adult – Any person between the ages of 18 and 64 years, who has physical or mental limitations that restrict his or her ability to carry out normal activities or to protect his or her rights including, but not limited to, persons who have physical or developmental disabilities or whose physical or mental abilities have diminished because of age. A “dependent adult” includes any person who has been admitted as an in-patient to a 24-hour health care facility, as defined in Section 1250, 1250.2, and 1250.3 of the Health and Safety Code;

Caretaker – Any person who has the care, custody, control of, or who stands in a position of trust, with an elder or a dependent adult;

Elder/Dependent Adult Physical Abuse – When a caretaker of an elder/dependent adult willfully inflicts upon that elder/dependent adult any cruel or inhuman corporal punishment or injury. Physical abuse includes, but is not limited to, direct beatings, sexual assault, unreasonable physical constraint, or prolonged deprivation of food or water; and,

Elder/Dependent Adult Fiduciary Abuse – When any person violates any provision of law prohibiting theft or embezzlement of any property that they know, or should know, belongs to an elder/dependent adult.

209.05 SUSPECTED ELDER/DEPENDENT ADULT, PHYSICAL OR FIDUCIARY ABUSE REPORTED BY DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEES.

Officer's Responsibilities. Officers who encounter or are informed of cases of suspected elder/dependent adult physical or fiduciary abuse must:

  • Conduct a preliminary investigation;

  • Immediately notify Adult Protective Services (APS), Elder Abuse Hotline, of the incident;

Note: Current telephone numbers can be obtained through Detective Support and Vice Division.

  • Complete a State of California 341 (SOC 341) Department of Social Services, “Report of Suspected Dependent Adult/Elder Abuse Form;”

  • Complete the required Department report (e.g., a Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00; Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00; and/or Injury Investigation, Form 03.15.00);

  • Document that a SOC 341 Form was completed in the narrative of all reports;

Note: All elder abuse reports involving serious bodily injury must be completed and approved within 2 hours after completing the investigation.  Reports for elder abuse that do not involve serious bodily injury shall be completed and approved within 24 hours after completing the investigation.

  • Assist APS staff in gaining access to a possible victim if there is probable cause to suspect the victim’s life is endangered;

  • Ensure that victims have transportation to an appropriate emergency shelter and/or referral information to the appropriate service agencies; and,

  • Initiate commitment of victims pursuant to Section 5150 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, when necessary.

Note: Investigative responsibility of an on-going elder abuse crime is usually determined by the location of the victim’s residence.

Supervisor's Responsibilities. Prior to approving any report of possible elder/dependent adult abuse supervisors must ensure:

  • Completion of State of California 341 Form;

  • State of California 341 Form was sent via facsimile to APS, and to the Area Detective Section or the responsible law enforcement agency within two working days; and,

  • Adult Protective Services was telephonically notified of the incident.

Officer in Charge, Area Detective Division, Responsibilities. The Officer in Charge, Area Detective Division, must ensure that:

  • Major Assault Crimes (MAC) Coordinator, Family Violence Detail, provides consultation and booking advice for physical abuse cases and establishes liaison with the APS office(s) serving its respective Area;

  • State of California 341 Forms are reviewed by the MAC coordinator, and a criminal investigation is conducted when necessary;

  • Copies of completed SOC 341 Forms are forwarded to APS within two working days and a copy is retained by the MAC coordinator for a minimum of three years;

  • The Burglary Coordinator provides case assignment and booking advice on fiduciary abuse cases;

  • Roll call training and training materials are provided to Area personnel; and,

  • When available, a representative from APS, Public Guardian, and the Los Angeles City and District Attorneys’ Offices attend roll call training associated with elder/dependent abuse.

Detective Support and Vice Division's (DSVD)-Responsibilities. Detective Support and Vice Division (DSVD) must maintain a current list of APS area office locations and phone numbers.

Records Unit's Responsibilities. Records unit employees, upon receipt of a report of elder abuse, must forward one copy of all related reports to the Department of Public Services (DPSS) (Manual Section 5/030.66.)

Chief Statistical Analyst

DPSS Research and Statistical

Services Section

225 East Broadway Street

Glendale, California 91205

Area Records Supervisor’s Responsibility. Each Area records supervisor must:

  • Ensure that SOC 341 Forms are forwarded to the appropriate Area Detective Division investigative unit or outside law enforcement agency;

  • Enter code “1202” into the Consolidated Crime Analysis Database data entry screen next to “Modus Operandi” for tracking purposes;

  • Transmit a facsimile of the SOC 341 Form to APS within two working days;

  • Transmit a facsimile of the SOC 341 Form to the appropriate Area Detective Division or outside Law Enforcement Agency responsible for investigating the case; and,

  • Ensure records unit employees, upon receipt of a report of elder abuse, forward one copy of all related reports to the DPSS (Manual Section 5/030.66.)

Commercial Crimes Division's Responsibilities. Commercial Crimes Division (CCD) must:

  • Provide advice and assistance to Area Detective Division personnel with elder/dependent abuse investigations;

  • Act as the Department liaison for elder/dependent adult fiduciary abuse with other law enforcement agencies, government agencies, and community groups;

  • Maintain information on current and proposed elder fiduciary abuse legislation;

  • Provide elder fiduciary abuse training materials to Area Elder Fiduciary Abuse Coordinators to assist in training; and,

  • Investigate complex elder/dependent fiduciary crimes that have resulted in a substantial monetary loss of the victim’s entire estate.

Note: The Commanding Officer, Detective Bureau, has the responsibility for determining which complex elder fiduciary abuse crimes will be investigated by CCD.

209.10 SUSPECTED ELDER PHYSICAL ABUSE REPORTED BY PRIVATE PERSONS.

Department Employee’s Responsibility. Department employees, upon telephonic notification of a suspected case of elder physical abuse, shall handle the call as a request for service according to established procedures.

Department employees, upon receipt of a Report of Suspected Elder Physical Abuse, DPSS Form PA1980, from a private person shall forward the form to the concerned Area Detective Division.

If the Area of occurrence is outside of the City's jurisdiction, the form shall be forwarded to the appropriate law enforcement agency.

Note: The Report of Suspected Elder Physical Abuse, Department of Public Social Services (DPSS) Form PA1980, is used by private persons to report cases of elder abuse to an elder protective agency.

Area Detective Division’s Responsibility. The Area Detective Division, upon receipt of DPSS Form PA1980 completed by a private person, shall conduct a follow‑up investigation and forward the form to the DPSS. If the investigation discloses that a crime has occurred, the concerned detective shall complete the appropriate crime report.

Note: When no crime report is required, the concerned detective shall so note on the DPSS Form PA1980 and maintain a copy in the detective work folder. Automated records of alleged elder abuse are maintained by DPSS and will be made available to the concerned detective upon request by contacting the Elder Abuse Section, DPSS.

209.15 CONFIDENTIALITY OF PERSONS WHO REPORT ELDER ABUSE. All requests for release of elder abuse report information shall be referred to Records and Identification Division. Employees releasing confidential information shall do so in accordance with Department Manual Sections 3/406, 3/406.10, and 3/406.20.

210. ILL AND INJURED PERSONS.

210.05 PERSONS IN DEPARTMENT CUSTODY USING PERSONAL MEDICATION. When persons to be booked and detained in Department custody have prescription medication in their possession, officers shall transport them to the Metropolitan Jail Section, 77th Street Jail Section, or Valley Jail Section dispensary for medical evaluation prior to completing the booking process.

Exception: When persons in Department custody are to be booked and immediately released, a medical evaluation is not necessary.

At no time shall arrestees be allowed to administer the prescription medication to themselves. After receiving proper medical treatment, the arrestees shall be booked as advised by the evaluating physician.

Note: If the medical evaluation determines that the arrestee will require periodic dispensing of medication, the arrestee shall be booked at Metropolitan Jail Section, 77th Street Jail Section, or Valley Jail Section.

210.10 MEDICAL TREATMENT BEFORE BOOKING. Officers having custody of an unbooked prisoner who is, or becomes, ill or injured, or complains of illness or injury, shall follow the procedure as set forth in Manual Section 4/648.10.

210.22 REQUESTING AMBULANCE SERVICE. Ambulance service shall be requested by:

  • Notifying Communications Division by radio; or,

  • Telephoning the appropriate Fire Department Signal Office.

210.23 HANDLING UNCONSCIOUS PERSONS. When an officer encounters an unconscious person who cannot be revived, the officer shall immediately request an ambulance. Unconscious includes a person who reacts only momentarily to a pain compliance stimulus or ammonia inhalant, or is unable to remain awake without repeated coaxing. If such a person is intoxicated, medical treatment shall be obtained prior to releasing the person to a detoxification facility for evaluation and treatment.

The officer shall obtain a copy of the Los Angeles Fire Department Rescue Report, Form 902M, from the ambulance paramedics and record the serialized number from the Form 902M on the Daily Field Activities Report (DFAR). If the Form 902M is not retained by another entity, it shall be attached to and remain with the Daily Field Activities Report (DFAR).

210.24 TRANSPORTATION AND/OR TREATMENT OF ILL OR INJURED PERSONS BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. When a conflict arises between the personnel of the Fire and Police Departments regarding transportation or treatment of an ill or injured person, an Emergency Medical Service (EMS) supervisor and a Department supervisor shall be requested via police radio.

The supervisors shall determine the course of action to be taken, taking into account that Fire Department personnel have the authority to make the final determination whether or not to transport or treat an ill or injured person.

Note: EMS supervisors are deployed 24‑hours a day Citywide.

Officers shall obtain the serialized number of the Fire Department Rescue Report, Form 902M, from the ambulance paramedics and record this serialized number on the Daily Field Activities Report (DFAR). When the Form 902M is not retained by another entity, a copy shall be attached to and remain with the DFAR.

The EMS supervisor and unit designation shall be recorded on the DFAR and the concerned Sergeant's Daily Report, Form 15.48.00.

210.25 OFFICERS INJURED ON DUTY. An officer injured on duty and in need of emergency treatment shall be transported by a Rescue Ambulance to the nearest qualified emergency facility. Upon the request of the injured officer, the ambulance crew will transport the officer to another reasonably located qualified emergency facility when the officer's welfare will not be impaired by so doing.

Note: A qualified emergency facility includes any Class I or Class II hospital and the Central Receiving Clinic.

210.28 INJURY OR DEATH DUE TO POLICE ACTION. When any person dies, is seriously injured, or receives a gunshot wound due to action by a member of this Department, the officer involved, when practicable, shall:

  • Request that a supervisor be dispatched to the scene; and,

  • Notify, or cause to be notified, the Watch Commander, and Detective Support and Vice Division, giving him the details of the incident.

Note:  Supervisors assigned to these calls shall verify the making of appropriate notifications. When a person is admitted into the Los Angeles County-USC Medical Center due to an injury occurring at the time of arrest resulting from action by a member of the Department, the injury shall be considered serious; and Detective Support and Vice Division shall be notified as soon as practicable.

210.29  AUTHORIZATION TO RELEASE MEDICAL INFORMATION.  Investigating officers seeking authorization for the release of medical information from any arrestee, suspect (whether in custody or not), victim, or witness shall complete an Authorization to Release Medical Information Form 05.03.00, and adhere to the guidelines delineated in the Form Use Link in Volume V of the Department Manual or in the LAPD E-Forms.

210.30 RELIGIOUS ASSISTANCE. When a person suffering from an injury or illness requests the services of a clergy member, the communications control operator shall be notified immediately. The communications control operator shall be notified whether the clergy member is to be directed to the scene of the incident or to a particular hospital or clinic. If investigation reveals that a seriously ill or injured person is a Catholic but, because of physical condition, is unable to request a priest, the communications control operator shall be notified as though a request had been made.

When the injured person is an employee of this Department, information regarding a specific clergy member to be notified may be obtained from Detective Support and Vice Division.

210.32 CLERGY MEMBERS AND DOCTORS. Clergy members and doctors shall be permitted to approach dead or dying persons. They shall be cautioned to avoid destroying any evidence.

210.34 NON - CUSTODIAL INDIVIDUALS CLAIMING INJURY DUE TO DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEE ACTIONS. When circumstances indicate that a non-custodial individual may have been, or claims to have been, injured by a Department employee, the investigating supervisor shall ensure that the individual receives a medical examination or evaluation.

Note: In the case of any medical emergency involving a non-custodial individual, the investigating supervisor shall ensure that a rescue ambulance has been requested.

A medical evaluation for evidentiary purposes shall be obtained at one of the following medical facilities. The following precedence list has been established, and facilities shall be used in descending order:

  • Department Jail Dispensary;

  • Los Angeles County Medical Centers; or,

  • If the above are impracticable, at one of the Department’s contract hospitals.

Investigating Supervisor’s Responsibility. It shall be the responsibility of the investigating supervisor to ensure that a non-custodial individual who claims to have been injured by a Department employee is examined for any signs of injury by a licensed physician and the appropriate documentation is completed. The investigating supervisor shall cause the non-custodial individual to be taken to a medical facility as delineated on the precedence list. If the evidentiary examination cannot be completed at the first medical facility the individual is brought to, the supervisor may transport the individual to a secondary medical facility as listed on the precedence list for completion of the evidentiary exam. The examining physician can provide assessment, recommendation for additional medical treatment, and documentation of any observable trauma or injuries.

Regardless of which medical facility is utilized, the individual shall only receive an evidentiary examination. An investigating supervisor shall not authorize or approve medical treatment such as sutures, surgery, tetanus shots, medication, lab work, intravenous injections (IV), etc. If medical personnel determine that immediate treatment is required, the evidentiary examination shall be concluded. The supervisor shall inform medical personnel that any further treatment shall be considered as if the individual were brought in by City paramedics or had been a walk-in patient to the hospital. Additionally, investigating supervisors shall not utilize the services of non-contract hospitals for evidentiary examinations involving non-custodial individuals.

If applicable, the supervisor shall request the individual to submit to photographs depicting injury, or lack of injury, and other pertinent details when:

  • Photographs would be of evidential value; or,

  • The injury is claimed to be the result of a Department employee action.

210.35 MEDICAL EXAMINATION FOR VICTIMS OF SEXUAL ASSAULT. Victims of sexual assault shall be transported to an appropriate contract hospital for medical care and the collection of related medical evidence as soon as possible after the crime. Officers conducting a preliminary investigation of rape cases should routinely transport the victim in a black and white police vehicle. However, if the victim shows any apprehension about riding in a black and white vehicle, or requests transportation in a plain vehicle, officers shall make a reasonable effort to transport the victim in a plain vehicle.

210.36 SEXUAL ASSAULT VICTIM’S RIGHT TO AN ADVOCATE AND SUPPORT PERSON. An officer conducting a preliminary investigation involving a sexual assault shall advise the victim of his/her right to have a victim’s advocate and at least one other support person of the victim’s choosing present during the interview. This notification need only be made during the initial interview. If a victim should invoke his/her right to an advocate or support person mid-interview or during a subsequent follow-up interview, an officer shall honor that request.

If a victim is too young to comprehend the admonition, the officer may contact the parent/guardian to determine if an advocate and/or support person would be appropriate. If there is no parent/guardian available, or if their involvement could be detrimental to the investigation, the officer shall determine if an advocate and/or support person would be appropriate. If one is needed, the officer shall contact the Area Juvenile Coordinator or Major Assault Crimes Coordinator for further assistance.

Note: An officer seeking to obtain initial information at a crime scene to determine whether a crime has been committed and/or the identity of the suspect(s) for an initial crime broadcast, is not required to make this notification at that time.

Exception: An officer may exclude any individual from being present during an interview as an advocate or support person when the officer determines that the person may be detrimental to the investigation, such as a potential suspect and/or percipient witness. However, an officer shall proceed with caution and sensitivity toward the victim when denying a victim their choice of an advocate and/or support person.

210.37 GENDER PREFERENCE IN A SEXUAL ASSAULT INVESTIGATION. An officer conducting the preliminary investigation of a sexual assault shall determine whether the victim prefers to be interviewed by an officer of the same gender. When the victim prefers to be interviewed by an officer of the same gender, the officer shall have an officer of that gender conduct the interview. However, the primary unit shall retain responsibility for completing the remainder of the preliminary investigation including completion of a crime report and arranging for medical treatment.

210.38 RAPE VICTIM COUNSELING CENTER NOTIFICATION. Whenever a victim of sexual assault is transported to a hospital for examination, the local rape victim counseling center shall be immediately notified by the responding officer upon the victim's approval. If there is more than one counseling center in the local area, the victim shall be given the opportunity to select the center to be notified. If the victim is unable or unwilling to make a choice the responding officer shall inform the follow‑up investigators, who shall attempt to obtain the victim's approval for a notification at a future time.

The Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, shall include the date and time the counseling center was notified, the name of the counseling center, and the name of the employee who made the notification.

210.39 DISTRIBUTION OF THE "TAKING ACTION: WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE RAPED" BOOKLET.

Employee’s Responsibility. A "Taking Action" booklet shall be provided to each sexual assault victim at the time of the preliminary investigation. If it is determined that a sexual assault victim did not receive a booklet, one shall be provided to the victim during the follow‑up investigation. The Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, or the appropriate follow‑up report, when necessary, shall include a statement that a "Taking Action" booklet was provided to the victim.

Commanding Officer’s Responsibility. Commanding officers shall ensure that a supply of the "Taking Action" booklets is maintained in a secured area of the division or concerned investigative unit. Appropriate inventory controls shall be implemented to ensure that the distribution of the booklets is limited to employees who conduct, or may possibly conduct, preliminary or follow‑up investigations of sexual assault crimes.

210.40 TUBERCULARS. Tuberculars shall not be arrested for violation of an isolation of quarantine order except on a warrant charging such violation.

When no warrant exists, an officer having cause to suspect a person, other than a prisoner, of being an active tubercular shall complete an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00. This report shall be submitted to the officer's commanding officer. It shall include:

  • The name, address, and age of the suspected tubercular;

  • The date, time, and location of the contact; and,

  • The circumstances which caused the officer to suspect the tubercular condition.

Exception: When any employee is exposed to a tubercular, they shall report the incident in compliance with Manual Section 3/712.05.

The commanding officer receiving the report shall forward it to the Tubercular Control Division, County Health Department.

210.44 ADDRESS OF INJURED PERSON UNKNOWN. When the address of an injured person is not available, the address of a friend through whom the patient might later be reached shall be obtained, if possible, for entry in the Injury Investigation, Form 03.15.00.

210.46 INCORPORATING NAME AND ADDRESS OF RELATIVE IN INJURY REPORT. When it appears that an injured person may die, the name and address of the injured person's nearest relative shall be obtained, when possible, for entry in the body of the Injury Investigation, Form 03.15.00. In these cases, the concerned investigating officers shall be notified immediately (Manual Section 4/201.30).

210.50 PHOTOGRAPHING INJURY SCENE, CITY PROPERTY INVOLVED. Photographs of the scene of an injury shall be taken, in addition to making an Injury Investigation, Form 03.15.00, when:

  • The injured person indicates that a condition of City property might have caused the injury; or,

  • There are indications that the condition of City property might have caused the injury.

Note: No circumstances of the foregoing causes shall be discussed with unauthorized persons.

The name, serial number, and division of assignment of the officer from whom photographic service was requested shall be included in the Injury Investigation, Form 03.15.00. Photographic service shall be requested from the Photographic Section, Scientific Investigation Division (Manual Section 4/212.54).

Photographs need not be taken when the injury is the result of a condition of properties of the Board of Education or the Housing Authority. Photographing of traffic collisions is not affected by this section and shall be carried out in accordance with standard procedure (Manual Section 4/430.45).

210.65 CANCELLATION OF AMBULANCE. When a unit answers a call in which an ambulance has been dispatched, and it is determined that no ambulance is needed, the communications control operator shall be informed immediately.

210.70 MATERNITY SERVICE. If no other maternity service is available, emergency ambulance service shall be requested through the communications control operator by radio or by notifying the appropriate Fire Department Signal Office by telephone when:

  • A woman's water has broken, or there is bleeding, accompanied with labor pains;

  • A woman has not had a previous child and her labor pains are three to five minutes apart and lasting thirty to sixty seconds; or,

  • A woman has had a previous normal birth and her labor pains are five to eight minutes apart.

210.75 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TRANSPORTATION. Suspects, arrestees, or others requiring emergency medical attention shall only be transported via a Rescue Ambulance (RA). It shall be the responsibility of all Department employees to request a Rescue Ambulance for a suspect, arrestee, or any other person requesting emergency medical treatment or when it is apparent that they are in need of such assistance and are unable to request.

Note: Individuals requiring emergency medical attention shall only be transported in a police vehicle during an unusual occurrence or tactical situation when it is necessary to remove the individual from a position of immediate threat to their safety. In such situations, an RA shall be requested and the individual shall be moved only the distance required to reach a safe location.

When a suspect or arrestee requires only routine medical treatment, such as pre-booking medical treatment or other non-emergency care, the person may be transported in a police vehicle to one of the following medical facilities:

  • Department Jail Dispensary;

  • Los Angeles County Medical Centers; or,

  • Department’s contract hospitals.

Note: A current list of hospitals under contract with the City can be obtained from Detective Support and Vice Division.

Blood or Medical Supplies. Emergency transportation of blood or medical supplies may be provided when necessary for the preservation of life. Approval for such transportation shall be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Detective Support and Vice Division.

210.80 FOOD POISONING. Cases of food poisoning shall be reported by telephone to the Office of the Registrar, County Health Department, without delay. If the office is closed, the emergency operator at the Hall of Justice will connect the officer with the proper person to be notified, who shall be given all available information regarding the food poisoning.

210.82 NOTIFICATION TO HEALTH DEPARTMENT OF ABUSE OR NEGLECT AT NURSING HOMES. An officer who receives information that a patient has been physically neglected or abused in a health facility, nursing home, etc., (as defined in Section 1250 of the Health and Safety Code) shall telephonically notify the Health Facilities Division, County Health Department, as soon as practicable. The name of the Health Department employee notified shall be included on the appropriate Department report.

210.85 INJURIES IN BUILDINGS. Accidents wherein persons are seriously injured or die as a result of suspected deficiencies in buildings or mechanical equipment located therein shall be reported by telephone to the Investigation Division, Department of Building and Safety. When that office is closed, the concerned watch commander shall be notified. The watch commander shall cause the notification to be made as soon as practicable during the next normal business day. Types of accidents in structures requiring notification could include serious injury or death due to:

  • Asphyxiation.

  • Building collapse.

  • Electrocution.

  • Explosion.

  • Mechanical equipment failure.

210.90 NOTIFICATION OF DEADLY WEAPON INJURY. An officer who receives information concerning a wanted suspect who possibly has an injury inflicted by a deadly weapon, or information that a person has been treated at a medical facility for an injury possibly inflicted by a deadly weapon, shall, in addition to any other notification, telephone Detective Support and Vice Division and supply the following information:

  • Name of the wounded person (if known);

  • Physical description of the wounded person;

  • Description of injury and type of weapon used;

  • Crime involved (if known);

  • Date, time, and location injury occurred;

  • Description of wounded person's vehicle (if known);

  • DR number of crime or injury report;

  • Reporting officer's name, serial number, and division; and,

  • Name, address, and business phone of the person treating the injured person when the information pertains to medical treatment.

212. REQUESTING AID IN THE FIELD.

212.10 ASSISTANCE BY INVESTIGATING OFFICERS. When a radio patrol unit answers a call involving a major crime, and the circumstances indicate the need of immediate investigation by investigating officers, the concerned investigating officers shall be notified without delay (Manual Section 4/201.30). When practical, requests for investigating officers shall be made by telephone. If the request is made by radio, an officer shall, when practicable, remain by the radio until he/she is informed that the requested unit has been dispatched or is not available.

212.12 INVESTIGATION OF ABORTIONS. The Abortion Detail, Robbery‑Homicide Division, shall be responsible for all preliminary and follow‑up abortion investigations. When an employee receives information concerning the victim of an illegal abortion, or any known or suspected illegal abortion activity, he/she shall immediately telephone all available information to Robbery‑Homicide Division. When Robbery‑Homicide Division is closed, notification shall be made to Detective Support and Vice Division.

212.14 INVESTIGATION OF COMPUTER ‑ RELATED CRIMES. The Fraud Section, Commercial Crimes Division, shall be responsible for the preliminary and follow‑up investigations of any crime committed through the use of computer‑stored information or sabotage to computer‑stored information and for completing the necessary reports. An officer who receives such information shall immediately notify Commercial Crimes Division. When Commercial Crimes Division is closed, the notification shall be made to Detective Support  and Vice Division, which shall determine the necessity for immediate notification to Commercial Crimes Division.

212.15 ASSISTANCE BY SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION. The officers investigating the scene of a crime shall determine whether a specialist from Scientific Investigation Division shall be summoned to the scene (Manual Section 4/212.44). If a crime is such that latent or microscopic evidence, or hazardous chemicals such as nitrous oxide may be present, the assistance of the concerned specialist from Scientific Investigation Division shall be requested. Officers requesting a field investigation by a unit of Scientific Investigation Division shall make the request by telephone whenever possible. When necessary, and a telephone is not available, the request may be made by radio. In accordance with Manual Section 4/201.30, when a telephonic notification should be made to an investigative unit, and the unit is not available, the notification shall be made to Detective Support and Vice Division.

212.20 RADIO REQUESTS FOR SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION UNITS. When a radio request for Scientific Investigation Division units is made (Manual Section 4/212.15), it shall be made by obtaining a clear frequency and supplying the following applicable items of information:

  • Unit making the request;

  • Unit requested;

  • Type of crime or incident to be investigated;

  • Type of assistance required (lifting fingerprints, obtaining plaster casts, taking photographs, etc.);

  • Location where service is requested; and,

  • All other pertinent information.

The request shall be made by radio only when the situation demands immediate scientific investigation, and a telephone is not available.

212.21 RETRIEVAL AND BOOKING OF VIDEO EVIDENCE.  Investigating officers (I/Os) and officers retrieving video evidence shall follow the established procedures for the retrieval and booking of video evidence.

 

Note:  This procedure does not apply to video evidence generated by the Department (e.g. In-Car Video, uniformed officers carrying audio/video recorders, Area security cameras).  Additionally, this procedure does not apply to video evidence contained within Video Cassette Recorders (VCRs).  For situations wherein evidence resides within a VCR, the I/O shall extract the entire cassette and book the evidence at Electronics Unit, SID.

 

INVESTIGATING OFFICER’S AND OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Investigating officers and initial responding officers conducting investigations where security cameras are present at crime scenes shall follow the following procedure when retrieving video evidence from the concerned Digital Video Recorder (DVR) prior to scheduling an appointment with the Electronics Unit:

 

  • Determine if an operator (i.e., owner, employee, or system installer) with knowledge of the DVR's operation is present at the scene.  If that person is not present, determine if someone with equivalent knowledge will respond to the location;

  • Verify with the operator that the DVR is operational and was recording at the time of the incident and that there  is useable video for retrieval;

  • Determine when the DVR system over-writes (records over previously-recorded information) to prevent erasure of video evidence;

Note:  The Electronics Unit should be notified immediately to retrieve video evidence if the I/O or officer determines the DVR system would over-write the video evidence and the I/O or officer cannot arrange for the evidence capture in a timely manner;

  • Obtain a copy of the video evidence from the operator;

Note:  If no operator is available to retrieve the video evidence from the DVR, the I/O who has received training on evidence retrieval from DVRs from the Electronics Unit, or if the I/O is confident and knowledgeable about evidence retrieval from the concerned DVR, may complete the above steps.

 

·     Obtain the video player software (and/or codec) to ensure playback by the Electronics Unit; and,

·     Document the make and model of the DVR, system time, and actual time of the video evidence for reference.

Officers that have retrieved video evidence shall:

 

  • Indicate at the beginning of the appropriate report (e.g., Arrest or Investigative Report) that video evidence was retrieved;

  • During regular business hours, deliver the video evidence to the concerned detective table; and,

  • During off-hours, place the video evidence in an envelope, indicate the Division of Records number and the concerned detective table handling the investigation outside the envelope and store it in the divisional evidence locker for the concerned I/O.

 

Note:  Indicate at the beginning of the appropriate report that video evidence was retrieved and is being held in the divisional evidence locker.

 

Investigating officers shall:

 

  • Retrieve the video evidence from the divisional evidence locker;

  • Make a copy or copies of the video evidence via the divisional media duplication station;

  • Place the retrieved video evidence (original copy of the video evidence retrieved from the crime scene) inside an envelope containing the six-digit SID media number provided by Electronics Unit, SID, and complete the "B" slip of the Sound Recording Tape Issue/Receipt, Form 12.48.00; and,

  • Deliver the video evidence to the divisional Recording Media Coordinator for storage.

 

The investigating officer and initial responding officer shall be responsible for the following:

 

Note:  When an operator, I/O or officer cannot obtain a copy of the video evidence (e.g., if the I/O or officer is not confident and knowledgeable about evidence retrieval from the concerned DVR), an appointment shall be made with the Electronics Unit.

 

  • Determine the specific date, time, and camera views needed for retrieval, prior to arrival of an Electronics Unit technician;

  • Be at the scene to meet the responding Electronics Unit technician to ensure that all required video evidence is obtained;

  • Inform the Electronics Unit technician, in advance, of any hazardous or unconventional methods that need to be addressed to ensure successful evidence retrieval (e.g., DVR equipment secreted in an above-ceiling area); and,

  • If evidence is excessive, (e.g., lengthy timeframe or numerous cameras), the I/O or officer shall be prepared to seize the DVR for processing at the Electronics Unit.  In this instance,  Electronics Unit shall be contacted to coordinate the DVR seizure.

 

Note:  At no time shall the DVR be turned off prior to video evidence being retrieved by the Electronics Unit unless the proper shut-down procedure can be identified, as valuable evidence may be lost.

 

RECORDING MEDIA COORDINATOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Recording Media Coordinator or their designee shall:

 

·         Document the video evidence information on the Recording Media Inventory;

·         Store the video evidence in a designated locked cabinet only until it is transferred to the SID media vault; and,

·         Book the video evidence into the media vault of the Electronics Unit at Piper Tech – Space 270, as soon as practicable.

 

ELECTRONICS UNIT, SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Electronics Unit, SID, shall:

 

  • Store video evidence retrieved from DVRs;

  • Respond to crime scenes to perform video evidence retrieval when such evidence retrieval cannot be performed by an I/O, officer or operator;

  • Provide periodic training to I/Os in video evidence retrieval; and,

  • Be available for consultation with I/Os and officers requiring guidance concerning retrieval of video evidence.

 

Note:  During off-hours, an on-call Electronics Unit technician can be contacted through Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division for consultation.

 

212.25 TELEPHONIC REQUESTS FOR SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION UNITS. A telephonic request shall be made by calling the desired unit directly and supplying the following information:

  • The DR number;

  • Unit making the request;

  • Type of crime or incident to be investigated;

  • Type of assistance required;

  • Location where service is requested; and

  • All other pertinent information.

212.30 OBTAINING DR NUMBERS. Prior to making a telephonic request for a unit of Scientific Investigation Division, a DR number shall be secured for the concerned report(s).

212.35 FORWARDING REQUEST INFORMATION. An employee receiving a radio request for a unit of Scientific Investigation Division shall immediately relay the information to the unit requested.

212.40 RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROTECTING EVIDENCE. Officers requesting the assistance of a specialist from Scientific Investigation Division shall be responsible for the protection of evidence until relieved by the specialist.

212.44 FINGERPRINT INVESTIGATION. Each Area commanding officer shall assign available latent print field kits to police units as needed to most effectively conduct fingerprint investigations in a geographic Area.

Officers assigned to police units with latent print field kits shall normally be responsible for fingerprint investigations that are not the responsibility of the Latent Print Section, Scientific Investigation Division. With approval of the Latent Print Section, officers may conduct fingerprint investigations that are normally the responsibility of Scientific Investigation Division.

Requests for fingerprint investigations which are the responsibility of Scientific Investigation Division shall be made to the Latent Print Section, Scientific Investigation Division (Manual Section 4/201.30).

Exception: In the Valley areas, requests for fingerprint investigations shall be made to the Valley Section, Scientific Investigation Division.

When assistance of a fingerprint section is requested, the requesting officers shall caution persons about the premises to touch nothing which might bear fingerprints. Requests for an investigation of possible fingerprints on a porous substance shall be made without delay.

Note: The Department shall provide required fingerprint investigations within the City when requested by the:

  • California Highway Patrol;

  • Los Angeles Community Colleges Police;

  • Los Angeles Department of General Services Security Division;

  • Los Angeles Harbor Department Port Warden;

  • Los Angeles Housing Authority Patrol Division;

  • Los Angeles Unified School District Police Department; and,

  • University of Southern California Security Department.

Qualified officers of these outside agencies may conduct their own latent print investigations.

212.45 INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING BOMB THREATS AT SCHOOLS. An employee receiving information regarding a bomb threat at a school or college shall notify the Area Detective Division watch commander, Area of occurrence, without delay. The Area Detective Division watch commander shall notify the geographic Area Patrol Division watch commander of the bomb threat, dispatch an investigating officer to the scene to conduct the preliminary investigation and contact Bomb Detection K-9 Section and the Bomb Squad through RACR. When an investigating officer is not available, the Area Detective Division watch commander shall request that the Area Patrol Division watch commander dispatch a patrol unit.

Note: When the Area Detective Division is closed, the notification shall be made directly to the geographic Area Patrol Division watch commander, who shall cause a patrol unit to respond.

The watch commander dispatching personnel to the scene of a school bomb threat shall notify the security officer or person in charge of the school and request that a security officer or school official respond to the scene.

The decision to evacuate a school or to search a school during school hours rests with the school official in charge.

If investigation reveals that dangerous explosives may be involved, Criminal Conspiracy Section, Major Crimes Division, and the Hazardous Devices Section, Emergency Services Division, shall be immediately notified (Manual Section 4/212.50).

Notification concerning bomb threats at schools shall be made by telephone when possible. Department personnel shall avoid transmitting the information by means likely to result in its becoming generally known.

Notification of the incident shall be made to the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR).

212.46 MARKS OR TRACKS. Requests for the taking of plaster casts of marks or tracks shall be made to the Latent Print Section, Scientific Investigation Division (Manual Section 4/201.30). When photographs of tracks or marks may be necessary, the assistance of the Photographic Section, Scientific Investigation Division, shall be requested (Manual Section 4/201.30).

212.47.  RESPONSE TO BOMB THREATS. 

 

COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  When Communications Division receives a call of a bomb threat at a government facility, critical infrastructure or key resource location, a patrol unit shall be assigned in accordance with current procedures.

 

OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Upon being assigned to a bomb threat, officers shall:

 

·         Conduct an initial assessment of the location consistent with current procedures;

·         Depending on the conclusions of the officer’s initial assessment, advise the responsible party that the officers will request that a search of the premises be conducted by Bomb Detection K-9 teams and Bomb Squad personnel.  If the officer’s initial assessment does not support a search of the premises, the officer shall follow the established procedures for handling a bomb threat;

 

Note:  The responsible party must be notified that a search by Bomb Detection K-9 and Bomb Squad personnel will require some degree of evacuation of the areas to be searched.

 

·         Contact the Bomb Detection K-9 Section and the Bomb Squad through Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response (RACR) Division to request that the location be searched by Bomb Detection K-9 and Bomb Squad personnel;

·         Contact the Bomb Detection K-9 Section or the Bomb Squad if a suspicious item (e.g., package, device) or anything of a suspicious nature is found during the initial assessment; and,

·         Complete an Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00, titled “Suspicious Activity” at the conclusion of the incident, in consultation with the on-scene Bomb Squad or Bomb Detection K-9 supervisor.

 

BOMB DETECTION K-9 SECTION AND BOMB SQUAD’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  Upon notification that their resources have been requested at the location of a bomb

threat, Bomb Detection K-9 Section and Bomb Squad personnel shall:

 

·         Have a Bomb Detection K-9 Section supervisor conduct an assessment based on current intelligence, situations and events occurring locally, nationally or internationally and Section capabilities; and determine whether Bomb Detection K-9 Section and Bomb Squad personnel will respond;

·         Respond “Code Three” to the location if it is determined that Bomb Detection K-9 Section and Bomb Squad resources will be used;

 

      Note:  The Bomb Squad supervisor at scene shall have authority over the search.

 

·         Conduct a search of the location; and,

 

Note:  If, at any time during the search, a Bomb Detection K-9 alerts to the presence of explosives, a possible explosive device is located, or additional information is received making the threat specific in nature, the K-9 search shall be stopped and existing Bomb Squad protocols shall be followed.

 

Advise the responsible party at the conclusion of a search with negative results that the search did not reveal the presence of any explosive device nor odor, and that Bomb Detection K-9s did not alert to the presence of an explosive odor.  However, the occupants of the location should be advised to remain vigilant for unidentified items or conditions that may be out of the ordinary.

 

212.48 INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING POISONS. When it is suspected that a major crime involves the use of poison, the Criminalistics Laboratory, Scientific Investigation Division, shall be notified immediately (Manual Section 4/201.30).

 

212.49  INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

 

Definition. The term "hazardous material" shall mean any chemical,  chemical mixture, or contaminant that is toxic, corrosive, volatile, reactive, explosive, or flammable and has the capacity of inducing great bodily injury or illness or that has been determined to be capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health, safety, or property. Hazardous materials include all chemical, biological, and radiological substances, including those also referred to as Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD), whether accidentally or intentionally released.

Preliminary Investigations of Incidents Involving or Potentially Involving Hazardous Materials.  An employee becoming aware of the actual or suspected presence of a hazardous material that has been seized or discovered as a result of police action shall immediately isolate the area/material and initiate the following:

  • If the incident is dynamic, meaning the product has been released or there are injuries or complaints of injuries as a result of exposure, officers shall request the Fire Department as well as Hazardous Materials Unit (HMU), Emergency Services Division (ESD).  The product shall be treated as an unknown hazard until analyzed and categorized by hazardous materials technicians from HMU and/or the Fire Department; or,

  • If the incident is static, meaning the product has not breeched its containment vessel or does not outwardly appear to present an immediate public safety hazard, officers shall request HMU, ESD.  All materials shall be treated as an unknown hazard until analyzed and categorized by hazardous material technicians from HMU.

 

Note:  After normal business hours, notification shall be made to Real Time Analysis and Critical Response (RACR) Division.

Handling. When notified of a seizure of a suspected hazardous material, a specialist from HMU shall respond to the scene and:

  • Determine the hazard posed by the material;

  • Implement safeguards appropriate for the handling of the chemical;

Note: No attempt shall be made to neutralize, move, or transport any hazardous material except under the direction of an HMU specialist.

Responding HMU technicians wearing appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall:

 

·         Identify and designate control zones;

·         Determine the hazard and categorize the materials involved;

·         Mitigate the threat posed to life, environment, and property;

·         Collect, document, and book evidence;

·         When conditions permit, obtain a sample and photograph the gross amount of the material; and,

·         Arrange for the disposal of any quantity of the material cannot be safely stored in available facilities;

Booking: Employees booking a sample of a hazardous material shall include in the Property Report, Form 10.01.00, the gross amount and disposition of the chemical seized.  Proper packaging and labeling of hazardous chemical evidence prior to booking, is performed by Scientific Investigation Division (SID), Hazardous Chemical Team.

INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING ILLICIT LABORATORIES. 

Definition.  The term “illicit laboratory” shall mean the location of equipment and/or material(s) used to produce illegal narcotics as well as chemical, biological, and radiological weapons or agents.

 

Preliminary Investigations of Illicit Laboratories. Illicit laboratories are capable of producing chemical and biological agents or weapons, as well as narcotics, and may appear similar.

 

Officers conducting a preliminary investigation of an illicit laboratory containing hazardous materials, chemicals, or when entry is made into a location not previously known to contain an illicit laboratory and such a laboratory is discovered, officers shall immediately exit and secure the perimeter of the location, evacuate adjacent inhabited dwellings, request that a field supervisor respond to the scene, and make appropriate notifications:

 

Officers shall not enter an illicit laboratory to apprehend suspects or to prevent the destruction of evidence, absent the authorization of the Illicit Laboratory Squad or the HMU, ESD. 

Notifications.

  • If the incident is dynamic, officers shall isolate the area/materials and request the Fire Department as well as hazardous materials technicians from HMU, ESD; and,

  • If the incident is static and/or the purpose of the material or production is unknown, officers shall request HMU, ESD; and,

  • If it is determined the purpose of the illicit laboratory is for the production of narcotics, the Illicit Laboratory Squad, GND, shall be notified.

Note: After normal business hours, notification shall be made to RACR. 

 

Investigative Responsibility.  The investigative responsibility of clandestine narcotic laboratories is the Illicit Laboratory Squad, GND.

 

Incidents involving hazardous materials and other suspected illicit laboratories or those whose purpose is unknown are the investigative responsibility of the HMU, ESD, and investigative personnel of Major Crimes Division.

 

All investigative entities responding to and/or participating in any illicit laboratory investigation shall document their degree of participation prior to leaving the investigative scene.  The participation shall be documented on an Investigative Action/Statement Form, Form 03.11.20.

 

Note:  Preliminary response and/or investigations involving or potentially involving hazardous materials shall be performed in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.120(q) and Title 8, California Code of Regulations 5192(q).

 

Exception:  Procedures governing hazardous substances, which become a police problem as a result of a traffic collision, are not affected (4/430.10).

 

212.50 INVESTIGATIONS INVOLVING EXPLOSIVES. The initial employee who encounters any explosive material or pyrotechnic device shall contact a specialist from the Hazardous Devices Section, Emergency Services Division, prior to handling the item(s). This contact should be made telephonically either directly to the Hazardous Devices Section during regular business hours or through the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR) at other times.

Note: A pyrotechnic device is any combination of materials which is activated by fire to produce an audible, visual, mechanical or thermal effect. A pyrotechnic device contains explosive material and should be considered hazardous until a determination is made by the Hazardous Devices Section.

The Hazardous Devices Section specialist will speak directly to the officer or supervisor who has physical custody of the explosive material or pyrotechnic device prior to providing direction on its handling and/or booking.  Employees shall follow the specialist’s direction on handling and booking the item(s).

Note: A "Code Five Edward" (Manual Section 4/120.40) shall be used to notify Air Support Division (ASD) personnel of an explosive hazard to low-altitude aircraft.

Notification of the incident shall be made to the Administrative Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division.

Los Angeles International Airport. The Hazardous Devices Section, Emergency Services Division, shall direct all searches of aircraft or facilities at the Los Angeles International Airport.

Note: In the event a specialist takes custody of explosive material, the officer completing the Property Report (Manual Section 4/510.20) shall include this information in the report.

212.51  HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL TEAM, SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION DIVISION, RESPONSIBILITY.  When notified of a seizure of a nitrous oxide tank or cylinder, a specialist from HCT, SID shall:

  • Respond to the scene to assist officers with their investigation;

  • Transport the seized nitrous oxide compressed tank or cylinder to the commercialized warehouse, Property Division; and,

  • Upon officers' request, obtain a sample of nitrous oxide from a cylinder or balloon for analysis.

212.52 CRIME SCENE MAPS. If a detailed drawing of the scene of a crime is desired, the Police Surveyor, Scientific Investigation Division, shall be requested (Manual Section 4/201.30). The particular objects and the specific place to be surveyed shall be clearly stated.

212.54 PHOTOGRAPHS. Requests for photographic services, other than traffic, training, public relations activity, or fingerprints, shall be directed to the Photographic Section, Scientific Investigation Division (Manual Section 4/201.30).

212.56 DEVELOPING BOOKED FILM. When booked film needs to be developed, the investigating officer (I/O) shall:

  • Request the Property Disposition Coordinator (PDC) “Release” (in APIMS) the film to the I/O;

Note: The PDC shall enter “To be developed” in the additional comments field.

  • Obtain the film from Property Division and transport it to the Photo Lab, SID for development; and,

  • Complete a supplemental Property Report, Form 10.01.00, listing the photographs or negatives as the next sequential item number from the most recent Property Report; or,

  • Complete a Follow-up Investigation, Form 03.14.00, if the photographs or negatives are to be retained at the Photo Lab, SID; and,

  • Include the Photo Lab PC number on the Property Report.

212.60 UNDERWATER SEARCH. When an underwater search is deemed necessary, investigating officers shall notify their commanding officer. When a search is necessary, the commanding officer shall:

  • Notify the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR);

  • Advise on the urgency of the search; and,

  • Give exact location where searching team shall meet;

The Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), shall:

  • Notify the Officer in Charge, Underwater Dive Unit. The Officer in Charge will determine if the request for search or recovery is in furtherance of Department objectives and in keeping with Department policies;

  • Select officers from the Underwater Search Roster maintained by the Department Command Post, Communications Division;

  • Notify the duty watch commanders of the selected officers' units of assignment, of the location and time of search; and,

  • After selection of officers has been verified, notify the requesting unit of time and place officers shall meet.

The duty watch commanders of the selected officers shall:

  • Determine selected officers' availability;

  • Inform officers of the location of search and reporting time; and,

  • Notify the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), of officers' availability and time notified.

212.70 CANINE (K‑9) PLATOON. The services of the Canine Platoon, Metropolitan Division, are available on a 24 hour‑a‑day basis. When Department personnel determine there is a need for the services of the Canine Platoon, requests shall be made through Communications Division or by telephonically contacting Metropolitan Division.

212.72 CRISIS NEGOTIATION TEAM. When the Incident Commander at an incident determines that a Crisis Negotiation Team may be of assistance, the Incident Commander shall contact the Metropolitan Division watch commander telephonically, when practicable, or through Communications Division via radio.

212.74 MOUNTED PLATOON. Commanding officers of Areas/divisions wishing to have the Mounted Platoon deployed shall make the request by forwarding an Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00, to the Commanding Officer, Metropolitan Division. The Commanding Officer, Metropolitan Division, has the responsibility for evaluating requests and deploying the unit as appropriate. Requests of an emergency nature may be made telephonically.

212.76 SPECIAL WEAPONS AND TACTICS (SWAT). When the Incident Commander determines that a SWAT team may be of assistance, the Incident Commander shall contact the Metropolitan Division Watch Commander telephonically, when practicable, or through Communications Division via radio. When requesting SWAT, the Incident Commander should be prepared to give a detailed briefing of the situation.

If SWAT expertise is anticipated to be required at a planned event, such as the service of a high-risk warrant, and time permits, the commanding officer of the requesting entity shall submit a request via Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00, to the Commanding Officer, Metropolitan Division.

212.77 Rapid Extraction and Dismantling (RED) Team. The mission of the RED Team is to provide support to field personnel who are presented with a civil disturbance that is beyond the capabilities of field personnel. The RED Team is responsible for:

  • Responding upon the request of the Incident Commander with specially trained and equipped personnel to defeat man-made obstacles used to enhance acts of civil disobedience; and,

  • Overcoming unlawful deployment of subjects or obstacles through the use of technical rope operations and/or mechanical dismantling techniques.

The Incident Commander at a civil disobedience incident shall request the RED Team, through the Metropolitan Division Watch Commander or Communications Division, when the following criteria are met:

  • Subject is engaged in a crime;

  • Subject refuses to submit to arrest; and,

  • Subject has positioned himself/herself in such a manner or location that defeats conventional methods and means to affect his/her removal and arrest.

213. NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS.

213.10 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ISSUING NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS. All Area commanding officers shall maintain supplies of Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklets for issuance to officers.

213.15 ISSUANCE OF NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS. Concerned commanding officers shall cause a Record of Citation Books, Form 04.15.00, to be maintained, recording the issuance and return of Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklets.

When practicable, officers shall draw Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklets from the place of issuance which normally serves their Area or division.

213.20 OFFICERS RECEIVING NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS. Upon receiving a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklet, the officer shall print in ink his or her name and serial number on the front cover. No notation of any kind shall be made on any citation prior to use.

213.25 DISPOSITION OF COMPLETED NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS. When all citations in a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklet have been used, it shall be submitted to a supervisor in the officer's division or Area of assignment. After review, the booklet shall be returned to the watch commander at the location of issuance. The date of return shall be recorded on the Record of Citation Books, Form 04.15.00. The booklet shall be filed by book number in the division or Area. Booklets may be destroyed six months after the date of the last citation.

213.30 DISPOSITION OF TRANSFERRED OFFICERS' NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS. An officer transferred to a unit, division, or Area in another section of the City shall return any Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklet to the location of issuance after review by a supervisor in the division or Area from which the officer is transferring.

The date of return of the booklet and the number of unused citations shall be recorded on the Record of Citation Books, Form 04.15.00. The booklet shall then be available for reissuance.

213.35 LOST OR DAMAGED NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR BOOKLETS. When a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear booklet is lost or damaged, an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, shall be completed. It shall specify the numbers of the citations which were not issued. After the Employee's Report has been approved by the employee's supervisor, it shall be forwarded to the location of issuance, where the information shall be recorded on the Record of Citation Books, Form 04.15.00. A damaged booklet, or a booklet found after an Employee's Report has been completed, shall be returned to the location of issuance and stored as a completed booklet. The found or damaged booklet shall not be reissued.

213.45 ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON NOTICE TO APPEAR CITATION. The procedure to correct errors or omissions on the Non-traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, has been revised as follows:

  • Defendant’s Copy Available. When an error is noted on the Non-traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, and the defendant’s copy is available, the issuing officer shall draw a single line through the error and legibly print the correct information as near as possible to the error on the original and all copies of the Non-traffic Notice to Appear form. The officer shall write the words "Defendant Copy Corrected" followed by the officer's initials, in the top margin above the form number on all copies of the Non-traffic Notice to Appear; and,

  • Defendant’s Copy Not Available. When an error or omission is noted on the Non-traffic Notice to Appear and the defendant’s copy is not available, the correct information shall be reported on a Notice of Correction and Proof of Service, Form 04.07.00 The pink (defendant’s) copy of the completed Form 04.07.00 must be mailed to the defendant in all cases. When the error or omission will impact a follow-up investigation, the Follow-Up Investigation, Form 03.14.00, shall also be completed.

213.50 CANCELLATION OF NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR, FORM 05.02.02. A Non - Traffic Notice to Appear may be canceled only when approved by the first available officer in the following sequence:

  • Officer in Charge; or,

  • Watch Commander.

Note: If the defendant’s copy has been issued and is not available, or the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear has been distributed, the Follow‑Up Investigation, Form 03.14.00, shall be used to report the cancellation.

The officer requesting the cancellation shall:

  • Write the word "VOID" across the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear;

  • Write the reason for the cancellation on the book copy (pink); and,

  • Cancel the DR number if one has been obtained.

The approving officer shall:

  • Date and sign the book copy; and,

  • Destroy the original (white) and defendant’s copy (blue).

213.55 DESCRIPTION OF DEFENDANT ON NON - TRAFFIC NOTICE TO APPEAR. In addition to specific descriptors required on a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, the officer completing the citation shall list visible, obvious tattoos, scars, birthmarks, missing extremities and/or deformities in the "Other Description" field.

214. UNUSUAL INCIDENTS.

214.15 INCIDENTS INVOLVING A BARRICADED SUSPECT/HOSTAGE. The Incident Commander at a barricaded suspect/hostage incident shall request the Special Weapons and Tactics Team (SWAT) when all of the following criteria are met:

  • The suspect is probably armed;

  • The suspect is believed to have been involved in a criminal act or is a significant threat to the lives and safety of citizens and/or police;

  • The suspect is in a position of advantage, affording cover and concealment; or, is contained in an open area and the presence or approach of police officers could precipitate an adverse reaction by the suspect; and,

  • The suspect refuses to submit to arrest.

214.20 IMMEDIATE ACTION/RAPID DEPLOYMENT. Immediate Action/Rapid Deployment is the swift and immediate deployment of law enforcement resources to on-going, life threatening situations where delay could otherwise result in death or great bodily injury to innocent persons. Immediate Action/Rapid Deployment will generally require the immediate configuration of responding resources into Contact and Rescue Teams. The overall objective of a Contact and/or Rescue Team is to save as many lives as possible through a coordinated effort.

The primary mission of a Contact Team is to limit the movement of a suspect(s), stop the deadly behavior, prevent escape, and provide a preliminary assessment of the incident.

The mission of a Rescue Team is to rescue and recover victim(s), move them to a safe area, and obtain medical treatment if necessary. Accomplishment of this mission requires coordinated actions with the team leader of the Contact Team. Generally, these teams comprise a minimum of four officers each.

214.25 INCIDENTS REQUIRING HANDLING OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS. Officers investigating an incident in which radioactive materials may be present shall:

  • Keep all persons and conveyances at a safe distance from radioactive materials or liquid run‑off; and,

  • Immediately notify the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), of the incident. If a criminal or traffic investigation is required at the scene, officers shall request a Department radiological monitoring officer. The request shall include the name of the owner of the material (if known); location, type, and quantity of material involved; requests for barricades or other special traffic control devices; and the phone number where the requesting officer may be reached, if practicable.

Note: Radioactive materials in transit may be identified by its symbol.  This symbol is a trifoliate design with a purplish red (magenta) center and yellow leaves.

214.45 SIGNIFICANT INFORMATION IMPACTING CITY GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION. When an employee receives information which may have a significant impact on the operations of City government or when the news value of such information may have a similar impact, the employee shall:

  • Immediately notify the Director, Office of Operations; or,

  • When that office is closed, immediately notify the Watch Commander, the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR), who shall in turn notify the Director, Office of Operations.

Note: Employees are also responsible for making notifications of significant information to their immediate supervisor.

214.50 REAL TIME ANALYSIS CRITICAL RESPONSE DIVISION NOTIFICATION. The following incidents require notification to the RACR:

Categorical Use of Force Incidents.

  • All officer-involved shootings;

  • All uses of an upper body control hold by a Department employee, including the use of a modified carotid, full carotid or locked carotid hold;

  • All deaths while the arrestee or detainee is in custodial care of the Department (also known as In-Custody Death or ICD);

  • A use of force incident resulting in death; and,

  • A use of force incident resulting in an injury requiring hospitalization.

Note: The term “hospitalization” as used in this Section, requires the individual to be admitted to a hospital for treatment or observation, Manual Section 3/794.02.

Other Incidents Investigated by Force Investigation Division (FID).

  • An incident in which a member of the public is bitten by a Department canine and hospitalization is required;

  • Incidents where the Department has agreed to conduct similar critical incident investigations for a non-Department entity, such as a Los Angeles Fire Department Arson Unit.

Autopsy Notifications. When notified by the coroner’s office of a scheduled autopsy, the RACR shall make the necessary notification to the investigating officer (I/O). When the RACR is unable to contact the I/O, the RACR shall notify a person in the I/O’s chain of command (such notification shall begin with the I/O’s officer in charge and progress upward until contact is made with a person in the I/O’s chain of command).

Patrol Related Incidents.

  • Barricaded suspect or SWAT call-out;

  • Bomb Squad call-out;

  • CARE/AMBER Alerts;

  • All homicides;

  • Missing juvenile investigations involving searches;

  • Pursuits that travel out of the County, are prolonged, involve a City Property Involved collision, or are newsworthy;

  • Shootings in which two or more victims are wounded; and,

  • Incidents motivated by hatred (DR Number is required prior to notification).

Unusual/Major Occurrences.

  • Major demonstrations or mass arrests;

  • Disasters including chemical spills, gas main leaks or breaks, major fires or disturbances, aircraft accidents;

  • Department Operations Center (DOC) activation or deactivation;

  • City Emergency Operations Center (EOC) activation or deactivation;

  • Incident Command Post activation at the scene of a noteworthy or newsworthy incident;

  • Incidents involving hazardous/toxic/radioactive materials;

  • Citywide Tactical Alerts; and,

  • A change in the Federal terrorism threat level (up or down).

Incidents Involving Department Personnel.

  • Alleged serious misconduct or arrest of Department employee(s);

  • Death or hospitalization of Department employee(s);

  • Negligent discharge of a firearm; and,

  • Animal Shooting.

Other Notable Incidents.

  • Extensive damage to Department equipment;

  • Newsworthy incident involving the Department in any way; or,

  • Other incident that an Officer in Charge or Watch Commander feels should be brought to the attention of the Department.

Note: All personnel are encouraged to call the RACR at any time they are in doubt as to whether or not an incident requires notification.

Officer’s Responsibility. The senior officer at the scene of an incident requiring RACR notification shall request a supervisor to respond to the scene.

Supervisor’s Responsibility. The first supervisor to respond to an incident requiring RACR notification shall ensure their watch commander and the RACR have been apprised of the incident as soon as practical and document the incident in a Sergeant’s Daily Report, Form 15.48.00.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. Upon learning of a reportable incident, the watch commander or officer in charge shall ensure that the RACR has been notified and document the incident in a Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00.

214.60 CRISIS RESPONSE TEAM-NOTIFICATION. When an unusual occurrence, local emergency, disaster, or other incident occurs where involved Department employees may be psychologically traumatized, the commanding officer of the Area of occurrence, or the incident commander in the event of a wide spread occurrence, shall notify the Crisis Response Team (CRT) immediately. Notification shall be made to Behavioral Science Services during business hours and to the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR) after hours and on weekends. Commanding officers shall ensure that employees exposed to a traumatic disaster scene attend a debriefing conducted by CRT personnel as soon as practicable.

Note: Membership in the Crisis Response Team is a primary duty assignment when the CRT is activated. Employees who are members of the CRT shall be allowed to immediately respond to any request for assistance when directed to do so by their CRT team leader.

215. AUTHORIZATION TO ACT AS PEACE OFFICER.

215.10 OUTSIDE AGENCY IN THE CITY. An officer of another jurisdiction requesting authority to act as a peace officer within the City of Los Angeles, who lacks such authority as granted under Section 830.1 (a) and (2) P.C., shall be referred to the Office of the Chief of Police. When the Office of the Chief of Police is closed, requests shall be referred to Detective Support and Vice Division.

215.20 ON ‑ DUTY ACTIVITY IN OUTSIDE JURISDICTION.

Officer’s Responsibility. On‑duty officers shall obtain approval from their watch commander or officer in charge before taking police action outside the Los Angeles City limits.

Exception: When officers are in "hot pursuit" or exigent circumstances exist, such as officer safety, which would preclude obtaining prior approval, officers shall inform their watch commander or officer in charge as soon as practical.

Officers shall be guided by Department Manual Sections 1/230.05 and 1/230.10 when taking on‑duty police action outside the Los Angeles City limits.

Watch Commander/Officer In Charge’s Responsibility. The concerned watch commander or officer in charge shall be guided by Penal Code Section 830.1 when granting approval to proceed outside the City limits to take police action.

Note: Officers taking police action outside the City limits have no peace officer status, and are acting as private persons, if the criteria outlined in Penal Code Section 830.1 is not met.

When approval is granted, the concerned watch commander or officer in charge shall review the circumstances and, if appropriate, ensure that the watch commander of the concerned outside agency has prior notification of the pending police action. If prior notification is deemed inappropriate, notification shall be made as soon as practical after the police action is taken.

Note: Taking into consideration the tactical situation and desired results of the investigation, every effort should be made to inform the outside agency before action is taken on:

  • The serving of search or arrest warrants;

  • Making an arrest; or

  • Conducting surveillance.

216. TAKING PERSONS INTO CUSTODY.

Inspection and Interview. All persons detained or arrested and transported to a Department facility shall be brought before a watch commander for an inspection and interview. At a minimum, the watch commander shall ask the suspect the following three questions:

  • Do you understand why you were detained/arrested?

  • Are you sick, ill, or injured?

  • Do you have any questions or concerns?

The watch commander shall take appropriate action based upon the results of the inspection and responses to these questions.

Exception: In those rare cases when circumstances preclude an inspection and interview by a watch commander (e.g., medical/absentee bookings), the watch commander shall ensure that the suspect is inspected and interviewed by a Department supervisor who did not assist or participate in the person’s arrest or detention. The assigned supervisor shall document the inspection and interview in his/her Sergeant’s Daily Report, Form 15.48.00. Additionally, the watch commander shall document the reason for the exception, including the name and serial number of the supervisor assigned to conduct the inspection and interview, in his/her Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00.

Area Station. Any officer, from any command, that arrives at a Community Police Station with a person detained or arrested shall immediately ensure that the person is visually inspected and interviewed by the Watch Commander.

Specialized Divisions. All specialized division arrestees shall be inspected and questioned by one of the 19 Area watch commanders or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division, before being booked.

216.01 ADVICE/APPROVAL ON FELONY BOOKINGS.

Booking Advice – Defined. Booking advice is the recommendation given to the watch commander regarding what charge(s) an arrestee should be booked for based on the circumstances of the arrest.

Booking Approval – Defined. Booking approval is the final authority given to an officer to incarcerate an arrestee into a jail facility on a given charge(s).

Booking Advice Procedure. Prior to booking an arrestee on a felony charge at any jail facility, a watch commander shall ensure that booking advice is obtained from an on-duty investigative supervisor from the investigative entity responsible for the follow-up investigation. The investigative supervisor giving the booking advice shall sign his/her signature in the “ADVISING INVESTIGATIVE SUPERVISOR” section of the Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00.

When available, or in complex arrests requiring additional review, the investigative supervisor giving booking advice shall review all related reports for required content and place his/her initials and serial number at the conclusion of the narrative portion of each report. This change does not affect other Department procedure associated with booking approval and booking advice.

Exception: Officers are not required to obtain booking advice on narcotic arrests when no follow-up investigation will be conducted.

Booking advice is not required if the investigative entity responsible for the follow-up investigation is off-duty.

Telephonic Booking Advice. When it is impractical to obtain a signature from the on-duty investigative supervisor responsible for providing booking advice, the watch commander giving booking approval shall obtain such advice telephonically.

In these cases, the approving watch commander shall write the name of the advising investigative supervisor followed by the watch commander’s initials, and place a check in the box titled “Telephonic Advice” on the Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00.

Note: Generally, booking advice is not required when the investigative entity responsible for the follow-up investigation is off-duty. However, an off-duty investigative supervisor may be contacted telephonically for advice only when the situation involves a serious felony crime, an extraordinary circumstance, or the off-duty investigative supervisor is being compensated for on-call status (e.g., Area homicide call-out team, Officer-Involved Shooting Team, Criminal Conspiracy Section, etc.).

Booking Advice – Final Authority. The watch commander approving booking has the final authority as to the booking charge. In the event the investigative supervisor’s advice differs from that of the approving watch commander, the watch commander shall ensure his/her rationale is properly documented in the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00.

Booking Approval Procedure. Booking approval for any arrest shall only be obtained from an Area patrol watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division. When providing booking approval, the watch commander shall review each arrest for appropriateness, legality, and conformance with Department policy and procedure. When booking is approved, the watch commander shall complete the Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00, and sign his/her name and serial number in the “APPROVING WATCH COMMANDER” section of the form.

Note: Officers shall not sign or otherwise write any name for a supervisor in any Department report or form requiring an approving supervisor’s signature.

Officers or detectives assigned to Areas (Vice, Detective Divisions, Gang Enforcement Detail, Patrol, etc.) shall obtain booking approval from their respective Area patrol watch commander before booking any arrestee into any jail facility.

Officers or detectives assigned to specialized divisions shall obtain booking approval from one of the 19 Area patrol watch commanders or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division, before booking any arrestee into any jail facility.

The watch commander of any Department jail shall have the final responsibility for all arrestees booked at that jail. When a Jail Division watch commander questions a booking approved by an Area patrol watch commander, the Jail Division watch commander shall contact the approving Area patrol watch commander.

When a difference of opinion remains, the watch commander in charge of the jail facility shall make the final determination.

Adult Felony Traffic Arrests. Booking advice for adult felony traffic arrests shall be obtained from a supervisor in the concerned bureau traffic division.

The detective or supervisor providing booking advice shall:

  • Provide the requesting officer with a completed Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00, listing the appropriate Justice Information System Booking Charge Table, when applicable; and,

  • Review all related reports for required content and place initials and serial number at the conclusion of the narrative portion of each report.

The reviewed reports shall be submitted for approval to the arresting officer's supervisor in the Area of arrest.

Fugitive Bookings. When a person is arrested on a local charge, and is also wanted by an out-of-state jurisdiction, the Area watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division, shall provide booking advice/approval on the local charge. Upon approval, the Fugitive Warrant Section shall be telephoned without delay, or when closed, Jail Division Watch Commander, for booking advice on the fugitive charge. Once the booking advice has been obtained, the Area watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division, shall provide the booking approval on the local charge, with the fugitive charge placed supplementary. Fugitive Warrant Section has the final authority on booking charges for out-of-state issues.

Fraud-Forgery Bookings. When the arrest involves an offense over which Commercial Crimes Division has jurisdiction, and the concerned investigating officers are not available, the suspect shall be interviewed by the concerned watch commander, or OIC. The concerned supervisor may, before booking or release of a felony suspect, telephone Detective Support and Vice Division for advice.

Valley Forgery Bookings. When the arrest is for an offense over which Valley Forgery investigating officers have jurisdiction and the concerned investigating officers are not available, the suspect shall be interviewed by a Van Nuys Area supervisor.

Advice for Felony Narcotic Bookings. Booking approval for adults arrested for felony narcotic or dangerous drug violations shall be provided by the Area watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division. When booking advice is required from a court‑qualified narcotics expert, the concerned Area watch commander shall notify Gang and Narcotics Division.

Field Enforcement Sections, Gang and Narcotics Division, are responsible for providing court‑qualified narcotics experts to concerned Operations Bureau Patrol Divisions for 11550 H&S (hype) schematic diagrams, when requested, between 0800 and 2000 hours, Monday through Friday.

Note: When concerned bureau, Gang and Narcotics Division, Field Enforcement Section personnel are not available, pre‑booking processing shall be performed by a court‑qualified narcotics expert deployed in a geographic patrol division. The following guidelines shall be adhered to when securing a court‑qualified narcotics expert in the absence of Field Enforcement Section personnel:

  • Area personnel who are court‑qualified narcotics experts may be utilized in the absence of Field Enforcement Section experts.

  • If no court‑qualified narcotics expert is deployed within an Area, the concerned watch commander shall request a court‑qualified officer from an adjoining Area within the concerned geographic Operations Bureau.

  • In instances in which no court‑qualified narcotics expert is available, the concerned watch commander shall ensure that Field Enforcement Section personnel, responsible for enforcement in that Operations Bureau, are notified of the arrest by 0900 hours on their next regular working day.

  • When the magnitude of an investigation dictates the immediate attention of a narcotics investigator, the concerned watch commander shall contact the Administrative Unit, Detective Support and Vice Division, to locate an available narcotics expert.

When the investigative supervisor is giving booking advice for felony narcotics violations, he/she may complete a preliminary chemical test on the suspected narcotic or dangerous drug, if any. When booking advice is for a misdemeanor narcotic or dangerous drug violation, a preliminary chemical test shall be completed. Instructions for the completion of the test are contained on the testing equipment.

Note: The watch commander in charge of any Department jail facility shall have the final responsibility for all arrestees booked at that jail. When he/she questions a booking approval by another supervisor, he/she shall contact the approving supervisor. When a difference of opinion remains, the watch commander of the jail facility shall make the final determination.

Arrest Reports. Consistent with current procedure, the watch commander or a supervisor designated by the watch commander shall review all reports related to the arrest for appropriateness, legality, and conformance with Department policy and procedure taking into account the booking recommendation. Additionally, the watch commander or supervisor shall examine the reports for authenticity by ensuring that the reports do not contain any “canned” language, inconsistent information, or fail to articulate the legal basis for the action, or any indication that the information in the report(s) is not authentic or correct. Subsequent to review, the watch commander or his/her designee shall indicate approval by signing (including serial number) the report(s).

216.02 ADVICE/APPROVAL ON MISDEMEANOR BOOKINGS.

Booking Advice – Defined. Booking advice is the recommendation given to the watch commander regarding what charge(s) an arrestee should be booked for based on the circumstances of the arrest.

Booking Approval – Defined. Booking approval is the final authority given to an officer to incarcerate an arrestee into a jail facility on a given charge(s).

Booking Advice Procedure. Prior to booking an arrestee on a misdemeanor charge at any jail facility, booking advice may be obtained from the on-duty investigative entity responsible for the follow up investigation.

When available, or in complex arrests requiring additional review, the investigative supervisor giving booking advice shall review all related reports for required content and place his/her initials and serial number at the conclusion of the narrative portion of each report. This change does not affect other Department procedure associated with booking approval and booking advice.

Advice for a juvenile booking shall be obtained from the on-duty Area Detective Division. When the detective division is closed, booking advice shall be obtained from the Area watch commander assigned to patrol.

Telephonic Booking Advice. When it is impractical to obtain a signature from the on-duty investigative supervisor responsible for providing booking advice, the watch commander giving booking approval may obtain such advice telephonically.

In these cases, the approving watch commander shall write the name of the advising investigative supervisor followed by the watch commander’s initials, and place a check in the box titled “TELEPHONIC ADVICE” on the Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00.

Booking Approval Procedure. Booking approval for any arrest, shall only be obtained from the Area watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division.

When providing approval, the watch commander shall review each arrest for appropriateness, legality, and conformance with Department policy and procedure. When booking is approved, the watch commander shall complete the Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00, and sign his/her name and serial number in the “APPROVING WATCH COMMANDER” section of the form.

Note: Officers shall not sign or otherwise write any name for a supervisor in any Department report or form requiring an approving supervisor’s signature.

Officers or detectives assigned to Areas (Vice, Detective Division, Gang Enforcement Detail, Patrol, etc.) shall obtain booking approval from their respective Area watch commander before booking any arrestee into any jail facility.

Officers or detectives assigned to specialized divisions shall obtain booking approval from one of the 19 Area watch commanders or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division, before booking any arrestee into any jail facility.

The watch commander approving the booking of an arrestee on a misdemeanor charge shall strictly adhere to the provisions for mandatory release of misdemeanor arrestees (Manual Section 4/216.65).

In addition, the watch commander shall also verify that:

  • The appropriate booking charge is listed exactly as depicted in the Automated Justice Information System Booking Charge Table;

  • The specific reason for continued custody is indicated on the form; and,

  • A person arrested for two or fewer warrants for failure to appear on a citation for a parking offense or traffic infraction, has been informed of the right to immediate cash bailout (Manual Section 4/682.15).

Note: Detention officers shall not accept an arrestee from a Department employee unless there is a completed Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00, or a Short Arrest Report, Form 05.02.01, for the arrestee. The name and serial number of the approving watch commander shall be placed on the Los Angeles Consolidated Booking Form in the lower left portion of the Property box and in the narrative portion of the arrest report when one is required.

The watch commander of any Department jail facility shall have the final responsibility for all arrestees booked at that jail. When a Jail Division watch commander questions a booking approved by an Area watch commander, the Jail Division watch commander shall contact the approving Area watch commander.

When a difference of opinion remains, the watch commander in charge of the jail facility shall make the final determination.

Arrest Reports. Consistent with current procedure, the watch commander or a supervisor designated by the watch commander shall review all reports related to the arrest for appropriateness, legality, and conformance with Department policy and procedure taking into account the booking recommendation. Additionally, the watch commander or supervisor shall examine the reports for authenticity by ensuring that the reports do not contain any “canned” language, inconsistent information, or fail to articulate the legal basis for the action, or any indication that the information in the report is not authentic or correct. Subsequent to review, the watch commander or his/her designee shall indicate approval by signing (including serial number) the reports.

216.03 RESTRAINING ORDERS. Restraining Orders (RO) and Temporary Restraining Orders (TRO) include, but are not limited to, Domestic Violence Restraining Orders (DVRO), Emergency Protective Orders (EPO), Orders After Hearing (OAH), Juvenile Orders (JUV), Criminal Protective Orders (CPO), and Temporary Workplace Harassment Orders (WHO). Some of these orders are issued by a criminal court (criminal order), while others are from civil court (civil order). A civil order is as enforceable as a criminal order. If a victim possesses both a criminal and civil order, the criminal order takes precedence over the civil order.

When an Area receives an RO, whether delivered in person or by fax, the record clerk (or designated person) must query the California Restraining and Protective Order System (CARPOS) to determine if an entry has previously been made.  If the query reflects an existing RO entry, the records clerk will write the File Control Number (FCN) issued in CARPOS on the RO and the RO folder.  If the RO is not present in CARPOS, the records clerk must enter the pertinent information from the RO into CARPOS and obtain an FCN.  The CARPOS generated FCN will be documented on the RO and the RO folder.

Exception:  If the RO is connected to an existing crime report, the associated DR number and the FCN must be written on the RO and the RO folder.

In all instances, the FCN will take precedence for tracking purposes.

Inputting the RO should be a priority over other tasks due to the high risk of incident to the victim.

Multiple Orders – Enforcement. If there is more than one civil order involving the same parties, the officer must enforce the last order issued. If there are both civil and criminal orders involving the same parties, the officer must enforce the most recently issued criminal order.

Complainant in Possession of a Restraining Order. When officers are presented with a Restraining Order in the field or at the Area desk, they must:

  • Verify that the order has been certified by the issuing court;

Note: A certified copy of an order will bear an ink stamp signed by the deputy clerk of the court documenting authenticity.

  • Ensure that the order has not expired;

  • Review the proof of service to ensure it was properly served upon the restrained party/respondent;

  • Ensure that the Domestic Violence Restraining Order-Law Enforcement Information Form (Information Form) supplied by the court is completed. If an Information Form has not been completed, the officer will give a form to the plaintiff for completion. The Information Form will then be attached to the order; and,

Note: When an order is received in the mail and the Information Form has not been completed, the Subpoena Control Officer will telephonically contact the plaintiff and obtain the necessary information for completion of the form.

  • Forward the Information Form and the proof of service to the Area Subpoena Control Officer.

Note: Officers' responsibilities at the scene of a domestic disturbance remain unchanged.

When the Department Does Not Have a Copy of the Restraining Order. When officers discover that this Department does not possess an order that was presented in the field, they will determine whether the complainant has an extra copy of the order. If so, officers will request one and deliver it to the Area desk.

Note: Area desk personnel are responsible for ensuring that an entry is completed on the Restraining Order Control Log, Form 15.40.00, and the FCN is documented.

Should no additional copy be available, and photocopying is impractical, officers must promptly notify the Area desk and provide the following information:

  • Name of complainant;

  • Address restrained from (if indicated);

  • Date of issuance;

  • Date of expiration; and,

  • Court case number.

Area desk personnel receiving the above information will record the information in the Restraining Order Control Log.

When unable to obtain a copy of the order, officers will request the complainant to deliver a copy to the Area desk (or provide one to be photocopied) as soon as possible.

Note: No enforcement action may be taken as a result of the information contained on the Restraining Order Control Log. The Restraining Order Control Log is used to assist officers in locating the order within the Department. If an officer cannot locate the order and the complainant does not have a copy of the order, no enforcement action may be initiated by officers pursuant to Penal Code Section 273.6 (Willful and Knowing Violations of Orders to Domestic Violence), or Penal Code Section 166 (Criminal Contempt). If the complainant insists upon making a citizen's arrest, officers will be guided by Manual Sections 4/216.31, 4/216.32, 4/216.33, and 4/216.34 of the Department Manual.

Proof of Service. An order must be accepted from the complainant whether or not the proof of service has been completed. The complainant will be advised that personal service of the order is required before enforcement can be taken against the respondent. If a person named in an order has not been served personally with the order, but has received actual notice of the existence and substance of the order through personal appearance in court to hear the terms of the order from the court, no additional proof of service is required for enforcement of the order.

When proof of service is not attached to an otherwise valid order presented to officers in the field, the officers must contact the Area desk to determine whether other officers of this Department accomplished the proof of service. If prior proof of service cannot be established, officers will advise the restrained party/respondent that a valid order is in effect and state its conditions to the respondent. If the complainant has an extra copy of the order, officers will give it to the respondent.

Officers must complete the proof of service when:

  • The complainant is in possession of an incomplete proof of service; and,

  • The officers advised the respondent of the conditions of the order.

If the respondent is present at the scene, officers must document how the service of the order was accomplished in the narrative of any crime, arrest, or Domestic Violence Incident Report completed, pursuant to Penal Code Section 13730.

Complainant Not in Possession of an Order. Officers at the scene of a dispute where a valid order is alleged to exist, but the complaining person does not possess a copy of the order, will attempt to telephonically verify the existence of the order through the Consolidated Crime Analysis Database (CCAD) and CAROS. 

Note: If an officer cannot locate the order, no enforcement action may be initiated by the officers.

If the officer determines that an order has been issued, but not served, the officer must immediately notify the respondent of the terms of the order. Verbal notice of the terms of the order is sufficient notice.

The verbal notice must be documented in the related crime, arrest or Domestic Violence Incident Report. If no report is required, note the verbal notice in the Daily Field Activities Report (DFAR), Form 15.52.00. The officer must also include the name and assignment of the officer notifying the respondent and the case number of the order. Additionally, the officer must advise the respondent to go to the court to obtain a copy of the complete order.

Failure to Comply. When, after notification of the conditions of the order, the respondent fails to comply, officers must:

  • Arrest the restrained party; and,

  • Book for 273.6 P.C. (Willful and Knowing Violation of Orders to Domestic Violence), or 166 P.C. (Criminal Contempt).

If a violation of the order did not occur in the presence of the officers and proof of service can be established, officers shall:

  • Proceed with a private person's arrest for 273.6 P.C. or 166 P.C.; or,

  • Complete a Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00 entitled "Contempt of Court," if the suspect left the scene prior to the officers arrival.

The narrative section of related crime and arrest reports must contain the following information:

  • Court case number;

  • Expiration date;

  • Manner in which the proof of service was accomplished and by whom; and,

  • Verbatim listing of the conditions of the order.

Notifications. Officers, as soon as practical, must notify the Area desk maintaining the order of what enforcement action was taken, (i.e., field interview, crime report, physical arrest). Department employees receiving the notification will attach a brief narrative summary to the file copy of the order. The summary should also include:

  • File Control Number;

  • DR/Booking numbers, if applicable;

  • Date and time of the incident;

  • Name, serial number and unit designation of the responding officers; and,

  • Initials and serial number of the employee recording the information.

When proof of service was effected in the field, the officers should include the following information in their notification:

  • Name of the respondent;

  • Manner that proof of service was accomplished;

  • Date and time served; and,

  • Name, serial number and unit designation of the officer accomplishing service.

Desk officers receiving notification of an order not on file with this Department will record the information on the Restraining Order Control Log. The initials and serial number of the officer completing the log must be included under "additional." Proof of service and enforcement actions taken pursuant to the order must also be recorded on the log until a file copy of the order can be obtained.

Note: Officers at the scene of a labor dispute will be guided by the provisions of Manual Section 1/460.30 and must contact Labor Relations Unit before taking any enforcement action on an order.

Recording the Issuance of a Restraining Order on a Report. If a report has been completed and the notification of the existence of an order has been communicated to the respondent, the officer must record how the service of the order was accomplished in the narrative of the report.

If no report is required, the officer must provide the name and assignment of the officer notifying the respondent and the case number of the order on the DFAR.

Upon service of the order outside of the court, the officer must advise the respondent to go to the local court to obtain a copy of the order containing the full terms and conditions of the order.

Peace Officers Named as Respondents. When a Subpoena Control Officer receives a Restraining Order that identifies the respondent as a member of a law enforcement agency, the subpoena control officer must notify his or her commanding officer. The commanding officer will ensure that a copy of the order is sent to the Chief of Police of the involved agency. If the respondent is a member of the Department, the commanding officer will forward a copy of the order to the Commanding Officer, Internal Affairs Group.

216.04 RESTRAINING ORDERS ISSUED BY JURISDICTION.

Within the State of California. If a party alleges an order exists in an outside jurisdiction within California, officers shall contact that law enforcement agency and verify the information before taking enforcement action. Statewide agencies Foreign jurisdictions making inquiries to this Department regarding Restraining Orders shall be directed to the concerned Area desk.

Out-of-State Restraining Orders. When an out-of-state Restraining Order is presented to the officer, the officer shall review it for completeness. If the out-of-state Restraining Order is complete, then it is considered valid in the State of California. If it is deficient, an EPO should be sought and the EPO guidelines should be followed.

216.05 ADVICE ON MISDEMEANOR WARRANT BOOKINGS. Watch commanders approving the booking of an arrestee on a computer‑generated misdemeanor warrant shall place their name and serial number on each warrant information teletype after ascertaining that the information on the arrestee and the descriptors on the warrant match.

When the identity of the arrestee is not obvious, the advising supervisor shall cause an Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, to be completed, which documents the evidence identifying the arrestee as the warrant suspect.

Note: When it is determined that a suspect in custody is not the person on the warrant abstract, the watch commander shall cause the warrant to be reactivated by the concerned jail unit (Manual Section 4/611). A warrant shall not be reactivated unless it has been positively ascertained that an arrestee is not booked pursuant to the authority of the warrant in question.

216.06 DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL OF RESTRAINING ORDERS.

Distribution of Restraining Orders. The Warrant Teletype Unit (WTU), Records and Identification Division (R&I) or Geographical Area, upon receiving a restraining order from the issuing court clerk, will input the restraining order information into the Department of Justice Domestic Violence Restraining Order System (DVROS) when the restraining order is one of the specific types for which such entry is required under Family Code Section 6830.

Area Subpoena Control Officer's Responsibilities. Upon receipt of a restraining order, proof of service, and the Information Form, Area Subpoena Control Officers must:

  • Record the File Control Number (FCN) in the upper right corner of all pages of the order;

  • Maintain a Restraining Order Control Log, Form 15.40.00, of valid orders on file;

  • Establish a file of restraining orders in a location accessible to uniformed desk personnel;

  • Periodically purge expired restraining orders from the active file; and,

  • Forward the order, proof of service, and the Law Enforcement Information Form to Area records personnel for entry of restraining order information into the DOJ DVRO database.

Note: Restraining orders will be retained by the respective Area or the Restraining Order System, Records and Identification Division, for two years beyond the date of expiration.

216.07 SEIZURE OF FIREARMS AT DOMESTIC VIOLENCE INCIDENTS. When an officer seizes a firearm at the scene of a domestic violence incident involving a threat to human life or a physical assault, the officer shall seize the firearm in accordance with Manual Section 4/560.35 and Penal Code Section 18250.

216.08 DOMESTIC VIOLENCE RESTRAINING ORDER SYSTEM. The Department of Justice, with the authority of Section 6380 of the Family Code, mandates that law enforcement agencies enter information from the following restraining orders into the Department of Justice Domestic Violence Restraining Order System (DVROS):

  • Emergency Protective Orders;

  • Order to Show Cause and Temporary Restraining Orders that pertain to domestic violence;

  • Restraining Orders After Hearings that pertain to domestic violence;

  • Restraining Orders that are issued by the juvenile court that pertain to domestic violence;

  • Order to Show Cause and Temporary Restraining Orders that prohibit harassment;

  • Order After Hearing on Petition for Injunction Prohibiting Harassment;

  • Protective Orders in Criminal Proceedings;

  • Out-of-State Domestic Violence Protective Orders which have been registered in California with the Superior Court; and,

  • Workplace Harassment Orders.

The Warrant Teletype Unit (WTU), Records and Identification Division, upon receiving a restraining order from the issuing court clerk, shall input the restraining order information into the Department of Justice Domestic Violence Restraining Order System when the restraining order is one of the specific types for which such entry is required under Family Code Section 6830.

Area records personnel who receive a restraining order which requires entry into the DVROS, shall continue to input the restraining order information into the DVROS.

216.12 RECORDING OF BOOKING APPROVAL.

Felonies. The name and serial number of the watch commander giving a felony booking approval shall be placed in the narrative portion of the arrest report.

All arrest reports shall be approved and signed by a Department supervisor and checked for probable cause, propriety, essential information, clarity, and legibility.

When available, or in complex arrests requiring additional review, the investigative supervisor giving booking advice shall review all related reports for required content and place his/her initials and serial number at the conclusion of the narrative portion of each report.

Misdemeanors. The name and serial number of the watch commander giving a misdemeanor booking approval shall be placed in the lower left portion of the "Property" box on the Booking and Identification Record and in the narrative portion of the arrest report, when one is completed.

Note: Officers shall not sign or otherwise write any name for a supervisor in any Department report or form requiring an approving supervisor’s signature.

216.14 CRIME REPORTED ON ARREST REPORT. The "Crime Report" Section of the Arrest Report may be used in lieu of a Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, when:

  • All suspects identified as the perpetrators are in custody;

  • All the property is recovered;

  • Only one crime is involved; AND,

  • The procedure is approved by the watch commander or investigating supervisor advising the booking.

Use of Form, DR Numbers and Number of Reports Required. Procedures relating to the IR apply to the Combined Crime and Arrest Report.

Completion. An officer using a Combined Crime and Arrest Report shall:

  • Mark the "Crime Report" checkbox at the top of the Arrest Report, enter the name of the victim in the space immediately under this checkbox, and complete the "Combined Crime Report" Section;

Note: If multiple arrestees, follow the above direction on one face sheet only. If applicable, use the face sheet of the arrestee most likely to be filed on.

  • Obtain a DR number and enter it in both spaces provided at the top of the report.

  • Enter complete victim information under "Involved Persons";

  • Use the standard arrest narrative sequence; (i.e., Co‑arrestees, Source of Activity, Observations, Arrest, Booking, and Specific Headings). Include a listing and disposition of all property taken, unless this information is contained on an Evidence Continuation page; and,

  • Include the incident number, if generated prior to arrest, in the "Source of Activity" section of the report.

216.15 EVIDENCE REPORT COMBINED WITH ARREST REPORT. Evidence booked in conjunction with an arrest may be reported as follows:

If only one arrestee, no firearm booked, and no more than two items of evidence, the face sheet of the Arrest Report is the evidence report. In this instance, the reporting officer shall:

  • Check the "Evidence" checkbox at top of the report;

  • Complete the "Combined Evidence Report" Section on the report;

  • Enter details relating to the evidence in the narrative; and,

  • Forward a copy of the Arrest Report face sheet with the evidence.

If more than one arrestee, a firearm is booked, or more than two items of evidence, the Property Report stapled to the Arrest Report face sheet is the evidence report. In this instance, the reporting officer shall:

  • Check the "Combined Evidence" checkbox at the top of the Arrest Report face sheet;

Note: On multiple arrests, this checkbox is checked on all face sheets, and the name of the arrestee to whom the evidence is booked is entered immediately below that checkbox on all face sheets.

  • Complete the shaded areas of the Property Report, including details and listing of the evidence;

  • Number the Property Report as the last page of the Arrest Report; and,

Exception: On juvenile arrests, the Juvenile Arrest Supplemental Report, Form 05.02.06, followed by the Juvenile Automated Index printout are the last two numbered pages of the Arrest Report (Manual Section 4/218.60).

  • Forward a copy of the Property Report, stapled to the Arrest Report face sheet, with the evidence.

Exceptions: A Property Report shall not be combined with an Arrest Report when:

  • The evidence is related to previously booked evidence. In this instance, the evidence shall be booked to the same person (or firm) as on the original Property Report and under the original DR number. The item numbering shall start with the next sequential number from the original report;

  • Reporting additional license plates. One plate, or set of plates, may be reported using the combined procedure. Additional plates require separate Property Reports with separate DR numbers (Manual Section 5/040.56); and,

  • The booking employee's supervisor determines that use of a separate complete Property Report would be a more expedient means of booking the evidence under the given circumstances.

DR Number. A DR number is required for an Arrest Report on which booked evidence is listed.

Completion-Private Person's Arrest. When evidence is booked under the combined procedure, and the arrest is by a private person, the name, serial number, division and detail of the officer booking the evidence shall be entered in the space provided on the Arrest Report face sheet; i.e., the second line of "Reporting Officer(s)."

216.16  ELECTRONIC PROBABLE CAUSE DETERMINATION/DECLARATION

 

ARRESTING OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Upon the completion of an arrest report that requires a PCD, the arresting officer must access the Los Angeles Superior Court Data and Document Exchange Service (DDES) website, via the "e-PCD" link under the Applications menu in the Department's Local Area Network (LAN) homepage or type https://ddes.lasuperiorcourt.org in the address bar of the LAN homepage. The officer must enter his/her full Department email address in the "User ID" and use his/her LAN password to log into the DDES website. Upon logging into the DDES website, officers must:

 

  • Complete an e-PCD for each adult arrestee and adequately document the probable cause for the arrest;

 

Note: Officers have the option to attach a signed copy of the arrest report to the e-PCD via the DDES website.

 

  • Click on the "Submit For Approval" button to electronically submit the e-PCD to the watch commander for approval, and,

  • Monitor their "Supervisor Return List" in the DDES website for e-PCDs that are returned for correction from the watch commander.  Officers must make the necessary correction and resubmit the   e-PCD.

 

The processing of an e-PCD eliminates the requirement for attaching a hard copy PCD to the original arrest report.  In the event an officer cannot complete an e-PCD (e.g., juvenile arrest or the system is down), the officer must complete a hard copy PCD consistent with past practices.

 

WATCH COMMANDER'S RESPONSIBILITIES. Watch Commanders must log into the DDES website at the start of his/her shift to ensure there are no open or rejected e-PCDs.  When reviewing an arrest report, watch commanders must:

 

  • Review the e-PCD related to the arrest report;

  • Ensure an e-PCD is submitted for each arrestee;

  • Ensure the e-PCD is accurately completed and that the probable cause is adequately documented; and,

  • Upon approval, click the "eFile to court" button to forward the e-PCD to a magistrate for review.

 

Note: If not approved, the watch commander must electronically send the e-PCD back to the concerned officer. The watch commander must also ensure that the concerned officer acknowledges 

the disapproval.

 

If an e-PCD is opened and no action is taken, it remains assigned to the opening watch commander, which prevents other watch commanders from approving the e-PCD. To ensure this does not occur, upon review and approval, the e-PCD must be forwarded immediately to a magistrate for review. The e-PCDs that are forwarded to a magistrate will be listed under the "Submitted List."

 

Watch commanders must continuously monitor the "Submitted List" during his/her shift, for e-PCDs that have been rejected by the magistrate. Watch commanders must review the heading "Probable Cause Not Found" and ensure the following:                                         

 

  • Return the rejected e-PCD electronically to the arresting officer(s), if available, for appropriate corrections;

  • If the arresting officer(s) is unavailable (e.g., end of watch), the watch commander may use the "Behalf of Feature" and make the appropriate corrections;

  • Ensure the revised e-PCD references the rejected e-PCD in "the facts" box (e.g., "This is a revision to e-PCD No. 12345 that was previously rejected for probable cause not found);

  • Ensure the revised e-PCD contains additional facts taken from the narrative of the approved arrest report to support a finding of probable cause;

  • Ensure the corrected e-PCDs are re-submitted to the magistrate for review, and,

 

Note: If the watch commander becomes aware of an e-PCD rejected for Probable Cause Not Found and the expiration date and time has passed, there is no need to submit a new e-PCD. Jail Division cannot hold arrestees more than 48 hours without a finding of probable cause. The arrestee will have been released from custody.

 

  • Prior to logging off, ensure that there are no open or rejected e-PCDs.

 

In the event the e-PCD system is down, the watch commander must ensure that the arresting officer completes a hard copy PCD and attach a copy of the related arrest report. The watch commander must ensure the signed PCD and the copy of the arrest report is forwarded to a magistrate for review.

 

JAIL DIVISION'S WATCH COMMANDER RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Jail Division Watch Commander is responsible for monitoring the DDES website to ensure that a finding of probable cause was present for each arrestee. If such a finding is not present within 24-hours of receiving the arrestee, the watch commander or designee must:

 

  • Promptly notify the arresting division's watch commander;

  • Follow-up with the watch commander to ensure receipt of the notification; and,

  • Record the arresting division watch commander's name and serial number.

 

If the arrestee's offense is a serious felony, Jail Division must use reasonable efforts to make a second notification prior to releasing the arrestee. In the event the e-PCD system is down, Jail Division personnel must verify the status of the PCD via the Network Communication System (NECS) or telephonically contact the appropriate court.

 

RECORD UNIT'S RESPONSIBILITY. The processing of an e-PCD eliminates the requirement for attaching a hard copy of a adult PCD to the arrest report.

 

AREA COMMANDING OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY. Each Area commanding officer is responsible for ensuring compliance with this Order.

 

216.17 CLEARANCE OF CRIME REPORTS. Misdemeanor crimes reported on combined crime and arrest reports (Manual Section 4/216.14) are cleared automatically by Information Technology Division. A Follow‑Up Investigation, Form 03.14.00, is required to clear other misdemeanor crime and felony crime reports.

216.20 ARREST OF ARMED FORCES PERSONNEL. An officer arresting a member of the Armed Forces shall include in the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, the arrestee's:

  • Rank and serial number;

  • Branch of service;

  • Organizational unit and its location;

  • Dress (uniform or civilian clothes);

  • Duty status (on pass, on orders, AWOL, deserter); and,

  • The word "MILITARY" shall be printed in the upper left margin.

216.22 CRIMES AGAINST POLICE OFFICER CASES INVOLVING LOS ANGELES POLICE DEPARTMENT OFFICERS. When an on‑duty Los Angeles police officer or firefighter is the victim of an assault, misdemeanor battery, or interfering and booking is recommended, the arresting officer shall process the arrestee and the related crime and arrest reports in the same manner that all other misdemeanor crimes are processed.

216.23 ARRESTS FOR INTERFERING, RESISTING ARREST, OR ASSAULT ON AN OFFICER.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. When a person is charged with the California Penal Code (PC) sections listed below, the watch commander shall conduct a pre-booking evaluation to determine whether issues or concerns regarding training, policy, or tactics need to be addressed.  A pre-booking evaluation is not required for additional filing requests.

  • 69PC Obstructing or resisting peace officers by threats or violence;

  • 148(a)(1)PC Resisting, delaying, or obstructing a peace officer;

  • 148(b)PC Removing or taking a weapon, other than a firearm, from a peace officer;

  • 148(c)PC Removing or taking a firearm from a peace officer;

  • 148(d)PC Attempting to remove or take a firearm from a peace officer;

  • 241(c)PC Assault against a peace officer;

  • 243(b) & (c)PC Battery against a peace officer or custodial officer, respectively;

  • 244.5(c)PC Assault on a peace officer with a stungun or taser;

  • 245(c)PC Assault with a deadly weapon, other than a firearm, on a peace officer; and,

  • 245(d)PC Assault with a firearm, machine gun, or assault weapon on a peace officer.

Additionally, the watch commander shall:

  • Document that an evaluation was completed on the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00;

  • Take appropriate action when the results of the evaluation raise issues or concerns regarding training, policy, or tactics; and,

  • Reference all forms used for documenting the results of the pre-booking evaluation on the Watch Commander’s Daily Report.

Note: The use of the Watch Commander's Daily Report to document personnel issues associated with evaluations compromises the confidentiality of employee files. Therefore, the watch commander shall document positive and negative duty performance, training needs, and any counseling associated with the evaluation on an Employee Comment Sheet, Form 01.77.00.

When the result of the evaluation is documented on a separate report, it is not necessary to duplicate the evaluation on another report.

Commanding Officer’s Responsibility. The commanding officer shall ensure watch commanders:

  • Complete a pre-booking evaluation when the primary charge against an arrestee is an offense listed in this section; and,

  • Complete the required documentation for that evaluation.

216.25 MARIJUANA ARREST PROCEDURES.

Possession of Marijuana-Sole Offense.

One Ounce or Less (Weight, Not Volume). An adult arrested for 11357(b) H&S (Possession of One Ounce or Less of Marijuana) or 11360(b) H&S (Transporting or Giving Away One Ounce or Less of Marijuana) shall be released from custody and not booked unless he/she:

  • Cannot satisfactorily identify himself; OR,

  • Demands to be booked; OR,

  • Refuses to sign the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02.

Note: Other reasons for non-release of misdemeanor arrestees, as outlined in Section 853.6(j) PC, do not apply when the arrest is for 11357(b) or 11360(b) H&S.

More Than One Ounce (Weight, Not Volume). An adult arrested for 11357 (c) H&S (Possession of More Than One Ounce of Marijuana) shall be booked and then evaluated for release in accordance with Section 853.6 PC.

Possession of Marijuana-Additional Offenses. An adult arrested for an offense in addition to 11357(b), 11357(c), or 11360(b) H&S shall be booked for the non‑marijuana offense. (For example, an adult arrested for Battery who is also in possession of one ounce or less of marijuana shall be booked for Battery. The elements of all offenses committed by the arrestee shall be included in the Arrest Report).

Exception: When an adult is arrested for a misdemeanor warrant and 11357(b) or 11360(b) H&S and can be satisfactorily identified, a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, and an RFC Report Continuation, Form 05.02.08, shall be completed for the marijuana offense, and the arrestee shall be booked for the warrant. The booking number for the warrant booking shall be entered on the RFC Report.

Determining Charge. When the quantity and/or composition of the substance possessed by the arrestee raises doubt concerning the offense to be charged, the arresting officer shall transport the arrestee to the station, where the evidence shall be weighed and tested.

Note: Scales to weigh marijuana in the field are possessed by field supervisors and Area narcotics investigators.

Arrest Report-Completion. The Arrest Report shall contain the following information:

  • Prima facie case for all offenses committed by the arrestee;

  • The quantity of marijuana possessed by the arrestee, as determined by the laboratory scales at the station; and,

  • The results of the preliminary drug test on the marijuana, if applicable.

Misdemeanor Marijuana Arrests-Booking Location. When an arrestee is to be booked for 11357(b), 11357(c), or 11360(b) H&S, the location of booking shall be the same as for other misdemeanor arrestees.

Combined Marijuana/Traffic Arrest Procedures. When an adult has committed a citable traffic violation and is then found to be in possession of marijuana constituting a misdemeanor, the officer shall, if the traffic offense is to be charged, proceed as follows:

  • Possession, Transporting, or Giving Away One Ounce or Less, AND Eligible for Release From Custody. When the offense is a violation of 11357(b) or 11360(b) H&S, the officer shall:

    • Complete an RFC Continuation Report, charging the marijuana offense;

Exception: When the driver of the vehicle is in possession of marijuana which constitutes a misdemeanor, the officer may opt to cite the driver under Vehicle Code Section 23222(b). The officer shall then complete a Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 04.50.00, (Citation), for 23222(b) VC and all additional Vehicle Code violations. The officer shall include in the narrative portion of the Traffic Notice to Appear, the probable cause for the traffic stop, and where the marijuana was subsequently located. The officer shall utilize a Continuation of Notice to Appear, Form 04.50.05, when necessary to include all required information and violations.

Note: An RFC shall not be issued to the driver for the Health and Safety Code violation if cited for 23222(b) VC.

  • Include the details of the traffic violation in the narrative portion of the RFC Report;

  • Request filing of the traffic violation under the heading "Additional Information";

  • Cite the arrestee to the appropriate court for combined marijuana/traffic offenses; and,

  • Complete a Citation Cancellation Request, Form 04.45.00, if a Traffic Notice to Appear has been issued for the traffic violation.

  • Possession of More Than One Ounce OR Ineligible for Release. When the traffic violator is in violation of 11357(c) H&S, or is ineligible for release, the officer shall:

    • Book the arrestee;

Note: An officer booking an arrestee in the metropolitan Areas, or at a County booking facility, shall inform the booking employee that a traffic violation is also being charged. The booking employee shall ensure that the arrestee is cited to appear in, or is transported to, the appropriate court.

  • Include the details of the traffic violation in the narrative portion of the Arrest Report;

  • Request filing of the traffic violation under the heading "Additional Information"; and,

  • Complete a Citation Cancellation Request, Form 04.45.00,  Traffic Notice to Appear has been issued for the traffic violation.

216.27 PCP ARREST PROCEDURES.

Arresting Officer's Responsibility. When an arrest is made for 11550(b) H&S (PCP), the arresting officer shall:

  • Obtain medical treatment prior to booking as outlined in Manual Section 4/648.10;

  • Request a Drug Recognition Expert (DRE) or, if none available, a Narcotics Expert;

  • If an on‑duty DRE or Narcotics Expert is not available within the concerned bureau, the arresting officer shall request the examining physician to include an opinion regarding objective symptoms and possible drug ingestion; and,

  • When applicable, include the Drug Influence Evaluation Form and the Admonishment for Urine Test, Form 08.40.01, as pages of the Arrest Report.

Drug Recognition Expert (DRE)/Narcotics Expert’s Responsibility. A DRE or Narcotics Expert is responsible for evaluating and rendering an opinion of the drug influence of 11550(b) H&S (PCP) arrestees. As part of the examination, the expert shall:

  • Admonish the arrestee as per the Admonition For Urine Test, obtain a urine sample, and complete that form;

  • Advise the arresting officer of any additional tests required;

  • Complete the Drug Influence Evaluation, Form 08.40.02; and,

  • Enter a brief description of the findings and the examining officer's name and serial number in the Remarks Section of the Booking Approval, Form 12.31.00.

Note: If during a drug evaluation, the expert determines that he/she is not qualified to render an opinion, the watch commander responsible for approving the booking shall determine if another expert should be called.

216.30 PRIVATE PERSON'S ARREST. Private persons desiring to make a lawful arrest for a misdemeanor not committed in an officer's presence shall be advised that they may:

  • Make a physical arrest; or,

  • Make a crime report and proceed through the City Attorney's Office.

216.31 PRIVATE PERSON'S LEGAL ARREST - RESPONSIBILITY. If an individual makes a private person’s arrest and requests that an officer take a person into custody, the officer shall do so if there is probable cause to believe a criminal offense has been committed or an arrest warrant has been issued for the person being arrested.

Note: Officers are not precluded from completing a Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00, for filing of a criminal complaint instead of arrest, if the arresting person agrees.

216.32 PRIVATE PERSON'S ARREST, ILLEGAL. When a private person's arrest is or appears to be illegal, the individual requesting police action shall be advised of the provisions of Section 847 PC. If the individual insists on the arrest, he or she shall be informed to seek his or her own legal counsel. Additionally, the officers shall:

  • Not take custody of the person;

  • Complete a Field Interview Report, Form 15.43.00 on all of the involved parties;

  • Notify a supervisor of the circumstances of the incident; and,

  • Complete an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, documenting the circumstances of the incident.

DOCUMENTING AN ILLEGAL PRIVATE PERSON’S ARREST.  When officers encounter a situation where a person has placed another person under private person’s arrest, and that arrest is or appears to be illegal, officers shall complete an Employee’s Report, Form 15.07.00.  The Employee’s Report shall include the following information:

 

·         The personal information of all persons involved (name, address, date of birth, etc.) as well as the incident information (location, Incident Number, Reporting District (RD), etc.);

·         Details of the circumstances leading to the private person’s arrest;

·         Document the circumstances that support the illegal arrest determination;

·         The advisement of the person making the arrest of California Penal Code Section 847;

·         The advisement of the person making the arrest to seek their own legal counsel;

·         Ensure that the Employee’s Report is addressed to the Area commanding officer of the involved Area;

·         Ensure that the location of the radio call is entered into the Location of Occurrence box on the Employee’s Report, followed by the RD number;

·         Name and serial number of the supervisor who was notified or at scene during the arrest; and,

·         The signature and serial number of the watch commander approving the Employee’s Report.

 

WATCH COMMANDER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  The watch commander reviewing the Employee’s Report

shall:

 

·   Review the Employee’s Report for thoroughness and content prior to approving the report;

·   Review the circumstances surrounding the incident and the lack of the elements of the crime; and,

·   Sign, date and place their serial number on the report in the space provided for the approving supervisor.

 

FILING OF THE EMPLOYEE’S REPORT, FORM 15.07.00.  Employees shall obtain a non-crime Division of

Records (DR) number for the Employee’s Report.  The original Employee’s Report shall be forwarded to the Area

commanding officer for review and, once reviewed, returned to the Area Records Unit for filing.  If a related

arrest/crime report is completed, a copy of the report shall be attached to the Employee’s Report prior to forwarding it

to the Area commanding officer. 

 

AREA RECORDS RESPONSIBILITIES.  Area Records personnel shall:

 

·   Ensure that all submitted Employee’s Reports documenting illegal private person’s arrests are given a non-crime DR number;

·   When obtaining a DR number for the Employee’s Report, enter “PPAREJECT” (Private Person’s Arrest Reject) in the victim’s last name field and the three-letter abbreviation for the division of occurrence (i.e., WIL-Wilshire), as the first  name in the involved party entry of the Automated DR Issuance System (ADRIS);

·   The reporting employee(s) shall be entered as a reporting party or parties (R01, etc.) on the PPARTY screen during the DR issuance process;

·   All other involved parties (i.e., the rejected arrestee, arrestor, or witnesses) shall be entered as parties (P01,P02,etc.), in no specific order, on the PPARTY screen during the DR issuance process; and,

·   Ensure that the original Employee’s Report, along with copies of any related reports, are forwarded to the Area

    commanding officer.

 

Note: If a crime report is completed and it is related to the private person’s arrest, the Employee’s Report shall be given the same DR number as the crime report.  Additionally, ”PPAREJECT” and the division of occurrence’s abbreviation shall be entered as an additional party to the crime (“P01”) on the PPARTY screen.  This will ensure the proper tracking and documentation of the Employee’s Report and its relationship to the crime report. 

 

AREA COMMANDING OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Area commanding officer shall:

 

           ·  Ensure that a file for all original Employee’s Reports which document private persons arrest that are or appear to

         be illegal is established and maintained in the Area Records Unit;

           · Review all Employee’s Reports for possible follow-up investigations;

           · After review and approval, ensure that the original reports are returned to the Area Records Unit for filing; and,

           · Ensure that the Employee’s Reports can be accessed and/or retrieved for further investigation and audit

        purposes.

 

216.33 RECEIVING ARRESTED PERSON. All persons involved in a private person's arrest shall be advised that officers are not making the arrest, but are merely receiving the arrested person. After receiving an arrested person, officers shall verify the identify of the person making the arrest and shall complete a Form 05.02.10 and ensure that the arresting person reads, understands and signs the form. Officers shall also determine the arrestee's eligibility for release from custody.

Note: Officers are no longer required to cause the arresting person to write the statement "I have arrested this person" or sign their full name, address, and telephone at the bottom of the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00.

Arrestee Eligible for Release From Custody. If it is determined that the arrestee is eligible for release from custody, the procedures outlined in Manual Section 4/216.65 shall be followed.

Arrestee Ineligible for Release From Custody. When it is determined that the arrestee is ineligible for release from custody, officers shall:

  • Request the arresting person to accompany the officers to the station;

  • Assist the arresting person in completing the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00. The officers' names and serial numbers shall appear only in the narrative portion of the report as "Transporting Officers" or as "Officers Receiving the Arrested Person;"

  • Cause the arresting person to sign his/her full name, address, and telephone number on the Private Persons Arrest form;

  • Obtain copies of any and all written reports completed by the arresting private person, or statements of guilt signed by the arrestee;

Note: If the arresting private person cannot or will not provide written documents pertaining to the arrest, a detailed statement explaining the circumstances shall be included in the arrest or RFC report.

  • Record the appropriate booking and DR numbers on the upper right corner of the documents;

  • Number the documents as separate pages of the arrest or RFC reports in sequence, following the last page of the narrative portion of the report.

Note: When using the Property Report, Form 10.01.00, in combined reporting, the Property Report shall be the last page.

  • Book the arrestee to the arresting private person; and,

  • Complete other necessary reports.

Note: The arresting private person need not accompany the officers to the station when:

  • The arrest is for petty theft or misdemeanor forgery; and,

  • The crime occurred at a regularly established place of business; and,

  • All the elements of the offense are present and there appears to be probable cause for the arrest; and,

  • The telephonic approval of the officer's watch commander has been obtained for this action.

216.34 AID FOR ARRESTING PRIVATE PERSON. Officers shall, upon demand, go to the aid of an arresting private person whose lawful arrest is being resisted (839 P.C.).

216.40 NON ‑ RESIDENT WITNESSES IN MISDEMEANOR CASES. When a witness in a misdemeanor case resides outside of the County of Los Angeles, all facts to which he/she can testify shall be incorporated in the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, or Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, and an RFC Report Continuation, Form 05.02.08.

 

216.49 SURVEILLANCE NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES Officers conducting surveillance shall notify the Los Angeles County Regional Criminal Information Clearinghouse (LA CLEAR) when reasonable/practical at 800-LA-CLEAR, (800-522-5327). The Los Angeles County Regional Criminal Information Clearinghouse is a 24-hour, seven day a week war room and an intelligence watch center. It provides a number of support functions, which include access to government databanks and a special operations center that supports covert surveillance operations. The Los Angeles County Regional Criminal Information Clearinghouse system will provide electronic pinpoint mapping that will alert the system if units are deemed to be in conflict.

SURVEILLANCE – DEFINED. To obtain intelligence, identify suspects, residences, criminal activity, places of employment, identify co-conspirators and associates, corroborate informant information, identify assets, establish daily patterns, and to build probable cause for an arrest or search warrant.

Exception: Scouting – Defined. The initial assessment of a location to ascertain if surveillance is warranted.

OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES. All Department personnel shall notify LA CLEAR prior to conducting a pre-planned surveillance operation. Once a surveillance operation is in progress, officers shall make ongoing notifications to LA CLEAR when reasonable and practical.

Officers shall make contact with other units within their area of operation if advised by LA CLEAR. Officers shall complete the Western States Information Network-Security Control Card, Form WS81/2, and fax it to LA CLEAR for access.

Note: The Los Angeles County Regional Criminal Information Clearinghouse is required to notify a unit of other investigations within a 1000-foot radius and provide contact information.

Department personnel shall notify LA CLEAR in order to prevent any conflicts with other plainclothes operations.

OFFICER IN CHARGE RESPONSIBILITIES. The Officer in Charge (OIC) or designee shall ensure that proper notifications are made prior to the initiation of a surveillance operation, when necessary. Additionally, the OIC shall ensure that officers under his/her command have completed the Western States Information Network-Security Control Card and have access to LA CLEAR.

Note: Professional Standards Bureau, Major Crimes Division, or entities with prior approval from their bureau commanding officer or the Chief of Police may be exempted from making the notifications.
 

216.50 STAKEOUT PROCEDURES. Officers on stakeout duty shall post themselves at the most advantageous location.

Visual Signals. If they are in a position to do so, witnesses shall be requested to offer visual signals to the stakeout officers. These signals shall be so arranged, and of such a nature, that they will not result in any danger to witnesses.

216.51 OBSERVATION POST.  An observation post (OP) is the use of a fixed-post position (e.g., car, building, etc.) intended to be stationary for a period of time, wherein the officers gather intelligence or observe a suspect’s actions and coordinate law enforcement actions.

Officer’s Responsibility.   All Department uniformed and plainclothes personnel shall obtain approval from his/her assigned Area watch commander (W/C) or Officer in Charge (OIC) and notify the W/C of the involved Area prior to the utilization of an OP. 

Note:  Only Professional Standards Bureau, Major Crimes Division or entities with prior approval from their bureau commanding officer or the Chief of Police are exempt from obtaining approval from their W/C or OIC.

A written Operation Plan, Form 12.22.00, shall be submitted to the approving W/C or OIC on all pre-planned OPs.  In the event of a “spontaneous OP,” or if circumstances preclude officers from creating a written Operation Plan, Form 12.22.00, verbal notification shall be made to the approving W/C or OIC. 

Note:  Verbal notification should include specific locations, duty assignments (i.e., arrest teams, communication officer, etc.), nearest hospital, radio frequency, etc.

If an OP is utilized and an arrest is made, the arresting officers shall document the Operation Plan, Form 12.22.00, (if completed) and the name of the supervisor providing oversight in the arrest report.

Supervisor’s Responsibility.  The assigned supervisor is not required to be present; however, they shall monitor the OP operation via Astro radio or direct communication with the involved officers.  The OP operation and the Operation Plan, Form 12.22.00, (if completed) shall be documented in the Sergeant’s Daily Report, Form 15.48.00.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility.  When a request for an OP is made, the W/C shall determine the need for an Operation Plan, Form 12.22.00, and the assignment of a supervisor to monitor the OP.  If an OP is approved, the watch commander shall document the approval and the OP operation in the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00.  The completed Operation Plan, Form 12.22.00, shall be attached to the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00.

216.52 WEARING OF BODY ARMOR DURING TACTICAL OPERATIONS.  All sworn personnel shall wear Department approved body armor when assigned to field related duties.  Additionally, identified civilian personnel shall wear Department approved body armor during all pre-planned tactical operations, and during any potentially violent situation in the field. All body armor issued, or purchased for use by Department personnel, shall meet or exceed Department specifications, and shall also be certified according to the most current National Institute of Justice (NIJ) standards at the time of purchase. Training Division has identified several civilian entities that are periodically tasked with responding to the field to assist sworn personnel. The following civilian personnel shall be required to have body armor in their possession when responding to field operations:

  • Audio-Visual Technicians;

  • Forensic Print Specialists;

  • Photographers;

  • Criminalists;

  • Police Surveillance Specialists;

  • Firearms Examiners;

  • Officers in Charge of these respective units; and,

  • All other civilian personnel that may respond to the field to assist sworn personnel in a violent or tactical situation.

The officer in charge of any police operation listed below shall ensure that all officers involved in the actual field operation wear body armor:

  • Any pre‑planned tactical operation at a location where officers have reason to believe an individual(s) may use a firearm to resist.

  • Serving a felony arrest warrant on a suspect not in custody.

Based on tactical considerations, the officer in charge shall specify which officers shall wear concealable body armor and which officers, if any, shall wear external bullet‑proof vests.

SWORN EMPLOYEE’S RESPONSIBILITIES. All sworn personnel shall:

  • Wear body armor at all times while engaged in uniform field duties;

Note: Sworn personnel working an off-duty uniform assignment (i.e., the Coliseum or Sports Arena) shall adhere to the on-duty requirements of this directive.

  •  Plain-clothes detectives who are in the field conducting tactical operations or engaged in field operations likely to result in contact with the suspect(s)shall wear body armor;

Note: Detectives out in the field conducting interviews of witnesses are not required to wear body armor.

  • Undercover officers (i.e. Vice and Narcotics) are exempt from wearing body armor when the wearing of body armor compromises their undercover position as a police officer. Undercover officers involved in undercover operations, such as close cover officers, shall wear body armor in all field operations when the wearing of body armor does not jeopardize the operation; and,

Note: The Commanding Officer can exempt plain-clothes officers from wearing body armor when deemed necessary.

  • Return previously issued, and/or expired armor to Supply Section personnel, once the employee has received new body armor.

Note: If body armor is not issued to, or returned by the employee, the reason shall be documented in writing on an Employee’s Report, Form 15.07.00, to the employee’s Commanding Officer.

CIVILIAN EMPLOYEE’S RESPONSIBILITIES. Civilian personnel assigned to assist sworn personnel during tactical field operations (where violence is likely to occur), shall:

  • Wear body armor; and,

Note: In any field situation where there may be a potential for violence, civilian personnel shall wear body armor. It is difficult to foresee when a stale situation may become violent; therefore, civilians shall have their body armor accessible to them at all times while performing field duties (i.e., in the vehicle or duty bag). Personnel tasked with responding to a pre-planned tactical operation, who do not have body armor, shall report to Fiscal Operations Division (FOD), Supply Section Uniform Shop, to check out and return body armor from the “loaner” stock.

  • Return previously issued and/or expired armor to Supply Section.

Note: If body armor is not issued to, or returned by the employee, the reason shall be documented in writing on an Employee’s Report, Form 15.07.00,to the employee’s Commanding Officer.

SUPERVISOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES. All supervisors assigned to uniform field duties shall:

  • Wear body armor at all times while engaged in field assignments;

  • Ensure that all sworn and civilian personnel involved in field operations wear body armor; and,

  • When involved in a pre-planned tactical operation (i.e., search warrants), supervisors shall specify which officers shall wear concealable body armor, and which officers, if any, shall wear external body armor.

AREA/DIVISIONAL TRAINING COORDINATOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES. Training Coordinators in each Area/division shall:

 

·         Ensure that all sworn and civilian personnel, who are issued body armor, are scheduled for their required fitting dates, prior to the five-year body armor expiration date, upon receiving notification.

 

Note:  All training coordinators shall act as liaison with Supply Section to ensure that all sworn and civilian personnel involved actual field operations are issued body armor

 

COMMANDING OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES. Commanding Officers shall:

  • Designate an employee, in the of a training coordinator, to ensure the proper issuance and return of body armor to sworn and specified civilian personnel;

  • Notify their training coordinator or designee with a list from Supply for fittings;

  • Ensure that their training coordinator or designee schedules assigned tings to ensure that all employees are fitted on their required fitting dates, prior to the five-year expiration date;

  • Ensure that the expiration date has not expired on the body armor issued to all sworn and civilian personnel assigned to their Area/division; 

  • Ensure that all sworn and civilian personnel involved in field operations are approved for and issued body armor prior to deploying in the field; and,

  • Authorize the exemptions of plain-clothes officers from wearing body armor, when deemed necessary.

SUPPLY SECTION FISCAL OPERATIONS DIVISION RESPONSIBILITIES.  Personnel assigned to Supply Section shall:

  • Maintain records of body armor expiration dates;

  • Notify all commanding officers of personnel in their command that are required for body armor fittings prior to the five-year expiration date;

  • Ensure distribution of body armor to the assigned employees; and,

  • Maintain records of personnel fitted/not fitted and body armor distributed/not distributed.

216.54 WEARING OF BODY ARMOR DURING WARRANT SERVICE. The Coordinating Supervisor (Sergeant, a Detective II or higher) at a search warrant location shall ensure that all personnel wear body armor.

216.60 ARRESTS OF POSTAL EMPLOYEES. When a postal employee driving a vehicle carrying mail is arrested for a felony, or a misdemeanor of which intoxication is an element, officers, in addition to the regular arrest procedure, shall:

  • Cause a telephonic report to be made, without delay, to the Supervisor of the Post Office Garage, United States Postal Service; and,

  • Make an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, containing the details of the arrest. A copy of this report shall be forwarded to the Superintendent of Motor Vehicles, United States Postal Service.

Note: Arresting officers shall be responsible for the safety of the vehicle and its contents until a Postal Service representative has arrived at the scene and taken charge of the vehicle and its contents.

When a postal employee driving a vehicle carrying mail is detained for a misdemeanor offense not involving the element of intoxication, officers, in lieu of making a physical arrest, shall:

  • Complete a misdemeanor traffic citation; or,

  • Complete the appropriate misdemeanor crime report.

216.62 ENFORCEMENT OF THE NOISE ORDINANCE. An officer may initiate enforcement action without a complaining party when a violation of the Noise Ordinance (Chapter XI of the Los Angeles Municipal Code) is committed in his presence.

When it has been determined that the defendant does not possess a Police Commission permit to deviate from the provisions of the Noise Ordinance, the defendant shall be arrested and released after a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, and an RFC Report Continuation, Form 05.02.08, have been completed.

Exceptions: The only exceptions to the above enforcement method shall be the following:

  • A physical arrest shall be made when one or more of the exceptions listed in Section 4/216.65 of the Department Manual is present.

  • A Complaint Application, Form 05.15.00, shall be utilized when a violator is a corporation or other business entity, and should include the following:

    • The corporation or business shall be named as defendant on the Complaint Application, and the name and identification of the observed violator shall be included in the narrative of the report;

    • When the corporation or business holds any Police Commission permit, the notation "Copy to Police Commission" shall be placed on the left margin; and,

    • The complaining party shall be referred to the Department of Building and Safety, and no enforcement action shall be taken, when the violation comes under a section of the Noise Ordinance requiring measurement by an electronic meter.

216.64 PROCEDURES FOR CITING VIOLATIONS OF LOS ANGELES MUNICIPAL CODE SECTION (LAMC) 112.01 (b) AND VARIOUS LOUD NOISE AND PARTY VIOLATIONS. When appropriate, officers investigating a loud party or loud music incident may cite the responsible party for LAMC Section 112.01 (b) on a Non-Traffic Notice to Appear. 

 

Los Angeles Municipal Code Section 112.01 (b) - Radios, Television Sets, And Similar Devices, states the following:

(a)                It shall be unlawful for any person within any zone of the City to use or operate any radio, musical instrument, phonograph, television receiver, or other device for the producing, reproducing or amplification of the human voice, music, or any other sound, in such a manner, as to disturb the peace, quiet, and comfort of neighbor occupants or any reasonable person residing or working in the area.

(b)               Any noise level caused by such use or operation which is audible to the human ear at a distance in excess of 150 feet from the property line of the noise source, within any residential zone of the City or within 500 feet thereof, shall be a violation of the provisions of this section.

(c)                Any noise level caused by such use or operation which exceeds the ambient noise level on the premises of any other occupied property, or if a condominium, apartment house, duplex, or attached business, within any adjoining unit, by more than five (5) decibels shall be in violation of the provisions of this section.

 

Officers may cite the responsible party at the location, or person in control of the source of the noise (e.g., stereo, amplification equipment, etc).

 

Note:  When appropriate, officers may cite on the first response.  LAMC Section 112.01 (b) does not require a warning notice and does not require a supervisor to be present during the issuance of a Non-Traffic Notice to Appear citation for LAMC Section 112.01 (b).  Officers shall consider all relevant factors when making the determination to cite or warn.  Relevant factors include the following:
 

·         The likelihood a warning would be effective;

·         The presence of gang, rave or “flyer” party activity;

·         The presence of juveniles;

·         The presence of other unlawful activity;

·         Chronic complaint locations; and,

·         The potential for violence at the location.

 

216.65 RELEASE FROM CUSTODY (RFC).

Conditions For Release From Custody. Each adult misdemeanor arrestee shall be released from custody unless one or more of the following conditions exist:

  • Arrestee is intoxicated to the point where the arrestee could be a danger to self or others;

  • Arrestee requires a medical examination or medical care, or is otherwise unable to care for own safety;

  • Arrestee is in custody for a violation of one or more of the circumstances listed in Sections 40302 or 40303 of the Vehicle Code;

  • Arrestee has one or more outstanding arrest warrants;

  • Arrestee has one or more outstanding misdemeanor arrest warrants not eligible for release under Section 827.1 of the Penal Code;

  • Arrestee is unable to provide satisfactory identification;

  • Immediate release of the arrestee would jeopardize the prosecution of the offense for which arrested or the prosecution for any other offense;

  • There is a reasonable likelihood that the offense would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be imminently endangered by the release of the arrestee;

  • Arrestee demands to be taken before a magistrate or refuses to sign the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear; or,

  • There is reason to believe that the arrestee would not appear at the time/place specified in the notice.

When an adult misdemeanor arrestee is not released from custody pursuant to one of the above listed conditions, officers shall articulate the specific circumstances which justify the continued custody in the narrative of the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00.

Note: Traffic‑related misdemeanors, except those listed in Section 40302 of the California Vehicle Code, shall be cited using a Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 04.50.00, and the Continuation of Notice to Appear, Form 04.50.05, in lieu of the Arrest Report.

Procedures For Release.

Infractions. An adult arrested for any infraction shall only be required to furnish satisfactory evidence of identity and sign a written promise to appear. The arrestee is not subject to other RFC procedures. The arresting officer shall subsequently complete a Release From Custody Report Continuation, Form 05.02.08, in accordance with existing procedures.

Misdemeanor. Prior to releasing a misdemeanor arrestee, unless the arrestee is eligible for a Direct Cite Release From Custody or restricted by law (Sections 11357(b) and 11360(b) of the Health and Safety Code), an arresting officer shall:

  • Query CWS for outstanding warrants;

  • Obtain a State and a County Arrest History Record (Rap Sheet) via the Area/division Network Communications System (NECS) to determine whether the arrestee has a previous offense which renders the arrestee ineligible for RFC;

  • Attach a copy of each of the arrest records to the original report;

Note: When an arrestee's "Rap Sheet" cannot be obtained within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 minutes after initial inquiry), the names used for the inquiry and an explanation of why the records could not be obtained shall be included in the narrative portion of the Arrest Report or RFC.

  • Obtain the watch commander's approval to release the arrestee;

  • Obtain a booking number and Arrest Report via the Decentralized Automated Booking Information System (DABIS) and utilize the NECS terminal "Release" function to reflect the arrestee's status (Released) in the County Jail automated system;

  • If the NECS terminal release function is unavailable, the arresting officer shall notify the watch commander;

Note: The watch commander shall monitor the status of arrestees as shown by NECS to ensure that their status is accurately reflected.

  • Photograph the arrestee;

  • Obtain two full sets of fingerprints using the Fingerprint Card, Form FD249;

  • Prepare a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, (RFC);

  • Record the related arrest and evidence (if applicable) Division of Records (DR) numbers, or the booking number when there are no DR numbers;

  • Obtain the arrestee's signature on the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear;

  • Provide the arrestee with the defendant's copy of the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear;

  • Release the arrestee; and,

  • Complete the Arrest Report.

Exception: An adult may be released from custody after furnishing satisfactory identification and signing a written promise to appear (RFC), when arrested for a misdemeanor violation of:

  • An offense normally investigated by Commission Investigation Division; or,

  • An ABC violation as specified in Section 24209 of the Business and Professions Code when committed by licensees or their agents.

The arresting officer shall subsequently complete a Release from Custody Report Continuation, Form 05.02.08, in accordance with existing procedures.

RFC Offense in Conjunction With A Booking Offense. An RFC report shall not be completed when an arrestee is in custody for two or more offenses, one of which requires continued custody. In such cases, an Arrest Report shall be completed and the elements of the RFC offense included in the narrative portion of the arrest report.

Exception: When a person arrested for an infraction is eligible for release from custody (Manual Section 4/216.65), and is additionally charged with a misdemeanor warrant, the arresting officer shall:

  • Complete a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear and Arrest Report for the infraction;

  • Include the warrant number, charge, and issuing court in the narrative of the Arrest Report;

  • Write "Includes Misdemeanor Warrant for (e.g., 484 PC)" in the additional charges section of the Arrest Report; and,

  • Book the arrestee for the misdemeanor warrant only.

Supervisor’s Responsibility. Supervisors approving RFC reports for an adult misdemeanor arrestee shall ensure that fingerprints and photographs have been taken, a booking number has been obtained, an Arrest Report has been completed, and the conditions for a release from custody have been met.

Area Records Unit's Responsibility. Area records units shall ensure that two completed Fingerprint Cards, Form FD249, are attached to the original Arrest Report and forwarded to Records and Identification Division.

Operations‑Central Bureau Area Records Unit's Responsibility. Area records units within Operations‑Central Bureau shall be responsible for duplicating and distributing all reports for arrestees who are released from custody.

Note: The Specialized Reports Distribution Unit (SRDU), Records and Identification Division, is still responsible for duplicating and distributing all misdemeanor and RFC related arrest and continuation reports when the misdemeanor arrestee is booked at Metropolitan Jail Section or Los Angeles County Jail. Hollywood Area records unit shall process Hollywood misdemeanor arrest reports.

Hollywood Area Records Unit's Responsibility. The Hollywood Area Records Unit shall be responsible for duplicating and distributing all reports for misdemeanor arrestees who are arrested within Hollywood Area and booked in the County Jail System.

City Attorney Complaint Details’ Responsibility. Upon receiving a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, for selected offenses to be filed directly with the court by the Department, the City Attorney Complaint Details shall:

  • Separate the narrative and any related reports from the original Non - Traffic Notice to Appear;

  • After a thorough review to ensure compliance with established filing policy, file the case with the assigned court within ten court days by submitting only the original copy of the Notice to Appear to the court clerk; and,

  • Maintain a file of the offenses in which a "not guilty" plea was entered or a bench warrant issued.

The narrative, any related reports, and a copy of the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, shall be submitted to the City Attorney's Office whenever a “not guilty” plea is entered. Whenever a bench warrant is issued, the narrative, any related reports, and a copy of the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear shall be maintained on file for a period of one year or until the defendant is apprehended, whichever occurs first.

Supervisory personnel of City Attorney Complaint Details shall reject any case failing to meet the established filing policy.

Note: The City Attorney's Office is available to review cases that require an expert opinion.

Booking Employee's Responsibility. The employee completing the booking process shall:

  • Transmit the fingerprint card, Form FD249, and the personal data portion of the Los Angeles Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.01 to Records and Identification Division via the Livescan Network;

  • Document the completion of the booking by signing and recording the date and the location booked on the Request to Appear for Processing; and,

  • Return the Request to Appear for Processing to the arrestee and direct him to appear, with the form, in court at the appropriate time.

216.66 DIRECT CITE RELEASE FROM CUSTODY PROCEDURES.  Direct Cite RFC procedures do not require the attachment of a Criminal Identification and Information (CII) printout (Rap Sheet), Consolidated Criminal History Reporting System (CCHRS) printout, or a Release from Custody Report Continuation, Form 05.02.08.

 

The City Attorney’s Office has approved the following 20 violations for Direct Cite RFC procedures, as long as all of the required elements are articulated in the narrative section of

the Non-Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02.

 

* Los Angeles Municipal Code (LAMC)   

* Penal Code (PC)

VIOLATIONS

41.27(c) LAMC

Drinking in Public

41.27(d) LAMC

Possession of Open Container on Posted ABC Location

41.18(d) LAMC

Sitting or Sleeping on the Sidewalk

41.45(c) LAMC

Illegal Possession of Shopping Cart

41.45(d) LAMC

Illegal Use of Shopping Cart

42.00(d) LAMC

Regulation of Street Advertisements

63.44B2(d) LAMC

Permitting an Unleashed Animal in Park

63.44B14(a) LAMC

Loitering in Park After Hours

63.44B14(b) LAMC

Sleeping on Beach After Hours

63.44BI9 LAMC

Littering Within a Park

63.44B24 LAMC

Lighted Tobacco in Park

63.44I9 LAMC

Erecting Structures or Tents on Beach

63.44K2 LAMC

Parking in Park After Hours

374.4(a) (PC)

Littering

640(b)(1) PC

Eating or drinking in or on a system facility or vehicle in areas where those activities are prohibited by that system

640(b)(3) PC

Smoking in or on a system facility or vehicle in areas where those activities are  prohibited by that system

640(b)(5) PC

Skateboarding, roller skating, bicycle riding, roller blading, or operating a motorized scooter or similar device, as defined in Section 407.5 of the Vehicle Code in a system facility, vehicle, or parking structure

640(c)(1) PC

Evasion of the payment of a fare of  the system.  For the purposes of this section, fare evasion includes entering an enclosed area of a public transit facility beyond posted signs prohibiting entrance without obtaining valid fare, in addition to entering a transit vehicle without valid fare

640(c)(2) PC

Misuse of a transfer, pass, ticket, or token with the intent to evade the payment of a fare

25620 Business and Professions Code

Possession of Open Container of Alcohol in a Public Place

 

All other violations that are not specifically identified in this Order, or where the officer is unable to document all of the required elements of the violation within the narrative section of the RFC citation, shall continue to to be processed as outlined in Department Manual Section   4/216.65, Release from Custody.

 

OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  When issuing an RFC for one of the 20 qualifying Direct Cite sections, officers shall document the appropriate violation section and the required crime elements in the narrative box.  Officers shall submit the RFC citation as a stand-alone document without the need for a Release from Custody Report Continuation.  

Note:  Juvenile arrest procedures and arrests where evidence is to be booked have not been changed by this process.

 

COURT IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.  Currently, there are differing opinions within the courts on what are considered acceptable forms of identification for the purposes of issuing RFCs.  All citations that use a strictly numeric identifier [e.g., Social Security Number, Criminal Investigation and Identification (CII) number, Master Automated Index Number (MAIN), Department of Motor Vehicles X number, etc.] will be rejected.  Passports will also be rejected.  As a result of the inconsistencies within the courts, officers issuing RFCs shall determine that the arrestee meets one of the following identification requirements:

 

·         A permanent state-issued driver license;

·         A permanent state-issued identification; or

·         United States Military identification.

 

Exception:  The Chatsworth, San Fernando, and Van Nuys Courthouses will accept any officially-issued Foreign Consulate identification card as valid proof of identification.

 

216.67 RELEASE FROM CUSTODY (RFC) OF MISDEMEANOR WARRANT ARRESTEES. Adult misdemeanor warrant arrestees shall be cited and released on a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear, Form 05.02.02, in lieu of incarceration unless one or more of the following conditions exist:

  • The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves violence, a firearm, resisting arrest, or giving false information to a peace officer;

  • The arrestee:

    • Is a danger to himself/herself or others due to intoxication or being under the influence of drugs or narcotics;

    • Requires medical examination or medical care or is otherwise unable to care for his or her own safety;

    • Has other ineligible charges pending against himself/herself;

    • Demands to be taken before a magistrate or refuses to sign the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear; and/or,

    • Cannot provide satisfactory evidence of personal identification.

     

  • The misdemeanor cited in the warrant involves a violation of one or more of the circumstances listed in Sections 40302 or 40303 of the California Vehicle Code;

  • There is reasonable likelihood that the offense or offenses would continue or resume, or that the safety of persons or property would be immediately endangered by the release of the arrestee;

  • The warrant of arrest indicates that the arrestee is not eligible to be released on a citation; and/or,

  • Immediate release of the arrestee would jeopardize the prosecution of the offense for which arrested or the prosecution for any other offense. There is reason to believe that the arrestee would not appear at the time or place specified in the Non - Traffic Notice to Appear.

Eligibility for release of misdemeanor warrant arrestees shall be determined by the watch commander or investigative supervisor giving booking advice. Release From Custody procedures for misdemeanor warrant arrestees are the same as those for eligible non‑warrant misdemeanor arrestees (Manual Section 4/216.65).

Note: Release From Custody procedures for misdemeanor warrants do not apply to warrants issued for failure to appear. Arrestees detained for misdemeanor or infraction warrants involving failure to appear shall be booked and are required to post the appropriate bail prior to release.

Arrestees with Open Charges and Misdemeanor Warrants. All charges against an arrestee must be eligible for citation and release (own recognizance or Release From Custody) before the arrestee can be issued a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear for an eligible misdemeanor warrant. When an arrestee has an open charge and an eligible misdemeanor warrant and is eligible for release on both the open charge and the warrant, a separate Non - Traffic Notice to Appear shall be issued for each offense. An arrestee shall not be issued a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear for an eligible misdemeanor warrant if the open charge is not eligible for release or if the arrestee has other non‑eligible warrants.

Exception: If the arrestee posts bail or the non‑eligible charges or warrants are otherwise cleared, a Non - Traffic Notice to Appear may be issued for the eligible misdemeanor warrant.

Note: These procedures do not apply to processing juvenile misdemeanor warrant arrests.

216.75 DETERMINING PAROLE STATUS - ARRESTING OFFICER'S RESPONSIBILITY. When an officer has reason to believe (through CWS or otherwise) that an arrestee may be on parole, he/she shall:

  • Verify the parole status through a record check. The Parole Information Form, LAPD Temp 207, is retained in the Criminal Information Unit, Records and Identification Division; and,

  • If the arrestee is on parole, determine if there is a "Parole Want" by contacting his parole officer or, if unavailable, the California Department of Corrections.

California Youth Authority Parolees. The California Youth Authority may be contacted by:

  • Teletype, via CLETS (address Stockton CLETS terminal, YAS).

  • Automatic Telephone Switching System (ATSS).

All Other Parolees.

  • During normal business hours, the officer using Automatic Telephone Switching System (ATSS) shall contact:

    • California Department of Corrections.

    • California Rehabilitation Center.

  • During other than normal business hours, the Bureau of Identification, Wanted Persons Section, may be contacted by:

    • Teletype, via CLETS.

    • Automatic Telephone Switching System (ATSS).

Notify the officer responsible for booking approval of the arrestee's parole status.

217. SEARCHES OF SUSPECTS AND ARRESTEES.

Cursory Searches. When an immediate cursory search for weapons is necessary, it may be conducted by an officer of either sex.

Searches of Arrestees.

When the rules of search and seizure permit, an arrestee shall be thoroughly searched as soon as practicable. Such searches shall be conducted by an employee of the arrestee's sex. However, an immediate search may be conducted in the field by an officer of either sex when necessitated by specific circumstances, such as a reasonable belief that:

  • The arrestee is armed with a weapon.

  • A delay could result in the destruction or loss of evidence.

  • Personal property shall not be taken from arrestees in the field.

Exceptions: Evidence, items which could be used as weapons, and items which could contain weapons shall be taken from the arrestee. If the arrestee is in possession of any contraband items (as defined in this section), the arrestee shall be advised that, upon entry into the booking facility, those items will be discarded. Officers shall advise the arrestee of his/her ability to either leave the property with a family member or friend, donate the item(s) to anyone of their choice at scene, or throw the item(s) away.

Note: Officers are reminded that property having evidentiary value shall be booked in accordance with existing Department policy. Additionally, any property which could constitute an environmental hazard (i.e., hazardous liquids) shall be retained by the officer for proper disposal in accordance with Manual Section 3/712.13.

Contraband Items – Defined.

Items that pose a risk to the safety and security of the City Jail System are considered contraband. Although certain items may be legally possessed by arrestees at the time of arrest, due to safety and security concerns, these items are prohibited from the City Jail System. The following contraband items shall not be placed into the arrestee’s personal property bag or excess personal property:

  • Edibles, including unopened candy;

  • Perishables;

  • Liquids in glass or plastic containers which do not seal tightly; and,

  • Unlabeled medications.

Note:  The Commanding Officer, Jail Division, has final authority to determine what items are classified as contraband.

217.20 NON ‑ PROHIBITED DRUGS RECOVERED FROM ARRESTEES. An officer who recovers non-prohibited drugs from an arrestee's possession shall:

  • Deliver the drugs to the booking clerk separate from the arrestee's property; and,

  • Inform the booking clerk that the drugs have been verified as non-prohibited.

Note: When an arrestee is booked at Los Angeles County Jail, non-prohibited drugs shall be placed in an envelope and returned to the arrestee's personal property. The envelope shall be signed by the officer and shall include a description of the contents.

217.30 USE OF HANDCUFFS. The primary purpose in handcuffing an arrestee is to maintain control of the arrestee and to minimize the possibility of escalating the situation to a point that would necessitate more drastic means of restraint.

Felony arrestees shall normally be handcuffed; however, there may be circumstances which would make the handcuffing of an arrestee inappropriate. Such circumstances can best be perceived by the involved officer. Therefore, any decision to not handcuff an arrestee must be based on available facts. Factors involved in making this decision include, but are not limited to:

  • The possibility of the arrestee escaping.

  • The possibility of the incident escalating.

  • Potential threat to officers and other persons.

  • Knowledge of the arrestee's previous encounters with law enforcement.

An officer shall constantly monitor the actions of an unhandcuffed arrestee. If the officer believes it is necessary, he/she may, at any time, handcuff the arrestee.

217.32 HANDCUFFING OF MISDEMEANOR PRISONERS. Handcuffing of misdemeanor prisoners is discretionary.

Exception: (Manual Section 4/217.34)

217.34 HANDCUFFING OF BELLIGERENT ARRESTEES. If an arrestee gives any indication that he/she might become belligerent, the arrestee's hands shall be handcuffed behind him/her.

217.36 HANDCUFFING PERSONS WITH A MENTAL ILLNESS. Officers must handcuff a person with mental illness taken into custody when the person is not restrained by means of a straitjacket or restraining straps.

Exception: When a person with a mental illness whose age or physical condition is such that the personal safety of the person with a mental illness and the officer clearly will not be jeopardized, the use of handcuffs must be within the discretion of the officer.

When handcuffing a person with a mental illness, officers must use only official handcuffs and ensure that the handcuffs are double locked. Temporary plastic restraining straps must not be used to restrain a person with a mental illness, nor will they be furnished to private persons for use in restraining a person with a mental illness.

217.40   USE OF THE HOBBLE RESTRAINT DEVICE. 

 

Use of the Hobble Restraint Device.  The Hobble Restraint Device can be used to control a violent or potentially- violent arrestee, or as a restraining device for a non-violent arrestee when handcuffs are impractical due to injury or other extenuating circumstances.

 

Note: The mere application of the Hobble Restraint Device does not constitute a reportable use of force.

 

The Hobble Restraint Device was designed to be used to secure the ankles, knees, elbows or feet of an individual who is potentially violent or displaying violent behavior by kicking, fighting, biting, punching, or thrashing about.  These techniques can be varied according to the circumstances an officer may encounter, but in each instance, care should be taken to prevent injury to the arrestee.  Once the Hobble Restraint Device is secured, officers shall immediately place the individual in an upright, seated position or on his/her left side (left lateral recumbent position).  If this is not possible due to medical or tactical issues, then placing the individual on his/her right side is an acceptable substitute.

 

Note: The Hobble Restraint Device shall not be used to bind the suspect’s hands and feet together in any manner.

 

Officers may use the Hobble Restraint Device to secure a violent or potentially-violent person transported in a police vehicle when:

 

·         The person’s hands are secured with handcuffs that are double-locked behind the person’s back;

·         The person is secured to the police vehicle seat with the police vehicle’s safety belt; and,

·         The Hobble Restraint Device strap is pulled out of the rear door, the loose end (snap-hook end) of the strap is placed on the front passenger floorboard, and both doors are closed to secure the strap.

 

Officers shall request a rescue ambulance to transport a violent person only:

 

·         If the person is extremely violent (e.g., transportation of the violent person in the police vehicle would likely result in serious injury or vehicle damage) and requires restraint to the extent that he or she must be transported in a recumbent position; or,

 ·  If the violent person is injured or physically ill and is in need of immediate medical attention.

 

217.50 TRANSPORTATION OF ARRESTEES. All arrestees transported in any Department vehicle, regardless of age or gender, shall be secured in the rear seat. A three-point safety belt shall be used; however, a two-point safety belt (lap belt) shall be worn when a three-point safety belt is not provided.

Two Officers. If two officers are transporting an arrestee in a non partition-equipped vehicle, one officer shall be seated directly behind the driver of the vehicle.

In a partition-equipped vehicle, the passenger officer shall ride in the front seat. Officers must remain in close proximity and visually monitor arrestees.

One Officer. A single officer in a non-partitioned vehicle may transport a non-belligerent arrestee. The officer must remain in close proximity to visually monitor the arrestee.

Should the arrestee become belligerent, the transporting unit should stop the transport and request a unit with a partitioned vehicle to continue to transport the arrestee.

Exception: Females ages five through 17 years of age, when transported by male officers (Manual Section 4/217.56).

Time and Mileage. When there is no transporting officer of the arrestee's sex, officers transporting an arrestee shall, at the time of departure, notify the radio operator of the following:

  • Location of departure; and,

  • Odometer reading.

Upon arrival at the destination, the radio operator shall be informed of the:

  • Location of arrival; and,

  • Odometer reading.

The radio operator shall be notified when any delay or detour is necessary during the transportation.

217.51 TRANSPORTING PERSONS "DETAINED ONLY" TO PLACE OF ORIGINAL DETENTION. When a detained person is to be released without being booked or cited, the detaining officer shall normally provide for the return of the person to the place where he or she was originally detained.

Exception: Under compelling circumstances, and with approval of a supervisor, the detaining officer may elect to deny further transportation to a person detained and released without being booked or cited. (Examples of circumstances where such denial could be appropriate include return of violent suspects to the scene of prior hostile events, return to the scene of suspects who previously threatened physical violence to persons remaining at the scene, etc.)

217.53 TRANSPORTING PHENCYCLIDINE (PCP) ARRESTEES. All persons who exhibit objective symptoms of being under the influence of phencyclidine (PCP) shall be given medical treatment prior to booking as outlined in Manual Section 4/648.16. Those arrestees not exhibiting symptoms of being in need of immediate medical treatment will be transported by police vehicle. When in doubt, officers will request a rescue ambulance to transport the suspect.

Officers shall request a rescue ambulance to transport arrestees who exhibit objective symptoms of being under the influence of PCP and who appear to be in need of immediate medical treatment. PCP arrestees are considered to be in need of emergency medical treatment when they display any of the following objective symptoms:

  • Unconsciousness.

  • Muscle rigidity.

  • High temperature.

  • Are combative, argumentative, or may become violent.

Officers shall restrain the arrestee by utilizing two sets of handcuffs to secure the arrestee’s hands behind his/her back. One manacle of one handcuff shall be double-locked to one manacle of another handcuff. The remaining manacles shall be double-locked to the arrestee’s wrists. Once the arrestee has been handcuffed behind his back, officers shall secure the arrestee with the hobble restraint device. The officers shall place the arrestee in the left lateral position and not allow the arrestee to roll into a “face/chest” downward position (prone). Officers shall continuously monitor the arrestee while in their custody. Once the arrestee has been restrained, officers shall assist paramedics in securing, the arrestee to the transportation equipment and loading the gurney into the ambulance.

At least one officer shall ride with the paramedics in the ambulance and maintain custody of the arrestee during transportation. The officer’s partner or a backup officer shall follow the ambulance to the hospital. When the arrestee is delivered to the appropriate receiving emergency facility, the responsibility of the LAFD terminates.

In those instances where LAPD and LAFD field personnel are unable to determine whether an arrestee should be transported by ambulance or by police vehicle, supervisors from both agencies shall be called to the location. The decision by the paramedic supervisor shall be final.

217.56 TRANSPORTATION AND CUSTODY OF JUVENILE FEMALES. Whenever practicable, any female over the age of five years and under the age of eighteen years taken into custody shall be dealt with as far as possible, in the presence of a female police officer or other adult female and the female juvenile shall be transported in the care and custody of a female police officer. If no female police officer is available, at least two male police officers shall be present during the entire period of transportation, and time and mileage procedures (Manual Section 4/217.50) shall apply.

218. JUVENILES INVOLVED.

218.10 RESPONSIBILITY OF HANDLING JUVENILE CALLS. The officers assigned a call involving a juvenile shall be responsible for the disposition of the call unless they are specifically relieved by the concerned investigating officer.

218.15 ADVICE OR ASSISTANCE - JUVENILES. Requests for advice or assistance concerning juveniles shall be directed to the concerned geographic investigating officers. When the investigating officers are not available, the request for advice or assistance shall be directed to Detective Support and Vice Division.

Note: Detective Support and Vice Division is not responsible for the rebooking of juveniles booked as adults in Operations‑Valley Bureau Areas. Requests for assistance for this purpose shall be directed to the watch commander of the Area responsible for the original booking.

218.20 JUVENILE TRAFFIC COURT WARRANTS. When a subject is arrested for a juvenile traffic warrant, the arresting officer shall:

  • Obtain a copy of the warrant information sheet;

  • Obtain booking approval (Manual Section 4/218.60);

Note: The booking charge shall be 602 WIC, followed by the authority as provided in the warrant information sheet.

  • Complete an Arrest Report face sheet, Form 05.02.00, and Juvenile Arrest Supplemental Report, Form 05.02.06;

  • Obtain detention approval (Manual Sections 4/218.64 and 4/218.65); and,

  • Attach one copy of the warrant abstract to the arrest report and process the report in the normal manner.

Note: When the Area Juvenile Coordinator deems continued detention to be necessary, the arresting officer shall transport the juvenile to the designated detention facility for release into the custody of the Probation Department. A copy of the warrant abstract and a copy of the arrest report shall accompany the juvenile to the detention facility.

218.23 JUVENILE TRAFFIC COURT WARRANT, FOLLOW ‑ UP INVESTIGATION. Additional follow‑up reports and petition requests are not required on juvenile traffic court warrant arrests. Therefore, the investigating officer shall be responsible for:

  • Indicating "Case Closed" in the disposition portion of the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00;

  • Retaining one copy of the completed report for the divisional files; and,

  • Forwarding two copies of the completed report to the Petition Control Detail, Juvenile Division.

218.30 IMMEDIATE FOLLOW ‑ UP INVESTIGATION OF MISSING JUVENILES. When circumstances indicate the need for an immediate, large‑scale, organized search for a missing juvenile, the watch supervisor of the concerned Area shall be notified. He/she shall notify the:

  • Area commanding officer.

  • Watch supervisor, Department Command Post, Communications Division; and,

  • Concerned Area Detective Division.

218.33 ACTION TAKEN ON A CALL REGARDING A MISSING OR FOUND JUVENILE.  The result of the action taken on a call involving a missing or found juvenile shall be telephoned, without delay, to the concerned Area investigating officers. When the concerned investigative officers are unavailable, the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR) shall be contacted.

218.40 ENFORCEMENT/ INVESTIGATIONS ON SCHOOL CAMPUSES. This section pertains to dealings with juvenile students on school property during school hours or during school-sanctioned events. It does not pertain to juveniles using school facilities legally after school hours or juveniles trespassing or committing offenses on school property after school hours.

Note: Officers serving in security and related capacities for a school district while in an off-duty assignment are subject to these policies and procedures.

Interviewing/Interrogating Juveniles. Except in exigent circumstances or in arrest situations as outlined in this policy, officers who wish to detain or question juveniles on school property shall contact the school principal or his/her designee and, to the degree possible, explain the nature of their business and the need to meet with the juvenile(s) in question.

Note: Generally, juveniles should not be publicly contacted by officers in the school setting for purposes of questioning unless an arrest is anticipated or reasonably possibly.

Officers shall not enlist school officials or employees to conduct interviews, inquires, or similar fact-finding activities regarding juveniles as part of an investigation.

School officials (excluding school police) who act at the direction of, or on behalf of the interests of, the police becomes “agents” of the police. All police and government agents must abide by constitutional tenets. If a police officer instructs a school official to perform a task (e.g., ask a question to the subject juvenile) the officer is responsible for ensuring that the task is within the parameters of the law.

Exception: Police officers are not precluded from questioning school officials with regard to their knowledge of juveniles in their charge, the juvenile’s activities, and similar matters.

Arrest/Removal of Juveniles. When the circumstances warrant an arrest/removal of a juvenile from school property, officers conducting the arrest/removal shall:

  • Notify the principal or his/her designee before making an arrest of juvenile during class hours on school property;

Exception: When exigent circumstances exist or such notification would potentially jeopardize the ability of officers to safely and effectively make the arrest, officers do not need to notify the principal or his/her designee prior to making the arrest, but shall make the notification after the arrest.

  • When possible, avoid arresting juveniles on school grounds if the use of force is a reasonable possibility;

Note: Officers should use handcuffs or other restraining devices when making arrest in schools whenever deemed necessary to ensure the security of juvenile arrestees and the safety of the officers and others.

  • To the degree possible, minimize embarrassment to the juvenile and disruption of school activities and functions by having the school principal or his/her designee make contact with the juvenile and escort the juvenile back to his/her office; and,

  • Ensure that the juvenile’s parent(s), guardian(s), or responsible adult is notified of the juvenile’s removal.

Searching Juveniles and Property. Police searches of juveniles and their property on school premises are subject to the same legal requirements as any other search.

218.50 CRIME AND ARREST REPORTS-AGE OF VICTIM, ELEMENT OF OFFENSE. When age is an element of an offense, the following information shall be included in the appropriate crime or arrest report:

  • Full name, residence address, and telephone number;

  • Birthdate and place of birth;

  • Business address (or school) and telephone number; and,

  • Name of both parents (if known) or guardian, residence address, and telephone number.

218.51 CHILD ABUSE - REQUIRED REPORTING. Cases of juveniles as victims of possible child abuse including sexual molestation and physical or mental abuse must be reported by the officer first coming in contact with the suspected victim. Officers within the City of Los Angeles must:

  • Ensure that the circumstances surrounding any injuries sustained by the child are investigated and that appropriate crime, arrest and/or injury reports are completed.

  • Immediately telephone and notify the Los Angeles County Department of Children and Family Services (DCFS) 24/7 Hotline at (800) 540-4000, that a suspected child abuse investigation is being conducted.

  • Obtain the 19 digit referral number from DCFS and include the number in the appropriate report; and,

  • Provide the Hotline with the following information.

    • Reporting officer's name and serial number;

    • Victim's name;

    • Present location of the victim;

    • Nature and extent of injury;

    • What led the officer to believe that the injury was a suspected child abuse; and,

    • If the victim(s) and his/her sibling(s) are being taken into protective custody.

Note: In those situations where officers encounter physically and/or sexually abused children along with endangered children from the same family, one report must be completed with a separate DR number for each physically and/or sexually abused child and one DR number for all remaining endangered children.

On duty officers who observe a possible abused child outside the City of Los Angeles must:

  • Contact the local law enforcement agency and report the incident;

  • Record the date and time the law enforcement agency was contacted and the name of the person notified, in the Field Officer's Notebook, Form 15.03.00; and,

  • Report the incident to the DCFS Hotline.

Suspected Child Abuse Report, Form No. SS 8572 - Processing of Report. When a Department employee receives a Suspected Child Abuse Report (SCAR), Department of Justice Form SS 8572 from a mandated reporter, it must be immediately sent by Department mail to:

Juvenile Division

Investigative Control Unit

Suspected Child Abuse Report Coordinator

Police Administration Building - Room 351

Mail Stop 400-1

Foster Home or Child Care Facility Involved. Officers must immediately contact the DCFS Hotline at (800) 540-4000 and the State of California Department of Social Services, Community Care Licensing Division, Regional Children's Residential Program Office at (323) 981-3337 when conducting an investigation of known or suspected child abuse or neglect when the incident:

  • Occurs in a licensed or unlicensed child day care facility, foster or group home; or,

  • Involves a child day care licensed or unlicensed staff person; or,

  • Occurs while the child is under the supervision of a community care facility; or,

  • Involves a community care facility licensed or unlicensed staff person.

When the notifications are made the following information must be provided:

  • Reporting officer's name and serial number;

  • Victim's name;

  • Present location of the victim;

  • Nature and extent of injury;

  • What led the officer to believe that the injury was a suspected child abuse;

  • Name and address of the foster home or child care facility; and,

  • Information contained within the Investigative Report (IR), Injury Report, or SCAR.

Additionally, within 36 hours of receiving the information concerning the incident, the investigating officer must also send (mail, fax, or electronically transmit) a copy of the investigation and any other pertinent material to the following locations (11166.2 PC):

 

            State of California

Department of Social Services

Community Care Licensing Division

Children’s Residential Program

1000 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 200B

Monterey Park, California 91754-7639

Duty Officer Phone Number: (323) 981-3337 (24/7 message service)

 

Alleged Child Abuse or Death while in Protective Custody – A copy of the report must be sent by the investigating officer to the attorney who represents the child within 36 hours.

 

When any Department employee has knowledge of, or observes in his or her professional capacity or within the scope of his or her employment, a child in protective custody whom he or she knows or reasonably suspects has been the victim of child abuse or neglect must, within 36 hours, send or have sent to the assigned attorney who represents the child in dependency court, a copy of the report prepared in accordance with Penal Code Section 11166.  All information requested by the attorney for the child or the child’s guardian must be provided by the agency within 30 days of the request. (11166.1(b) PC)

 

In order to confirm that a report is being properly released to the correct attorney representing the child, Department personnel must contact the respective county counsel to determine whether the attorney was assigned to the child.

 

Investigating Officer’s Responsibilities.  Investigating officers who are assigned to investigate a report of abuse alleged to have occurred in facilities licensed to care for children by the State Department of Social Services, must ensure that the DCFS and the State of California Department of Social Services, Community Care Licensing Division, Los Angeles Children’s Residential Program Office have been immediately notified by the initial reporting officers.  If the notification was not made, the investigating officer will be responsible for making the notification and obtaining the 19 digit referral number form DCFS.

 

If an investigator receives or is assigned a death report of a child who was, at the time of death, living at, enrolled in, or regularly attending a facility licensed to care for children by the State Department of Social Services, unless the circumstances of the child’s death are clearly unrelated to the child’s care at the facility, the investigator must (11165.9 PC):

 

  • Immediately send a copy of the investigation and any other pertinent materials to:

 

State of California

Department of Social Services

Community Care Licensing Division

Children’s Residential Program

1000 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 200B

Monterey Park, California 91754-7639

Duty Officer Phone Number: (323) 981-3337 (24/7 message service)

 

  • Questions regarding criminal investigations which occur in a licensed or unlicensed child day care facility, foster or group home, or a staff member of a child day care that is licensed or unlicensed can contact the State of California Department of Social Services law enforcement special agent at:

 

State of California

Department of Social Services

Community Care Licensing Division

Investigations Branch

1000 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 300

Monterey Park, California 91754-7639

                        (323) 981-3850

218.52 INJURY REPORT - SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE. Cases of juveniles as victims of possible sexual molestation, or physical or mental abuse, shall be reported on an Injury Report, Form 03.15.00, where the circumstances do not appear to warrant completion of a crime report. Officers shall follow the procedures outlined in Manual Section 4/218.51 in completing the report.

218.53 REPORTING SCAR INVESTIGATIONS.  California law specifies that certain professionals, as well as employees of designated organizations, and agencies (mandated reporters), as specified in Penal Code Section 11165.7 (i.e., health care professionals, school officials), must report suspected child abuse and neglect to any of the following:

·        Any law enforcement agency; or,

·        The county welfare department (e.g., Department of Children and Family Services [DCFS]). 

 

Suspected child abuse can be reported to the Department as follows:

 

·        Fax referral; or,

 

Note:  SCARs received via fax during business hours shall be reviewed, organized, and evaluated by the staff of the Investigative Control Unit (ICU), Juvenile Division.  During weekends, holidays, and off-hours, these functions will be the responsibility of the Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR)

 

·        Direct verbal notification from DCFS; or,

·        Direct verbal notification from a mandated reporter; or,

·        Direct verbal notification from a concerned member of the public; or,

·        SCAR mailed directly to the Department by DCFS or a mandated reporter.

Note:  SCARs sent directly to the Department by DCFS or a mandated reporter shall be forwarded to the concerned Area SCAR Coordinator who will obtain a tracking number from ICU.  The SCAR shall be logged and filed.  When the Department is the first agency to receive a SCAR, it is required to provide the information to DCFS and vice versa (cross–report).

SCAR REVIEW PROCESS.  The review process will include determination as to whether the SCAR requires law enforcement investigation, and if it does, whether the SCAR warrants an immediate Department response.  If the immediate dispatch of a unit is required but there was a delay in reporting, or other circumstances indicate the call may have already been handled, staff from the receiving division (e.g., Juvenile Division or DSVD) shall query the Department computer system using the alleged victim’s name and address to determine if a report regarding the incident has already been completed.  If a report has been completed, the DR number, type of report, and the date of the report shall be included in the SCAR.  No further preliminary investigation is required. 

SCAR INVESTIGATION RESPONSE PROTOCOL.

  Immediate Dispatch.  A patrol unit shall be immediately dispatched when any of the  following are involved:

  • An allegation of sexual abuse; or,

  • Physical abuse with visible injury; or,

Note:  The investigation of incidents involving visible injuries, in most cases, will require an immediate dispatch of a patrol unit, unless otherwise determined through considerable review and evaluation by ICU, and the approval of a supervisor.

Example:  Injuries caused by children involved in mutual combat, minor injury caused during reasonable restraint (i.e., a parent holding down a combative child), or when there is minor injury and the perpetrator has no direct or likely access to the child.

  • Severe neglect requiring medical treatment; or,

  • Hospitalization for internal injuries of a suspicious nature.

Note:  School cars and juvenile cars will not automatically be assigned child abuse calls.  Child abuse calls for service generated by Juvenile Division or DSVD, must include in the comments, a request for the handling unit to contact their watch commander prior to handling the call.  A copy of the SCAR with the time and date the call was created, and the incident number, will be immediately faxed to the watch commander’s office of the handling division.  This will ensure that the responding unit has all the necessary information regarding the investigation prior to handling the call.  If the SCAR indicates DCFS is handling as an “Immediate Response,” a Children’s Social Worker (CSW) will be assigned, and will respond regardless of the time of day or day of the week.  However, law enforcement personnel are required to complete a criminal investigation.

Exceptions to Immediate Dispatch – Delayed Handling.  The dispatch of a unit to investigate a SCAR may be delayed or handled in an alternate manner, if any of the following apply: 

  • The SCAR does not meet the criteria for immediate dispatch; or,

  • The SCAR meets the criteria for immediate dispatch, but a supervisor from the handling Department entity approves delayed handling (A period not to exceed 24 hours in furtherance of the investigation, after giving due consideration to the risk factors involving the child and any siblings); or,

EXAMPLE:  A SCAR describing minor bruising to a 10-year-old child is received at 0200 hours.  Since the dispatch of a unit would most likely require both the child and the parents to be awakened, the supervisor delays dispatch until the next morning when the child is in school, and can be interviewed in a neutral setting at a more convenient time.

  • Alleged sexual abuse that occurred more than 72 hours earlier and the perpetrator has no direct or likely access to the child; or,

  • When an injury or crime report has already been taken for the incident reported in the SCAR.

Note:  If the responding officers are unable to locate the reporting party or an alleged victim during their investigation, they shall contact their watch commander for guidance on how to proceed.  The watch commander shall determine if the alleged abuse is serious enough to require the continuing efforts of the officers to locate the victim or whether another unit can be dispatched at a later time.  If the decision is made to dispatch a unit at a later time, the watch commander shall ensure appropriate arrangements are made for the call to be reassigned within the next 24 hours.  If a second response has not been attempted prior to the concerned watch commander's end of watch, the watch commander shall make an entry in the Watch Commander’s Daily Report, Form 15.80.00, specifically describing what arrangements have been made.  After a total of two unsuccessful attempts have been made to investigate the SCAR, the watch commander shall forward the SCAR to the Area SCAR Coordinator for additional follow-up.  All efforts to handle the SCAR shall be chronologically documented on the SCAR, on an attached chronological record, or on an attached Area Command Center (ACC)/ Mobile Digital Terminal (MDT) administrative message.  The date and time of each attempt, together with the officers’ names and unit numbers, shall be included.  Officers concluding a SCAR investigation shall complete a crime report or injury report.

REPORTING PROCEDURES.  An Injury Report, Form 03.15.00, is to be completed when there is no evidence of a crime to document the preliminary investigation.  Reporting procedures shall be handled depending on the type of notification.

 

Notification from DCFS.  Officers responding to a call from a DCFS notification do not need to complete a SCAR.  DCFS has the responsibility for ensuring a SCAR has been completed, or will be completed.  If the CSW has the SCAR available, officers shall obtain a copy and attach it to a copy of the crime or Injury Report then forward it to the Area SCAR Coordinator.  A tracking number shall be obtained from ICU and the SCAR shall be logged and filed.

 

Notification from a Mandated Reporter.  If the mandated reporter has the SCAR available, officers shall have him/her retain the yellow copy, and the officer shall take the remaining copies.  The officers shall attach these copies, along with a copy of the crime or Injury Report, and forward it to the Area SCAR Coordinator. 

If the mandated reporter has not yet completed a SCAR, officers shall advise him/her to complete a SCAR within 36 hours.  Officers do not need to complete a SCAR.  If the mandated reporter has completed a SCAR, and obtained a DCFS referral number, officers shall include it in the narrative of the report.  If there is no DCFS referral number, officers must cross report to the DCFS Child Protection Hot Line, at (800) 540-4000.  Upon completion of the report, officers will be provided with the child’s name and the name of the social worker giving the referral number.  The referral number shall be included in the narrative portion of the crime or Injury Report. 

The Area SCAR Coordinator shall obtain a tracking number from ICU, write it on the white copy of the SCAR, Form SS8572, and file it accordingly.

Note: The identity of mandated reporters shall be kept confidential, and disclosed only to other involved agencies, in accordance with Penal Code Section 11167.  Mandated reporters are required to make an initial telephonic report as soon as practicable, and a written report within 36 hours. 

Notification from a Concerned Member of the Public.  Upon notification from a concerned member of the public, officers shall complete a SCAR and contact the DCFS Child Protection Hot Line at (800) 540-4000, for a referral number.  The officer will be provided with the child’s name and the name of the social worker giving the referral number.  This information shall be included in the narrative of the crime or Injury Report.  Officers shall then attach and forward the completed SCAR along with a copy of the crime or Injury Report to the Area SCAR Coordinator.  A tracking number shall be obtained from ICU and the SCAR logged.  The tracking number shall be written on the white copy of the SCAR and filed accordingly.

Notification Received by Mail.  If a SCAR received by mail does not have a DCFS referral number, officers must cross report to the DCFS Child Protection Hot Line, at (800) 540-4000.  Officers shall then forward the SCAR, along with a copy of the crime or Injury Report, to the Area SCAR Coordinator.  The SCAR Coordinator shall ensure a copy of the SCAR, and the associated report(s) are sent to ICU, Juvenile Division. 

 

NOTIFICATION TO MANDATED REPORTERS UPON COMPLETION OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE INVESTIGATIONS.  Upon completion of a suspected child abuse investigation generated from information received from a mandated reporter, the assigned investigator shall ensure that the Suspected Child Abuse Investigation Mandated Reporter Notification is completed and:

·         M ailed via United States mail to the mandated reporter when he or she has provided the Department with a mailing address; or,

·         Scanned and sent via e-mail to the mandated reporter when he or she has provided the Department with an e-mail address.

 

When the Suspected Child Abuse Investigation Mandated Reporter Notification is mailed to the mandated reporter via United States mail, the completed original form shall be mailed and a copy shall be included in the Detective’s Case Envelope, Form 15.15.00.  When the Suspected Child Abuse Investigation Mandated Reporter Notification is sent to the mandated reporter via e-mail, the completed original form shall be retained in the Detective’s Case Envelope.

 

Note:   The assigned investigator shall document the date that the Suspected Child Abuse Investigation Mandated Reporter Notification was mailed or e-mailed and include any pertinent information such as the mandated reporter’s name, the agency he or she works for and the mailing address or e-mail address to which the form was sent, in the Detective Case Tracking System Chronological Activity Log.  The information shall also be entered on the final Follow-Up Investigation, Form 03.14.00, when applicable.

 

INVESTIGATIVE CONTROL UNIT (ICU), JUVENILE DIVISION, RESPONSIBILITIES.  Investigative Control Unit shall track from inception to conclusion, all child abuse preliminary investigations resulting from a SCAR being faxed, mailed, or otherwise delivered to any Department entity.  Investigative Control Unit is responsible for providing crime and Injury Reports, and other information related to SCAR investigations, to the City Attorney’s Office upon their request.  All city attorney cases require copies of the SCARs and all associated reports mailed to ICU.  Additionally, ICU will provide procedural advice to Department personnel upon request, and investigative advice when Juvenile Division is responsible for the follow-up investigations. 

 

AREA COMMANDING OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Area Commanding Officer is responsible for the overall management of SCAR investigations assigned to the Area.  The Area Commanding Officer must also ensure that there be an individual assigned to assume responsibility in the event of the Area SCAR Coordinator’s absence.  The Area Commanding Officer shall ensure newly assigned juvenile and school car officers complete Juvenile Procedures School within 60 days of their assignment. 

 

AREA SCAR COORDINATOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES.  The Area Major Assault Crime (MAC) Coordinator is the Area SCAR Coordinator.  The Area SCAR Coordinator is responsible for ensuring all SCAR investigations and related report processing are conducted within the guidelines of this Order and other Department directives.  The Area SCAR Coordinator shall ensure all SCARs received (which pertain to the Area) are entered in a control log, and that at the conclusion of the preliminary investigation, are filed and organized by tracking number.  The Area SCAR coordinator shall forward completed SCARs or dispositions and any associated reports to ICU, Juvenile Division, by either regular mail or electronic mail (E-mail).  The SCAR Coordinator shall cause all SCARs received directly from ICU, or incomplete SCARs received from the watch commander, to be further investigated by a school or juvenile car.

 

Note:  When e-mailing dispositions to ICU, the tracking log number, victim’s name, type of report, and DR number shall be included.

 

REAL-TIME ANANLYSIS AND CRITICAL RESPONSE DIVISION (RACR) RESPONSIBILITIES.  When ICU is closed, the staff of RACR will assume the responsibilities for reviewing, organizing, and determining if the immediate dispatch of a unit is warranted on all incoming faxed SCARs.  When an immediate dispatch is necessary, RACR will document required information regarding the call for service, and the disposition of the SCAR investigation. 

 

218.54 CHILD ABUSE CENTRAL INDEX (CACI) REVIEW. All child abuse or severe neglect cases classified as “Substantiated” or “Inconclusive” are forwarded to DOJ by the case investigator for inclusion in the CACI database. Cases classified as “Unfounded” are not reported to DOJ. The CACI database shall be continually updated and shall not contain any child abuse or severe neglect reports classified as “Unfounded,” in compliance with PC Section 11169(a).

In adherence with court case law, Burt v. County of Orange (2004) 120 Cal. App 4th 273, 285, a person named suspected child abuser is entitled to present a timely challenge to a previously filed report and must be given a reasonable opportunity to rebut the charge. A formal hearing, with full rights of confrontation and cross-examination is not necessarily required. Therefore, the Department shall conduct a child abuse or severe neglect case review hearing in all instances when either the suspect or the representing attorney requests, telephonically or through written correspondence, a review of the case. The Department shall provide the suspect a reasonable opportunity to be heard and present “evidence” for consideration to have the final classification of the case changed from “Substantiated” or “Inconclusive.”

Note: Although an attorney representing a suspect in a child abuse or severe neglect case may be present at the case review proceeding, there is no current legal requirement that counsel be permitted to call or cross-examine witnesses.

CASE REVIEW – EMPLOYEE’S RESPONSIBILITY. Any Department employee who receives a request, verbally or telephonically, for a child abuse or severe neglect case review from either the suspect or the representing attorney shall:

  • Immediately refer the requesting person to the concerned CRC, who will schedule and subsequently conduct the case review; and,

  • If the CRC is unavailable, the Department employee shall refer the requesting person to the CRC’s immediate supervisor, who will then assume the responsibility of notifying the CRC regarding the request for case review.

 

CASE REVIEW – CASE REVIEW COORDINATOR’S RESPONSIBILITY. The CRC in the concerned geographic Area or specialized division shall conduct the case review proceeding. The assigned CRC should be a Detective III supervisor who has expertise in child abuse or severe neglect investigations. The assignment of the CRC shall be as follows:

  • In the geographic Areas, the CRC shall be one Detective III supervisor, who is assigned to the CRC position by the concerned Area’s Detective Division commanding officer;

  • In specialized divisions, the CRC shall be one Detective III supervisor, who is assigned to the CRC position by the concerned division commanding officer; or,

  • In the absence of the assigned CRC, the concerned commanding officer may assign a designee of supervisory rank (e.g., Detective II, Sergeant I, or higher) as the CRC to conduct the case review proceeding.

When either the suspect or the representing attorney requests a case review, the CRC shall:

  • Schedule a case review proceeding within a reasonable time period to allow the requesting party their right to due process. Case review proceedings should be conducted during normal business hours; and,

  • Notify the requesting party of the scheduled date and time of the case review proceeding. The telephonic notification should be supplemented by a notification via facsimile or e-mail to the requesting party, when possible.

In preparation for conducting the child abuse or severe neglect case review, the assigned CRC shall:

  • Discuss the case with the case investigator, and thoroughly review the case prior to the case review;

  • Determine if the case was filed and the criminal filing disposition of the case, and what specific charges were filed;

  • Determine the court status of the case by querying the Prosecutors Information Management System (PIMS) and the Trial Court Information System (TCIS), and ascertain whether the case was adjudicated, pending, or has a final court disposition;

  • Determine if the classification of the child abuse or severe neglect case was appropriate or should be changed from “Substantiated” or “Inconclusive” to “Unfounded”;

  • Inform the suspect and/or representing attorney that the Department is mandated by PC Section 11169(a), on all cases classified as “Substantiated” or “Inconclusive” to forward the suspect’s name and identifying information to DOJ for entry to the CACI database; and,

  • Complete the CACI Case Review Form and process appropriately. In the narrative portion of the form, the CRC shall summarize the findings of the review process and document any additional evidence supplied by the suspect and/or representing attorney, including information that is relevant to the investigation, classification and final disposition of the child abuse or severe neglect case.

CASE REVIEW – AREA, DIVISION OR BUREAU COMMANDING OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITY. The commanding officer of the geographic Area or specialized division, where the case was investigated and the case review conducted, shall review and approve the completed CACI Case Review Form.

DOCUMENTATION OF THE CASE REVIEW PROCEEDINGS. All case review proceedings should be conducted in-person, if possible. Upon completion of the case review, the CRC, or designee, shall complete, review and sign the CACI Case Review Form. The form shall then be submitted to the concerned commanding officer for review and approval.

Note: When the suspect requests a telephonic case review only, the CRC shall still complete the CACI Case Review Form, and indicate in the appropriate box on the form that the case review was conducted telephonically. The completed form shall then be processed in the same manner as an in-person case review.

As an option, the case review proceeding may be tape recorded. If so, the recording shall be retained in accordance with established Department procedures outlined in Manual Sections 3/569.20 and 3/569.40. The original tape recording should be forwarded immediately to Scientific Investigation Division, and a copy maintained in the Detective Case Folder, if necessary.

The CRC shall maintain all materials used in the case review proceedings in accordance with record retention guidelines. Copies of the case review records shall be stored at the Area or specialized division where the case review proceeding was conducted for a period of three years.


218.55 ARREST OF ADULT RESULTING IN UNATTENDED JUVENILE. If the arrest of an adult may cause a juvenile to be left without proper care and supervision, the arresting officer shall telephone the concerned Area Detective Division for advice. If geographic investigating officers are not available, the advice of Detective Support and Vice Division shall be requested.

218.57 INTERROGATION OF JUVENILE GIRLS REGARDING SEX MATTERS. The interrogation of a girl under the age of eighteen years regarding sex matters shall be conducted by a female police officer whenever practicable.

218.60 APPROVAL FOR JUVENILE BOOKINGS. Prior to obtaining booking approval, the arresting officer shall:

  • Attach a completed Juvenile Arrest Supplemental Report, Form 05.02.06, to the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, as the next to the last numbered page of the Arrest Report;

  • If the juvenile is to be detained, include the reason for detention on the Form 05.02.06; and,

  • Obtain a copy of the Juvenile Automated Index printout as the last numbered page of the Arrest Report.

Booking approval for all juvenile bookings shall only be obtained from the Area watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division.

Advice for a juvenile booking shall be obtained from the concerned Area Detective Division. When that division is closed, the concerned Area watch commander shall be contacted.

Exception: When a juvenile is arrested for an out‑of‑state agency and this Department does not have a pending investigation pertaining to the juvenile, booking advice shall be obtained from the Fugitive Warrants Section, Detective Support and Vice Division (Manual Section 4/606.03).

Note: Discretion shall be exercised regarding the necessity for booking a juvenile. The basis for determining the advisability of booking a juvenile shall be the factual circumstances known to exist at the time of booking. A booking may be advised when the circumstances will substantiate the fact that a juvenile is the perpetrator of a specific crime.

When booking advice is obtained on a juvenile for a narcotics or dangerous drug violation, a preliminary chemical test may be completed for felony arrests, and shall be completed for misdemeanor arrests (Manual Section 4/216.01).

218.61 JUVENILES NAMED ON ADULT TRAFFIC WARRANTS.

Warrant Only. A juvenile who is named on an adult traffic warrant shall be booked on the warrant, and the charge shall be "602 W.I.C. (Traffic Warrant)" Booking approval shall be obtained (Manual Section 4/218.60). An Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, shall be completed.

Warrant and Other Charge. When a juvenile who is named on an adult traffic warrant is also charged with a separate violation of the Welfare and Institutions Code (W.I.C.), he/she shall be booked on that W.I.C. violation. Booking approval shall be obtained (Manual Section 4/218.60). All available information concerning the warrant shall be included in the narrative portion of the arrest report; and the warrant information sheet shall be forwarded to the Warrant Section, Records and Identification Division.

The arresting officer shall notify the Countywide Warrant System (CWS) operator that the subject named on the warrant is a juvenile. The operator shall be requested to clear the warrant information sheet, error‑delete the warrant from the CWS, and forward the warrant to the Traffic Court Liaison Officer, Traffic Violations Bureau, Los Angeles Judicial District.

Exception: When the warrant was issued by a court outside the City of Los Angeles, notify the CWS operator that the subject named on the warrant is a juvenile and that the juvenile is being booked on another charge. The CWS operator shall cause the concerned agency to be notified.

Foreign Warrants. When a juvenile is named on an adult traffic warrant that was issued by a court outside the City of Los Angeles, the watch commander approving the booking shall ensure that an attempt is made to contact the jurisdiction of issuance to verify the status of the warrant prior to the booking of the juvenile.

Juvenile booked as an adult. When it is learned prior to arraignment that a juvenile has been booked as an adult on an adult traffic warrant, the concerned watch commander shall ensure compliance with the procedures listed in Manual Section 4/705.62. The warrant or warrant information sheet shall be forwarded to the concerned Area Detective Division.

218.62 JUVENILE ESCAPEES - BOOKING CHARGES, ARREST CLASSIFICATIONS, AND ARREST DISPOSITIONS. When a juvenile has been arrested for escape from a juvenile justice facility, the booking charge, arrest classification, and arrest disposition shall be recorded as follows:

  • When this Department has a copy of the Juvenile Court or California Adult Authority warrant and no other offense is being alleged:

                                              Classification           Booking                                 Required

Escape from             of Arrest                 Charge                     Disposition   Notification

 

Probation Dept.                                     602 WIC           

facility (includes                                     (Juvenile                         Case

Juvenile Hall)             Other                   Court Warrant)                 Closed                                                                                                   

Youth                                                    602WIC                        Missing

Authority                                               (CYA                             Case              Ward Unit,

facility                        Other                   Warrant)                        Closed            CYA

 *    When a warrant has not been issued, and no other offense is being alleged:

                                          Classification        Booking                     Required

Escape from                      of Arrest             Charge                       Disposition         

 

Probation Dept.                                      602WIC(871 WIC         Detained

facility (includes                                      Escape-Probation          Petition

Juvenile  Hall)                                         Misdemeanor                 Department facility)       

 

Deuel                                                      602WIC(2042 P.C.       Detained

Vocational                                               Escape - Vocational      Petition  

Institution                    Felony                  Institution)                    Requested CYA  

  

California                                                602WIC(1768.7           Detained Missing

Youth Training                                                                              Petition Ward Unit,

School                        Felony                  Escape-Y.T.S.)              Requested CYA

 

Any other                                                602WIC(1768.7           Detained Missing

type of                                                     WIC Escape-                Petition Ward Unit,

CYA facility             Misdemeanor                                                                                                         CYA Facility)

 

City or                                                     602WIC(4532 P.C.      Detained

County                                                    Escape-City                    Petition

jail facility                    Felony                  [County] Jail)              Requested

 

Note: All juvenile escapees shall be detained in Juvenile Hall.

When a juvenile arrestee is alleged to have committed a criminal offense in addition to escape, the booking shall be for the criminal offense. Warrant or escape information shall be included in the narrative portion of the arrest report under a Reason for Detention heading.

218.63 JUVENILES ARRESTED AND UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF NARCOTICS OR DRUGS-MEDICAL EXAMINATION. If a juvenile is arrested and is under the influence of narcotics or drugs, the arresting officer shall:

Juvenile Detained. Have the juvenile examined by a contract or receiving hospital physician prior to detention. The physician shall be requested to include on the Receiving Hospital Medical Treatment Record, Form RH‑340, his/her recommendation as to whether the juvenile should receive additional medical attention at a Juvenile Hall clinic or the Los Angeles County-USC Medical Center.

Juvenile to be Released to Parents or Guardian. Administer a gas chromatograph intoximeter test whenever practicable. A medical examination by a receiving hospital is not required.

Exception: If, for any reason, the arresting officer or the concerned investigating officer determines that it would be in the best interests of the juvenile or the Department, the arresting or investigating officer shall have the juvenile examined, prior to his/her release, by a contract or receiving hospital physician.

218.64 CONDITIONS FOR JUVENILE DETENTION.  An officer who takes a juvenile into custody shall release the juvenile to the custody of his/her parent, guardian, or a responsible relative unless one or more of the following conditions exist:

  • The juvenile is in need of proper and effective parental care or control and has no parent, guardian, or responsible relative willing to exercise or capable of exercising such care or control; or has no parent, guardian, or responsible relative actually exercising such care or control;

  • The juvenile is destitute or is not provided with the necessities of life or is not provided with a home or suitable place of abode;

  • The juvenile is provided with a home which is unfit by reason of neglect, cruelty, depravity or physical abuse by either of his/her parent, guardian or other person(s) in whose custody he/she resides;

  • Continued detention of the juvenile is a matter of immediate and urgent necessity for the protection of the juvenile or reasonable necessity for the protection of the person or property of another;

  • The juvenile is likely to flee the jurisdiction of the court;

  • The juvenile has violated an Order of the juvenile court;

  • The juvenile is physically dangerous to the public because of a mental or physical deficiency, disorder, or abnormality; or,

  • The juvenile is 14 years of age or older and is taken into custody for a felony or an attempted felony, and it is determined that the juvenile personally used a firearm in the commission of the crime. The juvenile shall not be released to a parent, guardian or a responsible relative or an adult designated by the parent.  The juvenile shall be booked and transported to a Los Angeles County Probation Department juvenile detention facility pending a court hearing.

Note: A statement of facts to support one or more of the reasons for detention shall be included in the Juvenile Arrest Supplemental Report, Form 05.02.06 (Manual Section 4/218.60).

218.65 JUVENILE DETENTION APPROVAL. Approval for the detention of a juvenile shall be obtained from the concerned Area Juvenile Coordinator. When the Area Juvenile Coordinator is unavailable, approval for detention shall be obtained from the concerned Juvenile Coordinator's immediate supervisor. When neither the Area Juvenile Coordinator nor the immediate supervisor is available, detention approval shall be obtained from the concerned Area watch commander.

After the arresting officer has obtained detention approval, the juvenile and a copy of the arrest report shall be delivered to the Probation Department.

218.66 TEMPORARY DETENTION OF JUVENILES AT DEPARTMENT FACILITIES. Juveniles shall not be held in temporary detention in a Department facility for more than six hours, regardless of age or type of offense. Regardless of the nature of the offense or status of the investigation, juveniles shall be released to a parent, guardian, responsible relative or adult designated by the parent, or transported to a Los Angeles County Probation Department juvenile detention facility prior to the expiration of the six-hour temporary detention time limit.

Note: Juveniles described in Section 300 WIC shall be processed (complete arrest report with booking number) prior to transfer to the custody of the Department of Children's Services. They may not remain in a police facility longer than six hours.

Secure Detention of Juveniles. Under secure detention, juveniles are locked in a room, holding tank, or enclosure and/or are physically secured to handcuffing benches, rails, chairs, or any stationary object. A juvenile held in secure detention shall meet all of the following criteria:

  • The juvenile must be 14 years of age or older; and,

  • The juvenile must be in custody under authority of Section 602 WIC; and,

  • The officer has reasonable belief that the juvenile poses a serious security risk and/or risk of harm to self or others; and,

  • The detention must be for the purpose of investigating the crime, facilitating release to a parent or guardian, or arranging a transfer to an approved juvenile detention facility.

Note: The officer may take the following factors into account in determining whether a juvenile qualifies for secure detention:

  • Age, maturity, and delinquent history;

  • Severity of the offense(s) for which the juvenile was taken into custody;

  • The juvenile’s behavior, including the degree to which he/she appears cooperative or non-cooperative;

  • The availability of officers to provide adequate supervision, or protection for the juvenile; and,

  • The age, type of person, and number of other individuals who are detained at the facility.

Secure Detention Procedures. Department employees placing juveniles in secure detention shall adhere to the following procedures:

Note: For the purposes of this Section, "Department employee" is defined as any sworn employee or detention officer.

The approval of the concerned watch commander shall be obtained prior to placing a juvenile in secure detention;

Note: For the purpose of this Section, "watch commander" is defined as the Area watch commander, unit officer in charge, or other concerned supervisor who has responsibility for the Department facility where the juvenile(s) is to be temporarily detained.

  • Department employees shall immediately record the detention and the arrest charge on the Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00, and ensure that the approving supervisor signs the log;

  • Juveniles held in secure detention shall be informed of the purpose of the detention, the expected duration, and the maximum six-hour detention time limit; the advising employee shall record his/her serial number next to each admonition on the Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00;

  • Juveniles held in secure detention outside of a locked enclosure shall not be secured to a stationary object for more than thirty (30) minutes unless no other locked enclosure is available during the six-hour detention time limit.  Securing juveniles to a stationary object for longer than 30 minutes and every 30 minutes thereafter, shall be approved by the watch commander and the reasons for continued secure detention shall be documented.  Juveniles who are secured to a stationary object shall be moved to a locked enclosure at such time when one becomes available;

  • When juveniles are handcuffed to a stationary object outside of a locked room or enclosure, a Department employee shall be present at all times to ensure the juveniles' safety;

  • Juveniles securely detained in a locked room or enclosure shall be randomly checked by a Department employee not more than 30 minutes following any previous observation, and shall be able to be heard by a Department employee at all times;

Note: Observation by television monitor is not sufficient. A Department employee shall make random, unscheduled, in-person observations. The time of the observation and the observing employee's initials shall be recorded on the Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00.

  • If male and female juveniles are placed in the same locked room, they shall be under constant, in-person observation by a Department employee;

  • Locked rooms and enclosures where juveniles are securely detained shall meet all applicable health, safety, and fire requirements.

  • Locked rooms and enclosures shall have adequate lighting and seats in the form of chairs or benches.

  • Locked rooms and enclosures shall have temperature control and ventilation adequate to maintain a comfortable environment.

  • The name and relationship of the person the juvenile is released to shall be recorded.

Non-secure Detention of Juveniles. Under non-secure detention, a juvenile's freedom of movement is controlled solely by Department employees, and the juvenile is under constant, in-person observation and supervision. Non-secure detention prohibits the placement of juveniles in locked rooms or enclosures and prohibits physically securing juveniles to chairs, benches, handcuffing rails, or other stationary objects.

Note: Juveniles under non-secure detention, regardless of age, may be handcuffed. However, they shall not be handcuffed to chairs, benches, handcuffing rails, or other stationary objects.

The following juveniles shall be held in non-secure detention when temporary detention at a Department facility is necessary:

  • All juveniles under the age of 14; and,

  • Juveniles who do not meet the criteria for secure detention.

Non-secure Detention Procedures. Juveniles may be held in non-secure detention only long enough for officers to investigate the crime, facilitate release of the juvenile to a parent or guardian, or arrange for transfer of the juvenile to an appropriate juvenile facility. In any case, detention shall not exceed six hours.

Department employees shall immediately record the detention and the arrest charge on the Non-secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.06.00, and ensure that the log is signed by the supervisor approving detention. Juveniles shall be under the constant observation and supervision of a Department employee.

Note: Observation by television monitor is not sufficient; constant in-person observation is required.

Care of Juveniles Held in Secure or Non-Secure Detention. Juveniles held in secure or non-secure detention shall have:

  • Reasonable access to a telephone;

  • Permission to retain their personal clothing, unless it presents a health hazard or is required as evidence;

  • Reasonable access to restroom facilities;

  • Reasonable access to drinking water and/or other beverages;

  • Privacy during visits with members of their immediate family, guardians, and/or attorneys;

  • Blankets and clothing necessary to ensure comfort;

  • A snack, upon request, during the term of temporary custody, if the juvenile has not eaten within the past four (4) hours or is otherwise in need of nourishment; and,

  • The name and relationship of the person the juvenile is released to shall be recorded.

Note: Department-approved snack items and blankets for use by juvenile detainees shall be requisitioned from Police Supply Section, Fiscal Operations Division, and maintained at each Area station and Department facility where juveniles are detained. Snack items shall be discarded upon the manufacturer's labeled expiration date.

Discipline. Discipline of any kind, including withholding any of the above-specified amenities, is not permitted.

Contact and Communication with Adult Arrestees or Other Juveniles. If the applicable contact and communication restriction as detailed in this section cannot be effected or maintained at the facility of initial detention, the juvenile detainee(s) shall be transported to the nearest Department facility where the appropriate restrictions shall be observed during all phases of detention including printing, photographing, booking, and the administration of any chemical test.

Note: The officer supervising the juvenile during a non-secure detention shall check the “Juvenile Separated From Adult Population” box on the Non-secure Juvenile Detention Log, and document his/her name and serial number on the form.

Sight and Sound Separation.  There shall be no communication between juveniles held in secure detention and adult arrestees or inmates. Sight and sound contact with adult arrestees is limited to:

  • Booking;

  • Awaiting visitors or medical treatment;

  • Work release program participants while they are performing work necessary for the operation of the Department facility; and,

  • Movement of persons who are in custody within the facility.

Note: Contact is defined as communications, whether verbal, visual (gang signs), or through continuous immediate physical presence.

When the potential for communication or sight and sound contact with adult arrestees exists, Department employees shall maintain constant side-by-side presence with juveniles held in temporary secure detention.

When a juvenile arrestee is in the same room or area with an adult inmate, including inmate workers, the sworn employees of the Department facility must maintain a side-by-side presence with either the inmate or the juvenile to ensure that no communication or contact occurs.

Note: Separate booking locations for juvenile arrestees are no longer necessary.

Juveniles in custody under Section 602 WIC shall not be allowed to come into sight or sound contact with juveniles in custody under Sections 300 or 601 WIC.

Suicide Risk and Prevention. A juvenile who exhibits excessive agitation, despondency, or other distressed behavior shall be under constant direct supervision by a Department employee. If the juvenile appears to be potentially suicidal, the Mental Evaluation Unit (MEU), Detective Support and Vice Division, shall be immediately contacted for advice. Upon evaluation and approval by MEU personnel, juveniles shall be transported to a contract hospital for medical evaluation. Authorization must be received from a licensed physician at a contract hospital before juveniles can be transported to any County juvenile facility.

Contact and be guided by the Mental Evaluation Unit (MEU) in the event the juvenile appears to suffer from a mental illness and/or is a danger to self, danger to others or gravely disabled.

Note: A gravely disabled minor is defined by Section 5585 WIC as “a minor who, as a result of a mental disorder, is unable to use the elements of life which are essential to health, safety, and development, including food, clothing, and shelter. Developmental disabilities, alcoholism or other drug use, do not by themselves, constitute a mental disorder.”

Use of Physical Restraints on Juveniles. The use of physical restraints on juveniles shall be limited to handcuffs and Department authorized alternative restraints. Restraints shall be employed only as necessary to prevent injuries to juveniles and custodial personnel.

Note: A juvenile who exhibits violent behavior necessitating the use of alternative restraints shall be under continuous in-person observation for evidence of breathing difficulty or other symptoms of physical distress. A juvenile displaying any such symptoms shall be immediately transported to a contract hospital for medical treatment, unless paramedics are present or there is a medical need to keep the juvenile at the location pending the arrival of paramedics.

 

Los Angeles County Unified Arrestee Medical Screening Form, FORM SH-R-422, Completion for Juveniles. Arresting officers shall complete the Los Angeles County Unified Arrestee Medical Screening Form for each juvenile detained on Sections 601 WIC or 602 WIC and the related penal code charge at a County juvenile detention facility (i.e., Eastlake, Los Padrinos and Sylmar Juvenile Halls). It is recommended that arresting officers complete the Los Angeles County Unified Arrestee Medical Screening Form prior to transporting the juvenile to a County detention facility so that any medical or mental health issues can be properly addressed.

Note: Completion of the Los Angeles County Unified Arrestee Medical Screening Form is not necessary if the juvenile is booked on the WIC Section and the related offense, and released to a parent, guardian or Status Offender Detention Alternative (SODA) facility.


Medical Treatment Prior to Detention. Juveniles who are ill or injured shall be examined by a paramedic or a contract hospital physician, as appropriate, prior to transportation to any County juvenile facility. Juveniles who receive medical treatment (MT) and are not hospitalized shall then be transported to a County juvenile detention facility for detention or, if detained only for Section 300 WIC, to a Department of Children's Services facility. Officers shall advise intake personnel of the MT and provide a copy of the MT slip for their records.

When a physician determines that a juvenile must be hospitalized, the juvenile shall be detained in the medical facility recommended by the physician. This location shall be noted on the MT slip.

Juveniles who do not require MT and meet the criteria for detention at a Status Offender Detention Alternative (SODA) home shall be transported by officers directly to the SODA home. However, if juveniles receive MT, they shall be transported to a County juvenile detention facility. The transporting officers shall provide the intake personnel with a copy of the MT slip. If, at a later time, the juvenile detention facility determines that a juvenile is suitable for placement in a SODA home, the Probation Department shall be responsible for transporting him or her to the SODA home.

Note: SODA homes are administered by the Probation Department for non-secure placement of juveniles detained under the authority of 628 WIC.

When the juvenile detention facility clinic recommends hospitalization in the USC Medical Center, transporting officers shall obtain an admittance form from the juvenile detention facility. The officers shall transport the juvenile to the USC Medical Center and provide admittance desk personnel with a copy of the MT slip and admittance form. The juvenile's property and one copy of the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, shall be retained at the juvenile detention facility.

Watch Commander’s Responsibility. Watch commanders shall verify, at the beginning of watch and routinely thereafter, the timely and accurate documentation of all temporary juvenile detentions, including those in detective spaces. A new Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00, and Non-secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.06.00, shall be started at 0001 each day. The watch commander shall sign and document the date and time the inspection and interview was conducted. (The watch commander’s signature indicates that the inspection and interview was completed pursuant to Section 4/216.0 of the Department Manual.)

The watch commander shall document additional information associated with the inspection and interview (e.g., “Completed,” “No Additional Information,” “See Watch Commander’s Daily Report,” etc.), or any other information the watch commander deems necessary.

All logs, including those logs which document no detentions, and shall be forwarded to the concerned commanding officer by the last watch of the 24 hour day.

Ensure that a juvenile with a present medical condition is treated by paramedics or at a contract hospital.

Be guided by MEU in the event the juvenile appears to suffer from a mental illness and/or is a danger to self, danger to others or gravely disabled.

 

Area Detectives and Specialized Division's Responsibility. Area detectives shall document all juvenile detentions on the appropriate juvenile detention log (Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00, or Non-secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.06.00) maintained by the Area watch commander. Detective personnel shall advise the Area watch commander of all temporary juvenile detainees in their custody.

Note: Area detectives located in off-site or satellite facilities shall use appropriate juvenile detention logs to document juvenile detentions in those facilities, and shall follow the same procedures as outlined in the Watch Commander’s Responsibility paragraph above.

Specialized divisions shall maintain appropriate juvenile detention logs as needed, or as directed by their commanding officers, to document juvenile detentions in their facilities. Juveniles detained at Area stations shall be documented on the appropriate Area detention log.

Commanding Officer’s Responsibility. Commanding officers shall ensure that all temporary juvenile detentions are documented on the Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00, or the Non-secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.06.00. Pursuant to Section 2071(d)(6) WIC, entries recorded on the Secure Juvenile Detention Log, Form 09.05.00, shall be tallied monthly and entered on the Monthly Report on the Secure Confinement of Minors in Jails/Lock-ups, CYA Form 10.402. Each Area and specialized division commanding officer shall ensure that the CYA Form 10.402 is completed at the end of each month and forwarded to the Administrative Section, Juvenile Division, by the fifth working day of the following month.

218.67 JUVENILE DETAINED AT LOS ANGELES COUNTY ‑ USC MEDICAL CENTER. Officers desiring continued custody of a juvenile in need of hospitalization shall:

  • Cause the subject to be transported to a contract or receiving hospital for examination;

  • When the examining physician recommends that the subject be hospitalized, contact the investigating supervisor for continued custody advice. When the detective division is closed, Detective Support and Vice Division shall be contacted;

  • Obtain booking approval from the Area watch commander or the Watch Commander, Metropolitan Jail Section, Jail Division;

  • When continued custody is approved, obtain two completed copies of the Receiving Hospital Record, Form RH336; and,

  • Cause the subject to be transported to the Los Angeles County‑USC Medical Center. When continued medical observation is not necessary, transport the subject directly to the Jail Ward.

Note: Jail Ward personnel will not receive a male under 16 or a female under 18 without an accompanying Juvenile Court Order. Detective Support and Vice Division personnel are responsible for contacting Intake and Detention Control personnel of the County Probation Department, who will obtain and deliver the order to the Jail Ward. When continued medical observation is necessary, officers shall transport the subject directly to the Main Admitting Room. Officers shall be responsible for ascertaining when the Juvenile Court Order arrives. Upon delivery of the order, the subject shall be moved as soon as possible to the Jail Ward. The custody of the subject shall not be entrusted to hospital personnel other than the Jail Ward booking deputy.

  • Complete a Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.00. Obtain a booking number from the Booking and Auxiliary Services Unit, Records and Identification Division. Leave Page 3 of the Form 05.01.00, and one copy of the Receiving Hospital Record, with the booking deputy. Deliver the remaining pages of the Form 05.01.00 to the record clerk at the location where the reports are completed.

  • Receive the subject's property and deliver it to the Intake and Detention Control Unit of Juvenile Hall, 1605 Eastlake. One copy of the Arrest Report shall accompany the property.

  • Complete the necessary reports at the location specified by Detective Support and Vice Division personnel. One copy of the Receiving Hospital Record shall accompany the other reports.

218.68 NOTIFICATION TO THE DEPARTMENT OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL - WHEN APPLICABLE. When a minor is taken into custody for violation of laws normally enforced by the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control, the concerned investigating officer shall forward one copy of the Arrest Report, or "Contact Only" Report, Form 05.02.00, to the Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control. This report shall contain information regarding any licensed premises probably connected with the minor's offense.

218.69 SECURE DETENTION OF MINORS FOR 601 WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE VIOLATIONS. Section 207 Welfare and Institutions Code (WIC) provides for the secure detention of a minor taken into custody for a violation of Section 601 WIC in the following circumstances:

  • When the arresting officer or probation officer has cause to believe the minor has outstanding wants, warrants, or holds, the minor may be securely detained for up to 12 hours after having been taken into custody.

  • When necessary to locate the minor's parents or guardian, and to arrange the return of the minor to his/her parent or guardian, the minor may be securely detained for up to 24 hours after having been taken into custody.

Exception: The minor may be securely detained for no more than 72 hours after having been taken into custody when the return of the minor cannot reasonably be accomplished within 24 hours due to the distance of the parents or guardian from the County of custody, difficulty in locating the parent or guardian, or difficulty in locating resources necessary to provide for the return of the minor.

After the arresting officer has obtained detention approval, the minor and a copy of the arrest report shall be delivered to the Probation Department.

Exception: When the Area Juvenile Coordinator is unavailable, the arresting officer shall be guided by the advice of Detective Support and Vice Division.

When the Probation Department concurs with secure detention, the minor shall be transported to the designated secure facility.

Note: The Los Angeles County Probation Department has designated Los Padrinos Juvenile Hall, 7285 East Quill Drive, Downey, for secure detention of 601 WIC violators. However, space allocated for 601 WIC detention is, on occasion, needed for 602 WIC detention purposes. Consequently, the Probation Department may deny 601 WIC detentions. When detention is denied at Los Padrinos because of insufficient space, minors shall be placed in Status Offender Detention Alternative (SODA) facilities.

When a minor is taken into custody as a person described in 601 WIC and secure detention of the minor is not required, the minor shall be placed in a SODA facility in conformance with existing procedure.

218.70 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ARREST REPORT - JUVENILE IN CUSTODY. The officer taking a juvenile into custody shall be responsible for the juvenile's booking and the completion of the Arrest Report. The concerned investigating officer shall be responsible for completing the disposition portion of the arrest report.

218.71 PETITION REQUEST FORMAT. An officer completing a petition request shall check the Type Petition Request box on the face of the Arrest Report, and on a Continuation Sheet, Form 15.09.00, entitled "Detective Information,” list:

  • Booking number and DR number;

  • Subjects' names and booking numbers (if multiple arrestees);

AND, when applicable, list the:

  • Charges;

  • Subjects' statements, including responses to the Miranda Admonition;

  • Corrections to original reports; and,

  • Additional investigative information not contained in other reports.

Reports Required. When requesting a petition, collate the reports as follows:

  • Juvenile affidavits as required;

  • Arrest Report face sheet;

  • Investigative Report (IR), if completed in conjunction with the Arrest Report;

  • Detective Information page(s), numbered D‑1, D‑2, etc.;

  • Arrest Report continuation pages;

  • Juvenile Arrest Report (Continuation), and reverse side if used, as the next to the last numbered page(s) of the Arrest Report;

  • Juvenile Automated Index printout as the last numbered page of the Arrest Report;

  • Other related reports, including a IR not completed in conjunction with the arrest; and,

  • District Attorney Witness List.

218.72 FILING OF DETAINED PETITIONS IN COMPANION CASES. An investigating officer handling a juvenile case shall complete a detained petition request on juveniles delivered to Juvenile Hall, regardless of their subsequent release by the Probation Department, when:

  • Two or more of the subjects have been arrested in connection with the same incident;

  • One or more of the subjects remain in temporary custody; and,

  • The juveniles were originally placed in custody by members of this Department.

218.73 JUVENILE CASES - JUVENILE COURT REVIEW. When a Juvenile Court petition has not been returned by the Probation Department within 21 days after delivery to that agency, the Commanding Officer, Juvenile Division, shall be responsible for contacting the concerned division juvenile coordinator or watch commander to determine whether the case merits review by the Juvenile Court.

If the case is to be reviewed by the Juvenile Court, the Commanding Officer, Juvenile Division, shall ensure that one copy of each pertinent report is taken to the judge of the Juvenile Court within 30 days of the original filing.

218.74 APPLICATION FOR PETITION - JUVENILE BOOKED AS AN ADULT. When a juvenile has been booked as an adult because the juvenile misrepresented his age and this misrepresentation materially delayed the investigation, additional time, not to exceed 48 hours, is allowed to complete the investigation and file a petition. The additional time begins when the juvenile's true age has been determined (Manual Section 4/705.62).

218.75 COMPLETION OF ARREST REPORT - JUVENILE IN CUSTODY. An Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, shall be made whenever a juvenile is booked, except when:

  • A juvenile is booked on a Juvenile Court Detaining Order.

  • A juvenile is booked "Enroute" to another jurisdiction by persons not members of the Department and no further investigation or action is contemplated by the Department.

Note: An Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, shall be made when a juvenile is booked on a Warrant of Arrest and Order for Return to Custody, which is, in effect, a warrant for a juvenile's apprehension.

A Property Disposition/Update Request, Form 10.06.00, shall be attached to the Form 05.02.00 prior to submission for supervisory approval (Manual Section 4/790.12).

218.78 JUVENILE CUSTODY REPORT. An Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, and an Arrest Disposition, Form 05.09.00, shall be completed when a juvenile is taken into custody under Section 300 of the Welfare and Institutions Code. A booking number shall be obtained for each juvenile regardless of age. However, the juvenile shall not be fingerprinted or photographed as part of the booking process. Separate prints for investigative purposes only are permissible. A Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.01.00, shall be completed and forwarded to Records and Identification Division.

Note: Completed arrest reports of 300 WIC cases shall be filed separately from other arrest reports.

218.79 NOTIFICATION TO PARENTS - JUVENILE TAKEN INTO CUSTODY UNDER SECTION 300 WELFARE AND INSTITUTIONS CODE. If an officer takes a juvenile into custody under 300 Welfare and Institution Code, the officer shall take immediate steps to notify the juvenile's parent, guardian or a responsible relative that the juvenile is in custody and that the juvenile has been placed in a facility authorized by law to care for the juvenile and provide the juvenile's parent, guardian or a responsible relative with the appropriate Department of Children and Family Services' telephone number. The address of the licensed foster family home shall not be released to the juvenile's parent, guardian or a responsible relative.

218.80 NOTIFICATION TO PARENTS - JUVENILE ARREST. When an officer takes a juvenile arrestee to a place of confinement (i.e., Area station, juvenile detention center, etc.), the officer shall take immediate steps to notify the juvenile’s parent, guardian or responsible relative that the juvenile is in custody and of the location where the juvenile is being held.

Release of Juvenile. If an arrested juvenile is released after booking, the juvenile's parents or legal guardian shall be requested to return with the juvenile for a conference with the investigating officers. The time and place the parent, guardian or responsible relative were requested to appear for the conference shall be indicated on the Juvenile Arrest Supplemental Report, Form 05.02.06.

In addition, the arresting officers shall prepare a Juvenile Notice to Appear, Form 09.03.00, in triplicate, completing all applicable spaces on the form. Upon the arrival of the person to whom the juvenile is to be released, the officer releasing shall provide him/her with a copy of the form after obtaining his/her signature on the form or a refusal to sign. In the event the person refuses to sign, the officer shall write the word "Refused" in the signature space (Manual Section 5/9.3).

Note: When an arrested juvenile under the influence of narcotics or dangerous drugs is to be released to his/her parent, guardian or responsible relative, the officer releasing the juvenile shall inform the parent, guardian or responsible relative that the juvenile is under the influence of dangerous drugs or narcotics and should be carefully observed. If the juvenile does not respond satisfactorily, he/she should be given medical attention without delay.

Detention of Juvenile. If an arrested juvenile is detained after booking, the juvenile's parents, guardian or responsible relative shall be notified and given the location where the juvenile is detained.

218.90 JUVENILE BOOKINGS INVESTIGATOR'S FINAL REPORT, FORM 05.10.00. When a juvenile is booked, the arresting officer shall remove Page 1c of the Form 05.10.00 from the Booking and Identification Record, Form 05.10.00, and attach it to the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00.

218.95 JUVENILE BOOKINGS - TELETYPE. A juvenile booking teletype shall be sent manually to the Juvenile Records Unit, Records and Identification Division, and Detective Support and Vice Division when DABIS processing is not used to book a juvenile or a person 18 years of age or older is arrested and booked for a crime committed when the arrestee was a juvenile.

219. TRANSIT RELATED CRIME REPORTING PROCEDURES.

219.05 TRANSIT - CRIME DEFINED. A transit-related incident or crime is defined as any reportable public safety incident or crime that occurs within the City limits of Los Angeles which:

  • Occurs on or about any public transit property. This includes any public transportation bus stop, train, or subway station, designated transit parking lot, and train or subway right of way (tracks and tunnels); or,

  • Involves any public transit vehicle. This includes public trains, such as Metrolink and Los Angles County Municipal Transit Authority (LACMTA) Metro Red, Blue, Gold and Green Lines. This also includes LACMTA buses and other municipal bus lines, such as Montebello, Santa Monica, and the Downtown Area Short Hop (DASH) traveling through the City.

Note: Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department has preliminary and follow-up responsibility for all transit-related policing within the City limits.

Exception: The Department shall continue to handle major crimes (e.g., homicides, sexual assaults, etc.) that occur on transit conveyances, at bus stops, at LACMTA facilities an/or properties.

219.10 INVESTIGATION-RESPONSIBILITY.

Officer’s Responsibility. When it is determined that a crime or incident is transit-related, the reporting officer shall write “Transit Incident” or ”Transit Crime” as the first entry in the report’s modus operandi (MO) box. If the report form does not have an MO box, the words “Transit Incident” or “Transit Crime” shall be written in red in any available space near the top of the form used to report the incident.

When a crime occurs on a bus, the line, number and operator’s name and identification number, if known, shall be listed on the related reports.

When the LACMTA is listed as a victim or as a premise, or is referred to in a crime report, the abbreviation “LACMTA” shall be used.

Booking Approval. Booking approval for all transit-related arrests shall be obtained by one of the 19 Area watch commanders, the Commanding Officer, Area Detective Division, or the watch commander of Jail Division, Metropolitan Section. Officers shall obtain booking advice from the watch commander, Area Detective Division for all transit related felony arrests during normal business hours.

Area Records Unit’s Responsibility.  Upon receiving a report indicating “Transit Incident” or “Transit Crime,” records personnel shall use the Consolidate Crime Analysis Database (CCAD) MO Code 0910 in conjunction with the appropriate premise code. All original reports shall be forwarded to Records and Identification Division.

Area Detective Division’s Responsibility. Upon receiving a felony arrest report or any transit-related crime report, Area Detective Division personnel shall notify the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department, Transit Services Division.

220. VEHICLE REPORTING PROCEDURES.

220.10 VEHICLE INVESTIGATION DETERMINATION. Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180 shall be completed to report the following when stolen, lost, recovered, found, or impounded:

  • Motor vehicles (all types)  including:

    • Motorcycles, motor-driven cycles, mopeds, mini-bikes, go-carts, and motor scooters;

    • Off-highway vehicle, including construction equipment, dune buggies, and racing vehicles;

    • Trailers (all types);

    • Separate vehicle motors;

    • Separate vehicle transmissions;

    • Major component vehicle parts;

    • License plates (Except found);

    • Campers; and,

    • Aircraft (all types).

In addition, this form shall be used as an order to release a vehicle impounded with a hold, and as a Garage Report of Release or Sale of an impounded vehicle.

Note: Officers shall continue to report found license plates on the Property Report, Form 10.01.00, as delineated in Manual Section 5/10.01.0.

220.15 LOST OR STOLEN VEHICLE - LICENSE OR IDENTIFICATION NUMBER UNKNOWN. When the license or identification number of a stolen or lost vehicle is unknown, the reporting officer shall complete the report, except for the missing numbers; obtain the reporting person's signature; notify the Automated Vehicle and Property Section (AVPS), Records and Identification Division; and obtain a DR number.

Vehicles Registered in California. The Area records unit processing the report shall send a teletype to DMV, Sacramento, requesting the missing numbers and directing that the reply be sent to the concerned Area records unit and the concerned investigating officers.

The concerned division records unit shall complete and distribute the report when the missing information is received from DMV.

Vehicle Registered Outside California. When the stolen or lost vehicle is registered outside California, the reporting person shall be requested to obtain the unknown numbers and forward that information to the concerned investigating officers. Also, the Area records unit processing the report shall send a teletype inquiry to the DMV in the registering state requesting registration information. Upon receipt of the return teletype, the information shall be forwarded to the concerned investigating officers. The concerned investigating officers shall notify AVPS of the missing information for updating the appropriate automated system.

220.25 REPORT OF SINGLE LOST OR STOLEN LICENSE PLATES. When a single lost or stolen license plate is reported missing, the reporting person shall be advised to immediately remove the remaining license plate from the vehicle, and to surrender it to the Department of Motor Vehicles when replacement plates are obtained.

Note: The reporting employee shall enter the name of the person advised to remove the plate from the vehicle in the narrative of the report.

220.26 ADVISING PERSONS AS TO METHOD OF REPLACEMENT REGARDING LOST OR STOLEN LICENSE PLATES. Persons making reports of lost license plates and inquiring as to the method of replacing them shall be referred to the Department of Motor Vehicles (for release of found license plates, see Manual Section 4/555.70).

220.35 COURTESY STOLEN VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL REPORTS. When a person wishes to report a vehicle stolen and the location of occurrence is outside the City limits, “Stolen” Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180 may be completed (Manual Section 5/030.05).  When a person wishes to report a vessel stolen and the location of occurrence is outside the City limits, "Stolen" Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 may be completed.

220.40 VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL INVESTIGATION COMPLETED IN THE FIELD. When a Vehicle and/or Vessel Investigation is completed in the field, a DR number shall be obtained immediately upon completion of the report. The report shall be retained and submitted for approval at end of watch or on the next routine trip to the station.

220.43 VEHICLE INVESTIGATION - NOTIFICATION REQUIRED. An officer conducting a preliminary investigation of a stolen or recovered truck of five‑ton capacity or larger, a commercial trailer, a tractor cab, or a bulldozer shall immediately telephone all available information to Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division. When Burglary Special Section personnel are not available, such notification shall be given to Detective Support and Vice Division.

220.45 REPORTING A STOLEN VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL. When a person wishes to report a vehicle or vessel stolen or lost, the interviewing officer shall conduct a preliminary interview to determine whether circumstances warrant a report.

Stolen Vehicle and/or Vessel Reports Reports. Upon determining that a “Stolen” Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180 and/or “Stolen” Vessel Report should be made, the interviewing officer shall:

  • Check with the Stolen Vehicle System (SVS) through the division record unit, when practicable, or by radio/Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) to determine if the vehicle has been repossessed or impounded.

  • Telephonically determine if the vehicle is at the Official Police Garage serving the Area where the vehicle was parked.

  • If the vehicle has been impounded, the reporting person shall be advised about obtaining the release of the vehicle (Manual Section 4/780.85).

  • Check the Automated Property System (APS) to determine if a moped has been reported stolen in that system.

  • When the reporting person cannot present a registration certificate, verify the license and motor or identification numbers by calling DMV.

  • Complete the report and obtain the reporting person's signature thereon.

  • Obtain a DR number.

Note: In addition to any required Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, a Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00, shall be completed during the initial investigation of a commercial vehicle theft or hijack when the cargo is the probable object of the theft or hijack.

220.47 REPORTING PROPERTY MISSING FROM RECOVERED VEHICLES. Upon being informed of property missing from a recovered vehicle, employees shall complete a Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, entitled "PROPERTY MISSING FROM RECOVERED VEHICLE." The Stolen Vehicle DR shall be used on the IR, Form 03.01.00.

220.50 VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL TAKEN IN A CRIME. Whenever a vehicle and/or vessel is taken in the commission of a crime a "Stolen" Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or "Stolen" Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 shall be completed in addition to the appropriate crime report.

Exception: When an officer conducting a preliminary investigation determines that a vehicle has been obtained by use of identity theft or forgery (e.g., counterfeit checks, fraudulent use of credit card, etc.), he/she shall:

  • Complete an IR accompanied by a Forgery /Identity Theft Supplemental, form 03.07.00.

Note: The vehicle and/or vessel information shall not be entered into the Stolen Vehicle System by the officer conducting the preliminary investigation.

If the concerned investigating officer determines that a Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 is appropriate, he/she shall use the crime reports DR number and notify the Automated Vehicle and Property Section, Records and Identification Division.

220.52 VEHICLES AND/OR VESSEL STOLEN BY MEANS OF A FRAUDULENT CREDIT APPLICATION. A vehicle and/or vessel stolen by means of a fraudulent credit application must possess the elements of identity theft to constitute a crime (i.e., using someone else’s personal identification, including name, social security number, identification number, etc.) in order to obtain credit. The mere inflation of income constitutes a civil matter and does not meet the elements required for fraudulent credit application investigation.

Preliminary Investigating Officer’s Responsibility. When an officer conducting a preliminary investigation determines that a vehicle and/or vessel has been obtained by use of a fraudulent credit application, the officer shall:

  • Complete an Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00;

  • Complete a Forgery / Identity Theft Supplemental (FIS), Form 03.07.00 and attach it as a page of the IR;

  • Complete a Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 titled “Stolen,” containing the elements of the crime in the narrative;

  • Notify Vehicle Information Processing (VIPU) to ensure that the vehicle information is entered into SVS; and,

  • Provide the victim with a Victim’s Supplemental Financial Loss Report, Form 03.05.00 and a copy of the Investigative Report face sheet.  The employee shall complete the shaded area at the top of the Victim’s Supplemental Financial Loss Report, briefly explain its use and leave it with the victim for reporting future loss.

Commercial Crime Division’s Responsibility. Upon receiving an FIS, IR, Stolen Vessel Report and/or Stolen Vehicle report, the detective assigned to Forgery Section shall assume primary follow-up investigation responsibility.  The detective receiving the Victim’s Supplemental Financial Loss Report from a reporting victim shall ensure that the information is legible, complete and accurate before signing the report.

When the Victim’s Supplemental Financial Loss Report is used to report additional financial loss, a separate Follow-up Investigation, Form 03.14.00 is not required.

220.55 STOLEN VEHICLE USED IN THE COMMISSION OF A CRIME. When it is determined that a stolen vehicle used in a crime has not been reported as stolen, a ”Stolen” Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, shall be completed in addition to the appropriate crime report.

220.60 LOST VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL REPORTS. When it is believed by the interviewing officer that a vehicle and/or vessel is missing under circumstances that do not warrant the taking of a "stolen" report, he or she shall direct the person to the concerned investigating officer, who shall determine whether a "lost" report should be taken.

Note: Persons appearing at Areas when the investigating officers are not available shall be interviewed by a supervisor responsible for approving the taking of reports.

220.65 CHANGE OF VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL LOST REPORT TO VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL STOLEN REPORT. When a vehicle and/or vessel has been reported lost and it is later learned to have been stolen, a Follow‑up Report, Form 03.14.00, shall be made. The Automated Vehicle and Property Section shall be notified of the change in status.

220.70 CHANGE OF VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL STOLEN REPORT TO UNFOUNDED. When a vehicle and/or vessel is reported stolen but is later determined to be misplaced or legally in the possession of someone other than the reporting person, the officer making such determination shall cause “Rec-Unfounded” Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or Vessel Report 12.08.00 to be completed and notify the Automated Vehicle and Property Section (AVPS).

Note: When the vehicle and/or vessel is legally in the possession of a repossessor, the officer shall ensure that the repossessor immediately notifies the AVPS.

The investigating officer shall ensure that the owner is aware of the status and location of the vehicle.

220.75 REPOSSESSED VEHICLE. When a repossessor notifies the Automated Vehicle and Property Section that he/she has repossessed a vehicle or boat, the , prior to issuing the DR number, shall verify with the Stolen Vehicle System (SVS) or the Automated Boat System (ABS) that the vehicle or boat has not been reported stolen.

When the vehicle has been reported stolen and a DR number was issued, the AVPS clerk shall:

  • Complete a Change/Cancellation of DR Number, Form 08.45.00, using the original stolen DR number.

  • Remove the stolen data from the SVS or ABS.

  • Enter the repossession data into the SVS or ABS using a new DR number.

  • Distribute copies of the Form 08.45.00 to the following:

    • Integrated Crime and Arrest System (ICARS) Unit, Records and Identification Division.

    • Coding Unit, Information Technology Division.

    • Concerned investigative division.

    • Concerned division record unit.

    • The concerned investigating officers shall notify the registered owner of the corrected status and location of the vehicle.

Note:  The Form 08.45.00 eliminates the need for a recovery/unfounded report.

220.80 REPORTING RECOVERED OR FOUND VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL. The officer recovering a stolen or lost vehicle and/or vessel shall make telephonic notification to the Automated Vehicle and Property Section, Records and Identification Division.

Recovered Vehicle and/or vessel in Possession of Owner or Owner's Agent. When an officer has a signed Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, on a recovered vehicle or Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 on a recovered vessel which is in possession of the owner or owner's agent, he/she shall, immediately notify the Communications Division control operator of the recovery and Automated Vehicle and Property Section, as soon as possible.

Upon receiving this notification, the control operator shall, without delay, broadcast a cancellation of the want on the vehicle.

220.85 PLACING HOLD ON IMPOUNDED VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL. When circumstances require that a vehicle and/or vessel be held for investigation, the impounding employee shall:

  • Caution the tow truck operator if there is danger of destroying evidence;

  • Place a hold for the appropriate investigative unit by entering information in the proper space on the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180 and/or the Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00;

Note: Do Not hold for Burglary Auto‑Theft Section unless specifically requested. Hold for Area detectives.

  • In the "Not Available for Release" space of the Vehicle Impound Notice, Form 15.23.00, indicate the responsible investigative unit, and the anticipated date of release (normally two business days);

  • If practicable, telephonically notify the responsible investigative unit of the hold. If telephonic notification cannot be made at the time of impound, that fact shall be recorded on the Vehicle and/or vessel Investigation, and the Area Vehicle Control Clerk shall make such notification during the next business day; and,

  • If a vehicle and/or vessel wanted for investigation cannot be impounded under authority of the Vehicle Code, contact the investigating officer of the concerned unit for advice.

220.90 MOTOR OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER. An employee shall, at the scene examine and record on appropriate reports, the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and if possible, the motor number, or the number stamped on the frame. Number locations may be obtained from:

  • Area investigating officers;

  • Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division; or,

  • Detective Support and Vice Division.

Any indication that a number has been altered shall be reported on the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or the Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 the vehicle and/or vessel shall be impounded, and a hold shall be placed on the vehicle and/or vessel for the Area investigating officer, not Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division. During normal business hours the Area investigating officer shall be notified telephonically (see also Conveyances Subject to Seizure, Manual Section 4/222.16.)

Prior to impounding any vehicle and/or vessel, the employee shall check the vehicle identification number and license number through the Stolen Vehicle System (SVS) or Automated Boat System (ABS). Prior to submitting the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or the Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 for approval, an SVS teletype shall be attached for retention in the Area.

220.95 REPORTING OF PRIVATE‑PERSON IMPOUNDED VEHICLE. When a private person notifies the Department that he/she intends to cause the removal of a vehicle from private property pursuant to Section 22658 V.C., the employee receiving the notification shall transfer the call to the Automated Vehicle and Property Section, Records and Identification Division. Any written notices received by the Department shall be forwarded to the Automated Vehicle and Property Section.

221. FIELD RELEASING VEHICLES.

221.10 RELEASING RECOVERED STOLEN VEHICLES AND/OR VESSEL. When feasible, a recovered stolen vehicle and/or vessel which does not require a hold shall be released to the owner (or the owner's agent) without impounding.

Determining Feasibility. Officers who recover a vehicle and/or vessel which appears to be available for field release shall immediately contact a supervisor. The supervisor shall determine the feasibility of making a field release based on the following factors:

  • The practicability of immediately contacting the owner (e.g., availability of owner's telephone number, local dialing area); and,

  • The time required for the owner to arrive at the recovery location; and,

  • The owner's willingness to receive the vehicle; and,

  • The current unit call load and need for police service.

Signature on Recovery Report. After verification of identity, the employee shall obtain the signature of the person receiving the vehicle and/or vessel in the "Person Reporting" box on the Recovery Report.

Victim's Report Memo. The person receiving the vehicle and/or vessel shall be given a completed Victim's Report Memo, Form 03.17.00, and shall be advised of the necessity for caution if stopped by a police unit.

Recovered Vehicle Broadcast. The employee shall immediately notify Communications Division of the release of the vehicle and/or vessel. The operator shall, without delay, broadcast a cancellation of the want on the vehicle and/or vessel.

Notification to Automated Vehicle and Property Section. The employee shall telephonically notify the Automated Vehicle and Property Section of the recovery as soon as practicable.

Latent Prints. When there is information or evidence regarding a possible suspect, consideration must be given to the desirability of attempting to lift fingerprints prior to releasing the vehicle and/or vessel.

Special Instruction. The recovering employee shall not leave the vehicle and/or vessel unattended except under unusual or emergency conditions. To preclude removal of the vehicle and/or vessel during the employee's unanticipated absence, upon initial contact the owner shall be instructed not to remove the vehicle and/or vessel if the employee is not at the scene.

221.20 FOUND VEHICLES. A found vehicle normally shall not be impounded.

Notifications. An employee discovering a vehicle which is reported lost and which does not appear to have been stolen or used in a crime shall:

  • Complete a “Found” Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180;

  • Notify the Automated Vehicle and Property Section, Records and Identification Division;

  • If practicable, notify the reporting person of the vehicle's location. Indicate date, time, and person notified in the narrative portion of the "Found" Report; and,

  • If the employee discovering a lost vehicle is unable to notify the owner or person reporting the lost vehicle, he/she shall note in the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, that a notification has not been made. The notification shall then be the responsibility of the investigating officer.

222. IMPOUNDING VEHICLES.

 

222.05 COMMUNITY CARETAKING DOCTRINE AND THE VEHICLE IMPOUND PROCEDURES.

 

COMMUNITY CARETAKING DOCTRINE OVERVIEW.  Officers shall be guided by the Community Caretaking Doctrine and the procedures set forth in this Order when deciding whether to impound a vehicle driven by an unlicensed driver, or a driver with a suspended or revoked license.  The courts have ruled that this doctrine allows officers to impound a vehicle when doing so serves a community caretaking function.  An impoundment based on the Community Caretaking Doctrine is likely warranted: 

·    When the vehicle is impeding traffic or jeopardizing public safety and convenience, such as when a vehicle is disabled following a traffic collision;

·    When the vehicle is blocking a driveway or crosswalk or otherwise preventing the efficient movement of traffic (e.g., vehicle, pedestrian, bicycle;

·    When the location of the stopped vehicle may create a public safety hazard (e.g., vehicle, pedestrian, bicyclist);

·    When the location of the vehicle, if left at the location, may make it a target for vandalism or theft; or,

·    To prevent the immediate and continued unlawful operation of the vehicle (e.g., licensed driver not immediately available).

The totality of circumstances, including the factors listed above, should be considered when deciding whether impoundment is reasonable under the Community Caretaking Doctrine and the Fourth Amendment.  The decision to impound any vehicle must be reasonable and in furtherance of public safety.

 

UNLICENSED DRIVER AND DRIVER WITH A SUSPENDED/REVOKED LICENSE IMPOUND AUTHORITIES.

 

Unlicensed Driver – No Priors.  Section 22651(p) VC shall be used as the impound authority for all vehicles being impounded when it has been determined that the driver was involved in the following and the officer issues a Traffic Notice to Appear citation, Form 04.50.00: 

·    Driving without a valid California Driver's License (unless the driver is a nonresident with a valid license or otherwise exempt under the Vehicle Code); or,

·    Driving with an expired, withheld, or out-of-class California Driver's License.

Officers shall release the vehicle in lieu of impound provided all of the following conditions are met:  

·    The registered owner or his/her designee has a valid California Driver's License or is a nonresident with a valid license or otherwise exempt under the Vehicle Code;

·    The registered owner and licensed driver are immediately available;

·    The registered owner authorizes the licensed driver to drive the vehicle; and,

·    The vehicle's registration is not expired over six (6) months.

 

Note:  If the traffic stop is conducted in the registered owner’s residential driveway or a legal parking space in the immediate vicinity of the owner’s residence, impounding the vehicle would not be appropriate. However, if the traffic stop is conducted in the driver’s residential driveway or in the immediate vicinity of the driver’s residence but the driver is not the registered owner, officers must consider the totality of the circumstances to determine if impoundment is reasonable.    

The name and driver’s license number of the licensed driver that the vehicle is being released to shall be documented in the narrative portion of the Traffic Notice to Appear that is issued to the unlicensed driver.  If it is determined that the registered owner knowingly allowed an unlicensed driver to operate the vehicle, he or she may be cited for Section 14604(a) VC, “Non-Owner Driver of Vehicle.” 

 

When the vehicle cannot be released to a licensed driver, the vehicle shall be impounded pursuant to Section 22651(p) VC or, if the vehicle’s registration is expired over six (6) months, pursuant to Section 22651(o) VC, to prevent the immediate and continued unlawful operation as warranted under the Community Caretaking Doctrine.  The Official Police Garage (OPG) tow should be requested when it is determined that the vehicle cannot be released.

 

Note:  If it is determined that the vehicle will be impounded, use impound authority Section 14602.6(a)(1) VC (30-Day Hold) if all of the following conditions are met:

·      The driver has never been issued a driver’s license by any jurisdiction (foreign or domestic); and,

·      The driver is unable to show proof of insurance or at-fault in the traffic collision or lacks proof of identification.

The reason to impound the vehicle shall not be based on whether the vehicle is properly insured.

 

Unlicensed Driver - With Prior(s).  Section 14602.6(a)(1) VC (30-Day Hold) shall be used as the impound authority when it has been determined that the driver has never been issued a driver’s license by any jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) and has a prior misdemeanor conviction, failure to appear, or warrant for Section 12500(a) VC. 

 

Note: Section 22651(p) VC shall always be used as the impound authority if it has been determined that the driver has an expired, withheld or out of class driver’s license and has a prior misdemeanor conviction, failure to appear, or warrant for 12500(a), 14601, 14601.1, 14601.2, 14601.3, 14601.4, or 14601.5 VC.

 

If the driver is the registered owner and has a prior misdemeanor conviction:  Officers shall document in the “Remarks” or “Narrative” section of the impound Vehicle Report, CHP 180 form, that the vehicle is eligible for vehicle forfeiture as delineated in Section 14607.6 VC, except if the driver’s license expired within the preceding 30 days, then no such notation shall be made.  

 

Driver with Suspended/Revoked License – No Priors.  Section 14602.6(a)(1) VC (30-Day Hold) shall be used as the impound authority for all vehicles being impounded when it has been determined that the driver was involved in any of the following: 

·    Driving with a suspended or revoked license; or,

·    Driving with a restricted license pursuant to Sections 13352 or 23575 VC, and the vehicle is not equipped with a functioning, certified interlock device.

Officers shall release the vehicle in lieu of impound provided all of the following conditions are met: 

·    The registered owner or his/her designee has a valid California Driver’s License or is a nonresident with a valid license or is otherwise  

      exempt under the Vehicle Code;

·    The registered owner and licensed driver are immediately available;

·    The registered owner authorizes the licensed driver to drive the vehicle; and,

·    The vehicle's registration is not expired over six (6) months.

Note:  If the traffic stop is conducted in the registered owner's residential driveway or a legal parking space in the immediate vicinity of the owner’s residence, impounding the vehicle would not be appropriate.  However, if the traffic stop is conducted in the driver’s residential driveway or in the immediate vicinity of the driver's residence but the driver is not the registered owner, officers must consider the totality of the circumstances to determine if impoundment is reasonable. 

 

Officers impounding a vehicle under Section 14602.6(a)(1) VC shall either effect a custodial arrest of the driver or issue a Traffic Notice to Appear citation in the field.  Vehicles impounded under this Section shall be impounded for 30 days, unless earlier release is authorized by the Area Auto detectives in accordance with Section 14602.6 VC.

 

The name and driver's license number of the licensed driver that the vehicle is being released to shall be documented in the narrative portion of the Traffic Notice to Appear that is issued to the unlicensed driver.  If it is determined that the registered owner knowingly allowed an unlicensed driver to operate the vehicle, he or she may be cited for Section 14604(a) VC, “Non-Owner Driver of Vehicle.” 

 

Driver with Suspended/Revoked License – With Prior(s).  Section 14602.6(a)(1) VC (30-Day Hold) shall be used as the impound authority for all vehicles being impounded when it has been determined that the suspended/revoked/restricted violator has a prior misdemeanor conviction, failure to appear, or warrant for Sections 12500(a), 14601, 14601.1, 14601.2, 14601.3, 14601.4, or 14601.5 VC.

 

Note:  If the driver is the registered owner and has a prior misdemeanor conviction:  Officers shall document in the “Remarks” or “Narrative” section of the impound Vehicle Report, that the vehicle is eligible for vehicle forfeiture as delineated in Section 14607.6 VC.

 

MISCELLANEOUS IMPOUNDS.

 

Impounding Vehicles Driven by Habitual Driving Under the Influence Offenders.  Section 14602.8(a)(1) VC authorizes an officer to impound a vehicle from a driver when it is determined that a person has been convicted of Section 23140 VC, Juvenile Driving Under the Influence of Alcohol; 23152 VC, Driving Under the Influence of Drugs or Alcohol; or 23153 VC, Causing Bodily Injury While Driving Under the Influence of Drugs or Alcohol, within the past 10 years and one or more of the following circumstances applies. 

 

The officer shall immediately cause the removal and seizure of the vehicle that such a person was driving, under either of the following circumstances: 

·    The person was driving a vehicle with a blood alcohol content of 0.10 percent or more; or,

·    The person driving the vehicle refused to submit to or complete a chemical test.

A vehicle impounded pursuant to the aforementioned section shall be impounded for one of the following time periods: 

·    5 Days – If the person has been convicted once for violating Sections 23140, 23152 or 23153 VC, and the violation occurred within the preceding

     10 years; or,

·   15 Days – If the person has been convicted two or more times for violating Sections 23140, 23152 or 23153 VC or any combination thereof, and

     the violations occurred within the preceding 10 years.

The vehicle shall be released to the registered owner or his or her designee prior to the end of the impoundment period only under conditions set forth in Section 14602.8(d) VC.

 

Citing or Arresting Unlicensed Drivers at Traffic Collision Scenes and Related Vehicle Impounds.  For an unlicensed driver or driver with a suspended/revoked license at traffic collision scenes, the appropriate impound authority or release-at-scene protocol shall be utilized in accordance with Section II in this Order.

 

A driver involved in a traffic collision may be cited or placed under custodial arrest when the officer determines that the involved vehicle was operated by an unlicensed driver or a driver whose driving privilege was suspended or revoked.

 

The officer’s determination shall be based upon witnesses’ statements, a driver’s admission and/or physical evidence.  The related impound Vehicle Report shall contain the following: 

·         A full narrative listing all of the information/elements to establish the driver’s offense; and,

·         Names, addresses, telephone numbers and statements of witnesses that can establish the driver operating the vehicle.

If the traffic collision results in injuries, officers shall complete the Traffic Collision Report, CHP 555 form.  However, if the traffic collision does not result in injuries and one of the parties is unlicensed, a Traffic Collision Report shall not be completed.  The officer shall ensure an exchange of information is completed between the involved parties.  Officers shall issue a Traffic Notice to Appear citation to the unlicensed driver and document the name, address and telephone number of the witnessing party or parties on the back of the “Golden Rod” copy of the issuing officer’s Traffic Notice to Appear citation.

 

If the violator challenges the citation during a subsequent court proceeding, the issuing officer shall be responsible for contacting the witnessing parties and requesting their attendance in court.

 

When the unlicensed driver does not possess valid identification, officers shall advise the other involved party of the option to effect a private person’s arrest.  When a private person’s arrest is made, officers shall indicate a charge of Section 12500(a) VC or 14601(a) VC, or other appropriate VC section(s) for driving when the privilege is suspended or revoked.  

 

Impounding Vehicles at Driving Under the Influence Checkpoints.  The following procedures apply if the driver’s only offense is a violation of Section 12500 VC, even if the driver has a prior misdemeanor conviction, failure to appear, or warrant for 12500 VC.  Officers shall make a reasonable attempt to identify the registered owner of the vehicle driven by an unlicensed driver.  When the registered owner is present or able to respond to the scene prior to the conclusion of the DUI checkpoint operation, or the officer is able, without delay, to identify the registered owner and obtain his/her authorization to release the vehicle to a licensed driver at the scene, the vehicle shall be released to either the registered owner or the authorized licensed driver provided the following conditions are met: 

·    The registered owner or his/her designee has a valid California Driver’s License or is a nonresident with a valid license or is otherwise exempt under the Vehicle Code; and,

·    The registered owner authorizes the licensed driver to drive the vehicle.

The name and driver’s license number of the licensed driver the vehicle is being released to shall be documented in the narrative portion of the Traffic Notice to Appear citation issued to the violator.

 

When the vehicle cannot be released to the registered owner or his or her designee, officers shall impound the vehicle under the authority of Section 22651(p) VC.

 

When the violator has a suspended or revoked driver’s license, officers shall impound or release the vehicle as outlined in Section II “Unlicensed and Suspended/Revoked Driver Impound Authorities” of this Order. 

 

Impounding Vehicles When the Driver is Arrested.  Section 22651(h)(1) VC authorizes an officer to impound a vehicle from a driver who has been arrested and taken into physical custody.  However, as noted in Section I of this Order, officers must also determine if the totality of the circumstances supports impoundment of the vehicle under the Community Caretaking Doctrine.

 

When a driver is arrested, the vehicle should not be impounded under the following circumstances: 

·    If the arrestee is the registered owner and the vehicle is parked in the arrestee’s residential driveway or a legal parking space in the immediate vicinity of the arrestee’s residence;

·    If the vehicle is parked in a legal parking space where it is not posing a traffic hazard and is not likely to be a target of vandalism or theft; or,

·    If a licensed passenger is present and not impaired or otherwise unable to lawfully operate the vehicle and is given permission by the registered owner.

Note:  In situations other than those above, when community caretaking warrants impoundment, Section 22651(h)(1) VC shall be used as the impound authority.  If the driver arrested has prior DUI convictions, officers shall be guided by Section 14602.8(a)(1) VC.

 

222.10 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ARRESTEE'S VEHICLE. Arresting officers shall be responsible for the reasonable care of a vehicle in the immediate physical possession of the arrestee.

Note: Outside agency officers shall care for the arrestee's vehicle when they are responsible for completing the investigation.

222.15 IMPOUNDING VEHICLE INVOLVED IN AN ACCIDENT. Employees shall impound a vehicle involved in a traffic collision when:

  • The vehicle is on a traffic way, cannot readily be moved, and is obstructing traffic; and,

  • The driver of the vehicle is injured to the extent that he/she is unable to care for the vehicle or   provide for its care.

It is the responsibility of the tow truck operator to remove all broken glass and other debris from the street at the scene of the accident.

222.16 IMPOUNDING CONVEYANCES USED IN DRUG TRAFFICKING. Officers impounding conveyances in accordance with Section 11470 Health and Safety Code (H&S)(1) shall:

  • Obtain impound and storage approval from the Forfeiture Coordinator, Gang and Narcotics Division, or Detective Support and Vice Division;

  • Hold the conveyance for Gang and Narcotics Division;

  • Indicate in the "Not Available for Release" space of the Vehicle Impound Notice, Form 15.23.00, the phone number of Gang and Narcotics Division;

  • Indicate in the "Vehicle Release Order" portion of the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, "Release to Gang and Narcotics Division Only";

  • Accurately describe in the Arrest Report, Form 05.02.00, the conveyance, its involvement in the case, and its disposition; and,

  • Forward copies of all related reports to the Forfeiture Coordinator, Gang and Narcotics Division.

Conveyances Subject to Seizure. Section 11470 of the Health and Safety Code allows officers to seize certain involved conveyances pending forfeiture proceedings if the conveyances are used in the possession or transportation of a controlled substance for sale and the owners or operators are arrested for 11351, 11352, 11355, 11359, 11360, 11378, 11379, or 11382 Health and Safety Code, or if an attempt is made to arrest the owner or operators on these charges. This option is limited to those cases involving the below described conveyances:

  • Any two‑axle vehicle;

  • Any motorcycle or motor‑driven cycle;

  • Any three‑axle house car;

  • A tractor trailer vehicle;

  • A heavy duty vehicle, (i.e., three‑axle truck or privately owned bus over 6,000 pounds gross weight);

  • Any airplane; and,

  • Any boat or ship.

Note: Implements of husbandry and common carriers are not subject to forfeiture.

222.18 IMPOUNDING VEHICLES PURSUANT TO VEHICLE CODE SECTION 22651(o) OR (p) - OFFICER RESPONSIBILITY. In addition to completing all necessary reports and notifications, an officer who causes the impound of a vehicle under authority of Section 22651(o) or (p) VC shall place a "HOLD" on the vehicle for the concerned Area Vehicle Coordinator.

222.19 IMPOUNDING VEHICLES PURSUANT TO LAMC SECTION 80.73.2 AS AUTHORIZED BY VEHICLE CODE SECTION 22561(k) OF THE CALIFORNIA VEHICLE CODE. If a vehicle remains parked in the same location and the chalk marks remain unchanged for 72 consecutive hours or longer, officers who choose to impound the vehicle shall:

  • Issue the vehicle a parking citation for violation of LAMC Section 80.73.2;

  • Impound the vehicle as authorized by 22651(k) of the California Vehicle Code;

  • Record the information detailing the location of the chalk marks and tire valve stems (mentioned above) in the narrative portion of the Vehicle Impound Report;

  • Record the date and time the vehicle’s tires were originally marked with chalk along with the date and time the tire valve stem positions were originally observed, in the narrative section of the Vehicle Impound Report.

Note: If the officer citing and impounding the vehicle is different from the officer that originally observed and marked the tires of the vehicle, the impounding officer shall include the name and serial number of the officer making the initial observations in the narrative of the impound report.

 

222.20 ILLEGALLY PARKED VEHICLE. An employee may impound an illegally parked vehicle when it:

  • Obstructs the normal movement of traffic;

  • Is left standing upon a street or highway; and,

  • Is impracticable to move the vehicle to a legal parking space in the near vicinity. A police vehicle shall not be used to move an illegally parked vehicle except as provided in Manual Section 4/223.40.

A citation shall be issued when an illegally parked vehicle is impounded or moved.

222.25 SPECIAL EVENTS. Instructions for impounding illegally parked vehicles in the vicinity of a special event shall be given prior to the event.

222.30 VEHICLE INVOLVED IN NATIONAL FIRE ARMS ACT INVESTIGATION. A vehicle in which there has been transported, or in which there is found an illegal weapon as defined by the National Firearms Act, shall be impounded in conjunction with a lawful arrest and held for Detective Support  and Vice Division. A teletype shall be sent to Detective Support and Vice Division containing the following information:

  • Reason for placing hold;

  • The name, booking number, and charge of arrestee;

  • Year, make, model, and license number of the impounded vehicle; and,

  • DR number of the Vehicle Report.

Detective Support and Vice Division shall coordinate the release of the vehicle to the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF), U.S. Treasury Department.

222.35 ABANDONED VEHICLES. Generally, all requests for the removal of abandoned vehicles should be forwarded to the Department of Transportation.  However, should officers choose to take enforcement action, they shall:

  • Mark the vehicle’s tires with chalk;

  • Mark the pavement around the vehicle’s tires with chalk;

  • Indicate the location of the valve stems of the tires as they relate to a clock face, (i.e., left front tire valve at 2 O’clock, right rear tire valve at 6 O’clock); and,

  • Ensure this information is later documented in the narrative section of the Vehicle Impound Report CHP 180 Form.

Note: Pre-impound hearings are no longer required.

222.38 ABANDONED VEHICLES WITH ALTERED IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS. When the identification number(s) on an impounded abandoned vehicle are missing, have been altered, or do not correspond with those on file with the Department of Motor Vehicles, Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, shall be completed and a hold placed on the vehicle.

Investigators in the Area where the vehicle has been impounded shall be responsible for the investigation of the vehicle and its disposition.

222.40 REMOVAL OF DISMANTLED VEHICLES. The Bureau of Street Maintenance is responsible for removing a dismantled vehicle from public property when the vehicle lacks evidence of registration or an identification number. The commanding officer of the concerned Area shall request its removal by forwarding a letter, in triplicate, to the Department of Transportation.

The letter shall contain the following information:

  • Location of the vehicle;

  • Extent of dismantling;

  • Estimated length of time abandoned;

  • Names and addresses of witnesses interviewed in attempting to locate the owner; and,

  • Statement regarding lack of evidence of registration or identification.

222.42 REMOVAL OF MAJOR COMPONENT VEHICLE PARTS.

Impounding Officer’s Responsibility. Generally, officers should not remove vehicle parts in the field. When an officer determines that a vehicle has a part with an altered or removed vehicle identification number, or has stolen parts attached which require removal, the officer shall comply with Section 4/220.90 of the Department Manual.

Note: If the officer recovers a major component part only (e.g., recovered engine), the officer shall obtain tow service as outlined in Manual Section 4/223.10. When practicable, the officer may transport the major vehicle component to an Official Police Garage (OPG) for storage. The impoundment of major component vehicle parts shall be reported on the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180.

Detective’s Responsibility. When a detective determines that an impounded vehicle has a vehicle part with an altered or removed vehicle identification number, or has stolen parts attached which require removal the detective shall:

  • List the parts to be removed and the reason for removal on the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180;

Note:  Non-matching serialized parts which are stolen or have an altered or removed vehicle identification number require a separate report and DR and shall be stored at an Official Police Garage (OPG).

Exception:  Non-matching serialized parts may be listed on one report if recovered at the same time and location. Employees shall obtain a general DR for the non-serialized parts and note where the property is stored in the narrative of the report.

  • Request that the concerned detective commanding officer prepare correspondence on Department letterhead identifying the parts to be removed and directing the OPG storing the vehicle to remove and store the identified parts;

  • Request that the concerned OPG forward an invoice, listing the parts removed, to the concerned detective commanding officer;

  • Request that the concerned detective commanding officer prepare an Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00, requesting Fiscal Operations Division to remit payment to the OPG;

  • Forward the original OPG invoice and the request for payment (Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00) to Fiscal Operations Division; and,

  • Authorize the release of the recovered parts as soon as practicable (Manual Section 4/550).

Note: The detective commanding officer shall ensure that the concerned Detective III audits vehicle parts stored at OPG facilities every 30 days to ensure timely disposition of such parts.

222.50 NOTIFICATION TO OWNER OF IMPOUNDED VEHICLE.

Impounding Employee Responsibility. Any member of this Department impounding a vehicle shall cause notification to be made to the registered and legal owners of record within 48 hours of the impound. Notification shall be made by mailing or personally delivering a Notice of Stored/Impounded Vehicle, Form 15.23.00, immediately following approval of the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180.

Exception: The new notification procedures do not apply to vehicles impounded for investigation by authority of Section 22655 V.C. (Hit and Run vehicle impounded for investigation), vehicles removed from private property by authority of 22658 V.C., or vehicles seized for forfeiture (Manual Section 4/222.16). Procedures for impounding vehicles by authority of the above sections remain unchanged.

Obtaining Information. Owner information is available through SVS, Department records, or records in the vehicle. If complete owner information is unavailable from these sources, the impounding employee shall cause a teletype request to be sent to the Department of Motor Vehicles, Sacramento, or, for a vehicle registered out of state, a teletype request through the National Law Enforcement Telecommunications System.

Upon receipt of the return teletype, the supervisor approving the Vehicle Investigation shall ensure that the information is entered and that any appropriate notices are mailed. If the return teletype is not received by the end of the business day following the impound, the report shall be forwarded to the Area Vehicle Control Clerk who shall obtain the information, complete the report processing, and make appropriate notifications.

Notification by Mail. Notification by mail shall be accomplished as follows:

  • Abandoned Vehicles-$200 or Less. If an abandoned vehicle is appraised at two hundred dollars or less, the impounding employee shall cause a Notice of Stored Impounded Vehicle, Form 15.23.00, and all required notifications related to post‑storage vehicle impound hearings (Manual Section 4/226.05) to be mailed to the present, legal, and registered owners.

  • Other Impounded Vehicles. The impounding employee shall cause a Notice of Impounded Vehicle, Form 15.23.00, and all required notifications related to post‑storage vehicle impound hearings (Manual Section 4/226.05) to be sent to the present, registered, and legal owners and, if the vehicle, was reported stolen, the person reporting.

Note: When a vehicle is impounded as a result of the driver's arrest, "22651 (h) V.C.," (NOT "driver arrested") shall be entered as the reason for impound. (See also Conveyances Subject to Seizure, Manual Section 4/222.16.)

Telephonic Notifications.

No Hold. When no hold is placed on the vehicle, the present owner, in addition to being notified by mail, shall, when practicable within the local or ATSS dialing area, be notified telephonically by the impounding employee. Such notification, or the reason for not notifying, shall be documented on the bottom line of the "Narrative" section of the Vehicle Investigation.

Holds. When a hold is placed on an impounded vehicle, the impounding employee shall not telephonically notify the owner or reporting party. (In these instances, telephonic notification is the responsibility of the Area Vehicle Control Clerk).

222.51 VEHICLE IMPOUND NOTICE.

Officer’s Responsibility. An officer impounding a motor vehicle pursuant to Section 22651 (o) or (p) of the California Vehicle Code shall complete and serve a copy of the Vehicle Impound Notice, Form 16.27.6, to the driver of the vehicle. Officers shall attach the original Vehicle Impound Notice to the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180. Additionally, the officer shall inform the driver of the vehicle that:

  • The vehicle will only be released at the specified police facility and will not be released in the field;

  • The vehicle will be released at the specified police facility and only to the registered owner or a notarized agent;

  • To obtain a release for the vehicle, a valid driver license and current vehicle registration must be produced at the time of release;

  • The registered owner or notarized agent must appear in person with the above documents at the specified police facility indicated on the reverse side of the Vehicle Impound Notice.

Note: If at the time of requesting a vehicle release at the specified police facility the vehicle registered owner is unlicensed but is accompanied by a licensed driver, the registered owner must produce a valid form of identification with photo to obtain the vehicle. Examples of acceptable forms of identification include, but are not limited to:

  • California Identification Card;

  • Valid out-of-state identification card with a picture;

  • Federal immigration card (green);

  • Department of Justice identification card; and,

  • Passport with photo.

Area Records Unit’s Responsibility. Area records unit personnel shall ensure that a copy of the Vehicle Impound Notice, Form 16.27.6 is attached to each copy of the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180.

222.55 FINGERPRINTS ON IMPOUNDED VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL. When a vehicle and/or vessel is held for prints (Manual Section 4/220.85), the impounding officer shall:

  • Notify by telephone the Latent Print Section, Scientific Investigation Division, or the Valley Section, Scientific Investigation Division, if the vehicle was impounded in a Valley Area; and,

  • Place in the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180, and/or the Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00 the name, serial number, and division of assignment of the person notified that the vehicle and/or vessel is held for prints.

222.59 INVENTORY OF PROPERTY FROM VEHICLES TAKEN INTO LAWFUL POLICE CUSTODY.

Officers shall inventory the contents of all vehicles that are taken into lawful police custody.

A vehicle inventory is not intended to be a search for items of evidence, but is intended to identify and list all property that is contained within the vehicle being taken into lawful police custody.

The inventory shall include property contained within the vehicle’s passenger compartment, glove compartment, console, trunk, and any other compartment or box that may contain property. All property located in these areas shall be listed in the “Remarks” section of the CHP Form 180.

All unlocked containers found in the vehicle shall be opened and their contents listed in the “Remarks” section on the CHP Form 180.

Exception: If the glove compartment, console, trunk, or unsecured container is locked, and there is no key or mechanical/electrical mechanism to open that area of the vehicle, officers shall not force entry into the locked area to inventory its contents. However, officers shall note that the particular area or item in the vehicle was locked, with no means to open it, in the “Remarks” section of the CHP Form 180.

Note: Items of contraband or evidence, which are discovered during the inventory, shall be seized and booked as outlined in the Manual (4/501-590.10) and detailed in corresponding reports.

The supervisor reviewing and approving the CHP Form 180 shall ensure that officers have inventoried and documented all property discovered during the vehicle inventory search.

222.60 PROPERTY IN A VEHICLE AND/OR VESSEL TAKEN INTO POLICE CUSTODY. When a vehicle and/or vessel is taken into police custody, the following items shall be removed and booked in accordance with established procedures:

  • All property of evidential value;

  • Property that is estimated by the employee to have a market value of more than $50 per item or a total value of more than $100 when these items cannot be locked in the driver's compartment, glove box, or trunk;

  • All money; and,

  • Any item declared to be of value by the person in apparent lawful control of the vehicle and/or vessel if the person insists.

All property which is left in an impounded vehicle and/or vessel shall be listed on the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180 and/or the Vessel Report, Form 12.08.00.

Los Angeles Department of Transportation (LADOT) employees shall be permitted to book property removed from impounded vehicles and/or vessel into the Department's property system under the following condition:

  • Property estimated by the employee to have a market value of more that $50 per item or to have a total value of more than $100; and,

  • The items cannot be secured in the driver's compartment, glove box, or trunk.

The LADOT employee shall be responsible for the completion of the property report and the proper packaging of the item(s) to be booked.

Note: Items deemed to be of evidentiary value shall be booked by a sworn employee.

222.61 PROPERTY IN A VEHICLE TO BE LEFT PARKED. When a vehicle is left legally parked at the scene of a police investigation, the following items shall be removed and booked in accordance with established procedures:

  • All property of evidential value, whether in plain sight or found as a result of a legal search;

  • Property that is estimated by the employee to have a market value of more than $50 per item or a total value of more than $100 when these items cannot be locked in the driver's compartment, glove box, or trunk;

  • Any items of evidential value in the trunk or glove box of the vehicle that come into the sight of employees securing property from the driver’s compartment;

  • All money found, whether in plain sight or a result of a legal search; and,

  • Any item declared to be of value by the person in apparent lawful control of the vehicle if the person insists.

All property, whether in plain sight or found as a result of a legal search, which is left in the vehicle shall be listed on the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180.

222.62 IMPOUNDED VEHICLE REPORT - CRIME REPORT INFORMATION.  The impounding employee shall not complete items relative to witnesses, suspects, arrestees and narrative (other than impound remarks) until the garage copies have been detached.

222.65 KEYS AND REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE IN AN IMPOUNDED VEHICLE. Neither the ignition keys nor the registration certificate shall be removed from an impounded vehicle unless they are to be booked as evidence.

222.80 VEHICLE APPRAISERS. Any regular employee may be appointed to appraise vehicles for this Department. The selection and appointment of vehicle appraisers shall be accomplished as follows:

Selecting Appraisers. The commanding officer of each traffic division, or Area which regularly uses appraisers, shall select employees in his/her command to appraise vehicles. A sufficient number of appraisers shall be appointed to ensure availability during normal working hours.

Maintaining Roster of Appraisers. The names of all persons selected by commanding officers as Vehicle Appraisers shall be forwarded to the Commanding Officer, Commercial Crimes Division, on an Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00. The Commanding Officer, Commercial Crimes Division, shall be responsible for maintaining a current list of vehicle appraisers.

Note: Only employees whose names appear on the current roster maintained by Burglary Special Section are authorized to appraise abandoned vehicles.

Termination of Authority to Act as an Appraiser. When an appraiser is transferred or reassigned to a new position, his/her authority to act as an appraiser shall be terminated. The commanding officer of any employee designated as a Vehicle Appraiser may terminate the employee's appraiser status at any time. When a change is made to an employee's status as an appraiser, his/her commanding officer shall notify Burglary Special Section of the changes by submitting an Intradepartmental Correspondence, Form 15.02.00, to the Commanding Officer, Commercial Crimes Division.

Vehicle Appraiser’s Responsibility. Vehicle appraisers shall be responsible for appraising all vehicles impounded by this Department, including vehicles stored at Official Police Garages (OPG). Appraisers shall also be responsible for completing the applicable portions of the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) Form 4.62, Notice of Vehicle to be Dismantled or Junked and Form 256, Statement of Facts. These forms are utilized during OPG lien sale proceedings.

Training of Appraisers. Commanding officers of employees selected as vehicle appraisers shall ensure that the appraisers have been properly trained. All training shall be coordinated by Training Division to ensure Departmentwide uniformity.

223. TOW SERVICE.

223.10 TOW SERVICE - OBTAINING. Prior to impounding any vehicle, an employee shall check the identification number and license number through SVS. All requests for tow service shall be made through the communications control operator. The request shall include the license, motor, or identification number, when available. Additionally, moped identification numbers shall be checked through the Automated Property System (APS).

Heavy‑Duty Tow. An employee shall request heavy‑duty tow service when the vehicle to be towed:

  • Has three or more axles; or,

  • Has a gross weight, laden or unladen, in excess of 10,000 pounds; or,

  • Is a combination of commercial trailers; or,

  • Is determined by the requesting employee to require heavy‑duty equipment.

Note: To ensure the dispatch of the proper tow unit, the employee should briefly explain why heavy‑duty tow is being requested, the type of vehicle involved, and the nature of the towing requirement (e.g., "Heavy‑duty tow service requested for three‑axle truck‑tractor with thirty‑five‑foot, fully loaded semi‑trailer, both over‑turned in roadway.")

223.20 TOW SERVICE REQUESTS FOR CHP OFFICERS. An employee at the scene of a traffic collision which is the responsibility of the CHP shall not normally request tow service. If circumstances require an immediate request, the employee shall indicate that the request is being made on behalf of the CHP.

223.30 ASSISTANCE REQUESTED BY PRIVATE PERSON. When the operator of a vehicle stalled on a highway desires assistance in the servicing, repairing, or removal of his vehicle, and no telephone facilities are reasonably available, he/she shall be informed that a request will be relayed to an agency of his choosing. When the operator is unable to specify a particular agency, employees shall notify, through the communications control operator, an official police garage.

The control operator shall be informed of the following:

  • That assistance is being requested for the operator of a stalled vehicle.

  • The name of the agency to be notified. (When the operator of a stalled vehicle requests service from an automobile club, the employee shall determine if the operator has a valid membership card.)

  • The license number of the vehicle.

  • Apparent trouble.

  • Exact location of the vehicle.

The Department assumes no responsibility for the reliability or the cost of the service rendered.

223.40 MOVING STALLED VEHICLES WITH POLICE AUTOMOBILES. Employees may use a police automobile to push another vehicle only when:

  • It is necessary to clear the road; AND,

  • The circumstances indicate neither vehicle will be damaged by such action.

In such cases, the other automobile shall be moved no farther than the nearest place of safety or legal parking. No attempt shall be made to start the vehicle during such movement.

Note: Care shall be used in moving vehicles equipped with automatic transmissions. Such vehicles may be moved short distances at speeds less than 20 miles per hour.

225. ADVERTISING, UNLAWFUL.

225.50 ADVERTISING UNLAWFULLY POSTED, REMOVAL OF. When advertising posters are observed posted on utility poles or public property, officers shall remove them except when posted in such manner, or the amount of postings is such, as to make their removal impractical. Officers removing posters shall complete and forward an Employee's Report, Form 15.07.00, to the Bureau of Street Maintenance, Department of Public Works. The form shall contain the:

  • Manner of posting.

  • General content of the postings.

  • Location from which removed.

When it is impractical for officers to remove such posters, the location of the posters and the reason for non-removal shall be indicated on an Employee's Report, which shall be forwarded in the same manner.

226. VEHICLE IMPOUND HEARINGS.

 

226.05 TYPES OF HEARINGS.

Pre-Impound Hearings. A pre-impound hearing is held to determine if probable cause exists to remove a parked vehicle in violation of Section 80.77(a) of the Los Angeles Municipal Code (LAMC) 72-hour parking restriction or 22669(a) California Vehicle Code (CVC) abandoned vehicle.

Post-Impound Hearings. Post impound hearings are held to determine whether probable cause existed to impound a particular vehicle and to determine who is responsible for the payment of the impound and/or storage fees.

Note: Supervisors shall conduct hearings only for those vehicles impounded by employees of this Department.

Time Limit. Unless mutual arrangements are made to the contrary, all post‑storage vehicle impound hearings shall be held within 48 hours of receipt of a written, telephonic, or personal request by the registered or legal owner of an impounded vehicle or their agent.

The outcome of the post-storage hearing shall not affect any related traffic citation or other criminal proceedings which may be brought against the owner or claimant of the impounded vehicle. The Department and/or the citizen may present witnesses and evidence at a post-storage vehicle impound hearing.

All vehicle impound hearings shall be conducted and available to the appellant (i.e., legal owner, registered owner, or their agent) Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. The hearing times shall be conducted during normal business hours as established by each Area.

Note: Refer to section 4/780.50 for vehicle Impound hearings regarding vehicles seized as evidence or vehicles stored for an unreasonable time period. 

226.20 IMPOUND HEARINGS - EMPLOYEE’S RESPONSIBILITY.

Pre‑Impound Hearings. A Department employee receiving a request for a pre‑impound hearing shall:

  • Check the duplicate Warning of Parking Violation File to determine if the request is within the 24‑hour time limit; and,

  • Direct the appellant to the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator to schedule a hearing and provide the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator a copy of the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180.

Post‑Impound Hearings. A Department employee receiving a request for a post‑impound hearing shall:

  • Determine if the vehicle was impounded from within the employee's Area/division. If not, direct the citizen to the appropriate Area or division, contact the appropriate Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator and schedule a hearing for the appellant;

  • If impounded from within the Area of the request, obtain a copy of the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180;

  • Confirm that the request is within the 10 day time limit;

Note: The 10-day period may be extended by the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator.

  • Direct the appellant to the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator to schedule a hearing; and,

  • Provide the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator with a copy of the Vehicle Report, CHP Form 180.

226.25 IMPOUND HEARINGS - COMMANDING OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITY. Area/division commanding officers shall ensure that:

  • An adequate number of supervisors within their command receive Probable Cause Vehicle Impound Hearing Procedures training; and,

  • Only those supervisors who have received Department approved training and certification conduct vehicle impound hearings.

226.30 IMPOUND HEARINGS – AREA VEHICLE IMPOUND HEARING COORDINATOR’S RESPONSIBILITY.

The auto theft detective coordinator is designated as the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator and shall monitor and supervise impound hearing procedures. All vehicle impound hearings shall be conducted at the Area where the impound occurred. Hearings shall only be conducted by employees of a supervisory rank, who have received Probable Cause Vehicle Impound Hearing Procedures training and are assigned to the Area Detective Section, Auto Theft Unit.

Exception: If the impounding employee is assigned to the Area Detective Section, Auto Theft Unit, a detective supervisor trained in impound hearing procedures, other than a supervisor assigned to the Area Detective Section, Auto Theft Unit, shall conduct the hearing.

Impound hearings for vehicles impounded by traffic division units or non-patrol units shall be conducted within the Area of impoundment.

Upon receiving a request for an impound hearing, the Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator shall:

  • Schedule an impound hearing within 48 hours of the request unless mutually waived by the requesting party and the Department; and,

  • Notify the impounding officer(s) of the hearing date, time, and location. Inform the impounding officer(s) that he/she shall be present at the impound hearing. Notification shall be attempted first in person by serving the officer(s) with the Impound Summons and Notice, Form 16.27.04 (Service of the Impound Summons and Notice shall be in accordance with Manual Section 3/210). Department procedures governing court and administrative hearing appearances (e.g., sick, training) shall apply to impound hearings. Additionally, appearance by a sworn employee of the rank of Lieutenant or below at an impound hearing outside of normal duty hours shall be in accordance with the court time provisions of the current Memorandum of Understanding. When in-person notification is not possible, telephonic notification shall be attempted.

Note: Telephonic notification should be accompanied by a facsimile of the Impound Summons and Notice form, when possible.

226.32 DOCUMENTATION OF VEHICLE IMPOUND HEARINGS. All vehicle impound hearings shall be conducted in person and tape-recorded to facilitate the testimony and cross-examination of the impounding officer(s) and witnesses.

Recordings shall be retained in accordance with established Department procedures outlined in Manual Sections 3/569.20 and 3/569.40.

The Area Vehicle Impound Hearing Coordinator shall retain all material in accordance with record retention guidelines and a roster of those participating in the impound hearing. These records shall be stored at the Area where the impound hearing occurred for a period of three years.

227. ASSAULT WITH A MOTOR VEHICLE.

Motor Vehicle Used As A Deadly Weapon.  Unless no traffic officers are available, traffic divisions have primary responsibility for the preliminary investigation and/or reporting of ADW crimes involving motor vehicles.  Patrol officers who initially arrive at the scene of ADWs involving motor vehicles shall conduct the preliminary investigation until available traffic division officers arrive at the scene.

 

Traffic Officer’s Responsibilities.  Whenever a motor vehicle is used as a weapon in an ADW, the designated traffic officer shall arrest the suspect if present, or complete an Investigative Report (IR), Form 03.01.00, using the appropriate title if the suspect cannot be located.

 

When the suspect’s vehicle makes contact with the victim (pedestrian or bicyclist) and/or any vehicle occupied by the victim, the reporting traffic officer shall:

 

·         Complete an IR with the appropriate title:

o   “ADW with a Vehicle – Pedestrian”;

o   “ADW with a Vehicle – Bicyclist”; or,

o   “ADW with a Vehicle – Victim in Vehicle”;

·         Complete a diagram which accurately depicts the assault on a blank white sheet of 8 ½” X 11” paper.  Number the diagram as page two of the IR, including the title of the crime report, and the Division of Record (DR) number in the upper-right hand corner; and,

·         Complete the narrative portion of the IR on a continuation sheet.

 

When the suspect’s vehicle does not make contact with the victim or the vehicle that the victim occupies, the reporting officer shall complete an IR titled, “ADW with a Vehicle.”  No diagram is required.

 

When the suspect’s vehicle does not make contact with the victim, pedestrian, bicyclist or the vehicle that the victim occupies, but strikes another person, vehicle or fixed object, resulting in a transferred intent, the reporting officer shall complete an IR with the title, “ADW with a Vehicle - (Pedestrian, Bicyclist, or Victim in Vehicle)” for the unintended victim or the title, “Vandalism” for a fixed object.  Another DR number for the IR titled, “ADW with a Vehicle” shall be created for the original intended victim.

 

Whenever a motor vehicle is involved in a collision with a party where the elements of ADW are not met, but the party insists that the collision was the result of the driver’s malicious intent, the reporting traffic officer shall complete a traffic report and include any statements and evidence in support of such an allegation as a page of the report, regardless of whether the collision resulted in injuries.

 

Whenever a motor vehicle is involved in an incident with a party where no contact was made, but the other party sustained an injury in an attempt to avoid an imminent collision, a traffic report will be completed.

 

Obtain the appropriate vehicle or miscellaneous DR number (Department Manual Section 5/040.56).

 

Note:  An ADW with a motor vehicle does not constitute a traffic collision. 

 

Traffic Detective Section’s Responsibilities.  The traffic detective section shall be responsible for the follow-up investigation concerning all ADWs in which the weapon used is a vehicle.

 

The traffic detectives reviewing a traffic report with allegations of ADW will conduct reasonable follow-up.  If upon further investigation it is determined that the elements of an ADW or lesser assault crime are met, the traffic detective will ensure the traffic report is appropriately reclassified.

 

Traffic Division’s Crime Analysis Detail Responsibility.  All traffic Crime Analysis Detail personnel shall input all crime codes and Modus Operandi codes related to tracking ADWs with a vehicle, including the appropriate codes to indicate if the victim was a bicyclist, pedestrian, or victim inside a vehicle.

 

229. VEHICULAR AIR BAGS.

 

229.10 DETONATION AND BOOKING OF VEHICULAR AIR BAG MODULES.

Employee’s Responsibility. Employees who come in contact with an uninstalled air bag module which has been detonated (i.e., bag deployed, preservative powder residue visible) shall recover and book the detonated air bag module in accordance with standard property booking procedures. No special handling is required.

Employees who come in contact with an uninstalled, undetonated air bag module shall:

  • Secure the immediate area;

  • Request the Bomb Squad, Hazardous Devices Section, Emergency Services Division, to respond to the scene;

Note: During off-hours, the Bomb Squad may be contacted through the Department Command Post, Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division (RACR).

  • Complete a Property Report, Form 10.01.00, including the name of the Bomb Squad member who detonated or took custody of the air bag module; and,

  • If the module was detonated by the Bomb Squad, recover and book the remains of the module in accordance with standard property booking procedures.

Hazardous Devices Section, Emergency Services Division’s Responsibility. The Hazardous Devices Section shall:

  • Respond to all requests involving air bag module(s);

  • Detonate air bag modules if appropriate; and,

  • Assume custody and storage of air bag modules contained in the manufacturer’s original packaging.

232. BURGLARY.

232.10 BURGLARY - SAFE INVOLVED. Officers conducting a preliminary investigation of a burglary in which a safe was attacked, in addition to completing the required reports, shall immediately:

  • Telephone all available information to the Safe Detail, Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division; and,

  • Request the services of a specialist to conduct a fingerprint investigation (Manual Sections 4/212.15 and 4/212.44).

Exception: When the safe is removed from the premises or the item of attack is an insulated filing cabinet, telephone all available information to the concerned geographic investigative division.

232.15 ROBBERY OR BURGLARY OF JEWELRY BUSINESS LOCATIONS - NOTIFICATIONS REQUIRED. Officers conducting preliminary investigations of robberies or burglaries where jewelry is the primary object of attack (e.g., jewelry stores, department stores, jewelry counters, pawn shops, sales persons, couriers, motor vehicles, etc.) shall:

  • Notify Robbery-Homicide Division if the crime is a robbery;

  • Notify Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division if the crime is a burglary (includes Burglary from Motor Vehicle);

Note: During off-hours, notifications shall be made to Detective Support and Vice Division.

  • Document the name and serial number of the person notified in the appropriate box on the Investigative Report; and,

  • Ensure that the Investigative Report is marked so that a copy will be distributed to the concerned coordinating division (Robbery-Homicide Division and Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division.

232.20 TELEPHONIC NOTIFICATIONS. Officers conducting a preliminary investigation of an offense over which Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division, has jurisdiction (Manual Section 2/480.56) shall notify Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division, or Detective Support and Vice Division when Burglary Special Section, Commercial Crimes Division is closed.

232.40 BURGLARY TOTALING $5,000 OR MORE-NOTIFICATION (Manual Section

4/248.70).

232.50 BURGLARY - DAMAGE TO A BANK. Whenever an officer conducts a preliminary investigation of an attempted entry or of damage to any bank during those hours when the bank is closed, he shall report the incident to:

  • Detective Support and Vice Division by telephone; or,

  • The Communications control operator by radio.

232.60 BURGLARY - VEHICLE TAKEN (Manual Section 4/220.50).

232.70 BURGLARY FROM AIRCRAFT AND RAILROAD CARS. Burglaries from aircraft and railroad cars shall be reported on a Investigative Report, Form 03.01.00, and titled Preliminary Investigation of a burglary.

236. BICYCLE, STOLEN - LOST - FOUND - RECOVERED - IMPOUNDED.

236.10 BICYCLES, DEFINITION OF. "Bicycle," for the purpose of licensing enforcement and reporting on a bicycle related report, shall mean any device upon which a person may ride, which is propelled by human power through a system of belts, chains, or gears and which has wheels at least 20 inches in diameter and a frame size of at least 14 inches.

Note:  All bicycles, regardless of size, shall be licensed at the request of the owner.

236.15 BICYCLE BOOKED EXCESS PERSONAL PROPERTY - REPORT REQUIRED. When a bicycle is booked as excess personal property of an arrestee, the Excess Personal Property Receipt, Form 10.08.00, is the only report required.

236.20 INVESTIGATION PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF A BICYCLE RELATED REPORT. Before completing a bicycle related report, or an Excess Personal Property Receipt, Form 10.08.00, the reporting employee shall:

  • Contact Juvenile Division, to obtain any available registration data; and,

  • Request the record clerk in the geographic area to query the Automated Property System (APS) to determine the present status of the bicycle.

236.30 NOTIFICATION BY REPORTING EMPLOYEE TO OWNER OF FOUND OR RECOVERED BICYCLE. When a bicycle is found or recovered and the owner's identity is determined at the time of impounding, the reporting employee shall cause a Property Owner's Notification, Form 10.14.00, to be completed and mailed.

Note: The reporting employee shall cause to be noted on the appropriate report, whether the Form 10.14.00 has been mailed.

236.45 TAGS ON BICYCLES OR BICYCLE FRAMES. A No. 7, plain manila tag shall be attached to each bicycle frame or bicycle with a wheel diameter of 20 inches or more which comes into the custody of the Department. The booking employee shall write the date, frame number, and DR number on each tag and attach it to the frame.

236.50 BICYCLES WITH FRAME NUMBERS MISSING OR ALTERED. When a bicycle is taken into custody which does not have a frame number or which has had the frame number altered or obliterated, the concerned employee shall:

  • Book the bicycle "Found" or "Recovered," "Hold for Area Bicycle Officer;"

  • Write the date and DR number on a No. 7, plain manila tag and attach it to the frame; and,

  • Include in the body of the appropriate report, a statement of the condition of the frame number.

236.55 ERROR IN REPORTING RECOVERY. When a bicycle is erroneously reported as recovered, the employee discovering the error shall complete a Follow‑up Report, Form 03.14.00. A copy of the Follow‑up Report shall be forwarded to the Automated Vehicle and Property Section, Records and Identification Division.

236.75 REGISTRATION OF BICYCLES. When a person requests that a bicycle be registered regardless of the size, the responsible station personnel shall:

  • Determine if the bicycle has a frame number. If the bicycle does not have a frame number, obtain a Department bicycle frame number from Juvenile Division, and stamp that number into the bottom of the sprocket hanger;

  • Complete a California Bicycle License application and give the pink copy to the person registering the bicycle;

  • Collect the registration fee and deposit it in the divisional Bicycle License Fund Account;

  • Attach the bicycle license to the seat post mast two inches below the crossbar; and,

  • Forward the completed Bicycle Registration to Juvenile Division.

238. DEAD BODIES.

238.10 DETERMINING DEATH. Except when a person is obviously dead, it shall be the responsibility of the emergency ambulance crew to determine if death has occurred.

238.15 DEATH INVESTIGATIONS ON FREEWAYS WITHIN THE CITY. The California Highway Patrol (CHP) has the primary responsibility for the investigation of deaths resulting from traffic collisions on freeways within the City. The Department is responsible for the investigation of all other deaths which occur on freeways within the City.

Officers who are called to the scene of an incident involving a death on a freeway shall conduct a preliminary investigation and make the required notifications when it is determined to be the investigative responsibility of the Los Angeles Police Department. When a conflict arises between Department and CHP personnel regarding investigative responsibility for the incident, a Department supervisor shall be requested immediately. The supervisor responding to the scene shall ensure that the call is properly handled and the appropriate notifications are made.

238.17 DEATH INVESTIGATIONS OF JUVENILES UNDER 11 YEARS OF AGE. Officers assigned a call involving the preliminary investigation of the undetermined death of a juvenile under 11 years of age, must contact Juvenile Division, Abused Child Section.

Note: During non‑business hours, patrol personnel must contact Real-Time Analysis and Critical Response Division.

Juvenile Division detectives are responsible for investigating and processing the crime scenes.  This investigative procedure ensures that all efforts are maximized in gathering evidence and in preserving the critical witness testimony required for a successful prosecution.

Exception: Area detectives are responsible for investigating deaths resulting from the violation of California Penal Code Section 12035 - Storage of Firearms Accessible to Children.

238.20 AMBULANCE REQUESTED AT SCENE OF APPARENT DEATH. An ambulance shall be requested at the scene of an apparent death when:

  • There is no doctor in attendance; and,

  • There is a possibility, even if remote, that the person may be alive.

If death has occurred, a Rescue Report, Form F660, shall be obtained from the ambulance crew and attached to the Death Report, Form 03.11.00.

238.23  DEAD BODIES EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW. When a dead body which does not come within the jurisdiction of the Coroner (Manual Section 4/238.46) is exposed to public view, an ambulance shall be requested. The body shall be released as directed by the investigating officers.

When a dead body which comes within the jurisdiction of the Coroner (Manual Section 4/238.46) is exposed to public view, the investigating officers shall notify the senior Coroner's investigator immediately as soon as practicable. The investigating officers shall be guided by the instructions of the Coroner's representative dispatched to the scene.

When a supervisor at the scene of a death determines that a dead body exposed to public view would probably create an adverse incident, he/she shall notify the senior Coroner's investigator, who will arrange to have the body removed immediately by ambulance. The instructions of the Coroner shall be given to the ambulance crew.

238.26 TRANSPORTATION OF DEAD BODIES. A dead body which comes under the jurisdiction of the Coroner (Manual Section 4/238.46) shall not be removed to a funeral establishment except on instructions of a deputy coroner.

238.30 SEARCHING DEAD BODIES. The officer in charge at the scene of a dead body shall prevent any person, other than a deputy coroner, from searching the body.

Whenever possible, a witness, preferably a relative of the deceased or a member of the household, shall be requested to remain at the scene with the officer. The name and address of this person, and a statement verifying his presence, shall be included in the Death Report, Form 03.11.00. Whenever personal effects and possessions of the deceased are taken by the deputy coroner, a receipt shall be obtained (Manual Section 4/238.48). This receipt shall be attached to the Death Report.

238.35 NOTIFICATION TO DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE.  Force Investigation Division shall notify the Department of Justice, Bureau of Criminal Statistics, Statistical Data Center, in writing within ten days of the occurrence of each in‑custody death and provide the appropriate information relating to the death.

238.36 NOTIFICATION TO DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS.  Force Investigation Division, shall notify the State of California Board of Corrections, in writing within ten calendar days of the occurrence, of each in-custody death of a detained juvenile. The notification shall include the appropriate information relating to the death.

238.40 NOTIFICATION TO INVESTIGATING OFFICERS OF DEATH. Officers assigned a dead body call shall telephone, without delay, the concerned geographic investigating officers and notify them of the circumstances. They shall be informed if there is any indication that a death might be suicide or homicide. Detective Support and Vice Division shall be notified of the circumstances if the concerned investigating officers are not available. Officers shall abide by instructions of the investigating officers.

238.43 NOTIFICATION TO NEXT OF KIN OF DECEASED PERSON. Whenever practicable, notification to the next of kin of the deceased person shall be made in person by the investigating officers. If the next of kin lives in another Area, a police unit of that Area shall be requested to make the personal notification. If the next of kin lives outside the City, the Coroner shall be requested to make the notification.

Generally, an in-person notification is the preferred method of informing the next of kin of a death. However, circumstances may indicate a need for an alternative method of making such a notification (e.g., telephonically). Officers should use their best judgment in making a determination as to the method of notification to the next of kin of a deceased person.

238.46 NOTIFICATION TO CORONER. It shall be the responsibility of the investigating officers to immediately notify the Coroner of all deaths occurring: (1)

  • When the deceased died while under arrest, while being temporarily detained or while under the care or control of an officer of the Department;

  • When the deceased has not been attended by a physician within twenty days preceding death;

  • When the deceased committed suicide;

  • When the attending physician is unable to state the cause of death;

  • When the deceased died as the result of an accident;

  • When there is any suspicion that the death resulted from the use of narcotics; and,

  • Under such circumstances as to afford a reasonable ground to suspect that death was caused by the criminal act of another.

[(1)Health and Safety Code Section 10250.]

If the Coroner is not immediately needed at the scene of a death which requires notification, the investigating officer shall advise the Coroner of an approximate time when the Coroner's deputy can respond. If no time can be estimated, the investigating officer shall arrange to make a second notification to the Coroner when response is appropriate.

Note: When circumstances indicate that the investigation of the death requires the expertise of a specialized investigator (e.g., homicide detective, traffic collision investigator), notification to the Coroner shall be made by the concerned specialized investigator who responds to the scene of the incident, within one hour of his/her arrival to an incident. Preliminary notification to the Coroner’s Office shall include an estimated time when the Coroner’s investigator will be needed at the scene. The specialized investigator shall ensure the Coroner’s investigator has access to the decedent, in order to conduct a preliminary exam of the body, as soon as possible. Particular consideration shall be given to those situations in which determining the time of death is a critical issue or in which the recovery of biological evidence is crucial to the investigation. The Coroner’s investigator shall be advised of the facts necessary to preclude the possible destruction of evidence. If the death is determined to be an obvious natural death and falls within the purview of the Coroner's Office, the investigating officer initially responding to the scene shall make the immediate notification.

238.48 PROPERTY TO CORONER. An officer at the scene of a death requiring a Death Report, Form 03.11.00 (Manual Section 5/3.11), shall obtain an itemized receipt from the Coroner's deputy for all property, including the contents of wallets and purses, removed from the scene by such deputy. The receipt shall be stapled to the original of the Death Report.

Suicide Notes. Original suicide notes shall accompany the body to a Coroner's mortuary. Portions of suicide notes pertaining to the suicidal act shall be quoted in the Death Report when practicable. When a copy of the original suicide note is desired by investigating officers, a photocopy may be obtained from the Coroner's Office. When the original note is needed for crime laboratory study, it shall be obtained from the Coroner's Office by a member of Scientific Investigation Division.

Poisons and Drugs. All poisons, drugs, and their containers suspected of being connected with a suicide shall accompany the body to the Coroner's Office.

Firearms. All firearms suspected of being suicide weapons shall be booked as evidence to provide the opportunity to test such firearms. The investigating officer shall be responsible for determining the final disposition of the firearm (Manual Section 4/560.40).

238.55 PHOTOGRAPHING DEAD BODIES AT THE CORONER'S OFFICE. Photographers from Scientific Investigation Division shall not photograph dead bodies at the Coroner's Office without being requested to do so by a concerned detective, and such requests shall be limited to specific situations.

Department personnel, responsible for investigations involving dead bodies that have come within the jurisdiction of the Coroner's Office, shall, in investigating routine cases, use those photographs taken during normal Coroner Office proceedings. Coroner photographs are taken in series which includes an identification photo and photographs appropriate to the concerned postmortem examination.

Detectives desiring specific photographs may request such photographs by consulting the concerned Coroner's Office Senior Investigator either prior to or at the time of the postmortem examination.

Detectives who need Coroner's photographs of a dead body shall:

  • Telephonically contact the Subpoena Desk of the Coroner's Office;

  • Provide the Coroner's Case Number; and,

  • Request copies of the Coroner's photographs.

Note: Photographs are taken at the time of the autopsy and are normally available within three working days of the date on which the photographs were taken.

Photographers from Scientific Investigation Division shall be requested to photograph dead bodies at the Coroner's Office only in the following cases:

  • In-Custody Deaths; and,

  • Unusual cases where routine Coroner photographs have missed some item which is vital to a successful homicide or traffic investigation.

In-Custody Deaths. When a Department photograph of a dead body at the Coroner's Office is required because of an in‑custody death and/or officer‑involved shooting death, the concerned Detective shall:

  • Make a telephonic request to Scientific Investigation Division, Photo Lab;

  • Specify exactly what is to be photographed; and,

  • Supply the DR number and Coroner's Case Number.

The concerned Department photographer shall:

  • Contact the on‑duty Senior Coroner Investigator and make arrangements for the photographing;

  • Attempt to schedule the photography between 0500 and 1300 hours; and,

  • Be present at the scheduled time and proceed with the photography.

Unusual Cases. When a Department photograph of a dead body at the Coroner's Office is necessary for an unusual case where routine Coroner photographs have missed some item which is vital to a successful homicide or traffic investigation, the concerned detective shall:

  • Make a telephonic request to Scientific Investigation Division, Photo Lab;

  • Specify exactly what is to be photographed, and provide the DR number;

  • Attempt to schedule the photography between 0500 and 1300 hours;

  • Note the date and time the photographer will arrive at the Coroner's Office;

  • Contact the on‑duty Senior Coroner Investigator immediately thereafter, and make arrangements for the photographing; and,

  • Be present to direct the photography for the Department photographer.

238.60 UNIDENTIFIED DEAD BODIES. When the identity of a dead body is unknown, the reporting officer shall obtain the "John Doe" or "Jane Doe" number from the Coroner's deputy at the scene. Pending identification, the number shall be used in lieu of the decedent's name.

238.65 DEATH OF PRISONERS IN DIVISION JAILS. When a prisoner dies in a division jail, the investigating officer, in addition to conducting the usual investigation and completing the usual reports, shall:

  • Cause the completion of a Jail Transfer Record, Form 06.11.00, transferring the prisoner's personal property to the Coroner;

  • Send a Notification of Prisoner Release Teletype to the Automated Justice Information System (Manual Section 4/165.32); and,

  • Ensure that the Supervisor, Jail Dispensaries, Medical Services Division, Personnel Department, is notified. Notification shall be routinely made as soon as possible during normal duty hours, Monday-Friday, 0730-1630 hours.

238.83 HOMICIDE. The first officer to arrive at the scene of a homicide shall immediately isolate the vicinity where the crime was committed, or the body was found. It shall be his or her responsibility to see that no one be permitted to approach the scene until investigating officers arrive and take charge of the case. Upon arrival, the investigating officers shall be in charge of the investigation. Officers assigned to any duty at the scene shall remain until they are relieved by the investigating officers.

240. DRUNK ARRESTS.

240.10 DRUNK ARREST PROCEDURE.

Pre‑Booking. Officers who arrest an individual for 647(f) P.C. (Drunk) shall:

  • Ensure that the arrestee receives a screening by medically trained personnel to determine whether the arrestee should be booked or hospitalized;

Note: If the arrestee is to be released to an evaluation and treatment facility (detoxification center), medical treatment shall be obtained if the arrestee displayed symptoms of unconsciousness as described in Manual Section 4/210.23.

  • An arrestee whose safety is at risk or who may be a threat to others because of their state of intoxication or substance impairment shall be evaluated at a Department jail dispensary by medical staff.

    Note: Those arrestees with a Gas Chromatograph Intoximeter (GCI) breath test results of .30 or higher shall be examine